Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout7631 Gall Blvd (19)I Ef RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: (qr1-j.T% z! No. 686.1 , STATE OF /;'D . ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: JG SHEET: PANEL SCHEDULES E701 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/16/2020 3:49:43 PM r. I I A ►I RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM C STAMP: I No. 686 °+ • sow STATE OF o kzIV ISSUES HEDULE: I REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: JG I SHEET: FACILITY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE E702 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1 a_Prototype.rvt 11/16/2020 3:49:46 PM k > :I ' ' E p 1 C' B 8 ELECTRICAL 04242o SYMBOLS LEGEND (SYMBOLS APPLY ONLY WHEN USED ON DRAWINGS) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ko= 0 0 LIGHT FIXTURE (WALL MOUNTED/CEILING MOUNTED) O 1 LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE, NIGHT LIGHT Pq VOLUMETRIC LIGHT FIXTURE TRACK LIGHTING /® EXIT FIXTURE (WALL MOUNTED/CEILING MOUNTED) / Boa EMERGENCY LIGHT (WALL MOUNTED/CEILING MOUNTED) m / EMERGENCY LIGHT REMOTE HEADS (WALL MOUNTED/CEILING MOUNTED) SINGLE POLE SWITCH $3 3-WAY SWITCH $4 4-WRY SWITCH $K KEYED SWITCH $D DIMMER SWITCH $VS VARIABLE SPEED SWITCH $M MANUAL MOTOR SWITCH S SINGLE POLE OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH $OS2 DOUBLE POLE OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH ((( OSQ) CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH, FOUR -DIRECTION SENSING OS WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH, ONE -DIRECTION SENSING RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY RECEPTACLE, GFI RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX FLUSH FLOOR RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX ISOLATED GROUND FLUSH FLOOR if if RECEPTACLE, DOUBLE DUPLEX } ll RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE, DOUBLE DUPLEX, ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE, SIMPLEX TWIST LOCK, L5-15R, LINO RECEPTACLE, SIMPLEX TWIST LOCK, ISOLATED GROUND, L5-15R, LINO RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX TWIST LOCK, L5-15R, LINO RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX TWIST LOCK, ISOLATED GROUND, L5-15R, LINO RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE, PLUG -MOLD O JUNCTION BOX (WALL MOUNTED/CEILING MOUNTED) O THERMOSTAT (WALL MOUNTED/CEILING MOUNTED) O ALARM JUNCTION BOX, (WALL MOUNTED/CEILING MOUNTED) ® ALARM JUNCTION BOX, FOR REMOTE TEST/RESET (WALL MOUNTED/CEILING MOUNTED) SO SMOKE DETECTOR Eh NON -FUSED DISCONNECT FUSED DISCONNECT EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINT (PROVIDED WITH EQUIPMENT) CIRCUIT, CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEILING, E INDICATES EXISTING WIRING CIRCUIT, CONCEALED IN SLAB FLOOR, E INDICATES EXISTING WIRING CIRCUIT, EXPOSED, E INDICATES EXISTING WIRING -�------------ LOW VOLTAGE WIRING f--I CONDUIT SLEEVE 1� FLUSH MOUNTED PANELBOARD SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD - TELEPHONE / DATA BOX FOR ISD LOW VOLTAGE CABLE BOX FOR OTHER a TELEPHONE, FLUSH FLOOR O MOTOR z TELEPOWER POLE PUSH BUTTON �B BUZZER SS SAIL SWITCH JUNCTION BOX ( KI _ HORN/STROBE DH DOOR HOLD OPEN ET61 TIME CLOCK 0 7 ABBREVIATIONS a, b, c LOWER CASE LETTERS INDICATE SWITCHING CONFIGURATION AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHf D GRADE C CONDUIT CCT CIRCUIT CIF CEILING FAN CW CASH WRAP EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EF EXHAUST FAN ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER G GROUND GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GFEP GROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT PROTECTION GFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HD HAND DRYER IG ISOLATED GROUND LCU LIGHTING CONTROL UNIT NIL NIGHT LIGHT NTS NOT TO SCALE REC REFRIGERATION ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RC REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR RH RADIANT HEATER SC SECURITY CAMERA TR TAMPER RESISTANT TYP TYPICAL UH UNIT HEATER LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WH WATER HEATER WP WEATHER PROOF WR WEATHER RESISTANT COORDINATE ALL CHANGES TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND METERING WITH UTILITY COMPANY. STORE ADDRESS: WALMART GENERAL REMODEL 7631 GALL BLVD ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 UTILITY COMPANY: DUKE ENERGY CONTACT: ERIKA MCCULLOUGH PHONE: (727) 372-5118 F--- ---i EXISTING J UTILITY TRANSFORMER 480Y/277V, 30, 4W SEC 33,910 0 EXISTING SUBMETERING: IF IT IS NECESSARY TO REMOVE A METER, RTU SERVER, CT OR DISRUPT THE COMMUNICATION OF THE SUBMETERING SYSTEM IN ANY WAY, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO RESTORE THE SUBMETERING SYSTEM TO THE SAME LEVEL OF OPERATION THAT EXISTED PRIOR TO THE WORK BEING INITIATED. THE EXISTENCE AND FUNCTIONALITY OF THE SUBMETERING SYSTEM SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CALLING WALMART BUILDING PERFORMANCE TEAM AT 479-204-0432 BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 7 AM AND 5 PM CENTRAL TIME. REPRESENTS THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT IN RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPS AT THE RESPECTIVE TRANSFORMER, <\/i PANELBOARD, OR EQUIPMENT. FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON AVAILABLE CURRENT OF 33,910 AMPS AT SECONDARY TERMINALS OF THE UTILITY TRANSFORMER AS PROVIDED BY THE UTILITY COMPANY. EXISTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IS SERIES RATED. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) THAT WILL MAINTAIN EXISTING MANUFACTURER'S U.L. LISTED SERIES RATED SYSTEM. MAXIMUM DEMAND PER UTILITY COMPANY FOR THE PAST 12 MONTHS WAS 956KW TAKEN IN OCTOBER 2019. 33,515 MSB1 ELEC ROOM 1 EXISTING I I 4000 AMPS 480Y/277V 30 4W 800A Q 3P EXISTING PNLBD 30,220 H162 i 480Y/277V 300A 3P(NEW) ) FURNISH AND INSTALL LOCKING HARDWARE ON BREAKER AND 670 FT ELECTRICAL ROOM 1 LOCK IN THE OFF POSITION - - AL: (4) 500 KCMIL, (1) #2G, 4"C I 3,895 I I I OVERHEAD FEEDER THRU BUILDING TO CLINIC MED CLINIC ELECTRICAL POWER INTERFACE PULLBOX. MOUNT TYPE OF PULLBOX BELOW ROOF JOIST. i I SALES PARTIAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM NTS 5 0 KI BUS AMPS: 800A MAINS SIZE/ TYPE: MLO VOLTS/PHASE: 480Y/277 V 3PH, 4W SECTION:1 PANELBOARD: H1 B2 AIC RATING: SERVES: MOUNTING: LOCATION: (EXISTING) 44,000 480V DISTRIBUTION SURFACE EDC1 EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS CKT N0. DESCRIPTION WIRE BKR AMP P A B C P BKR AMP WIRE DESCRIPTION CKT N0. 1 PANELBOARD H3A (13) - 500 A 3 100000 VA 0 VA - - - DEDICATED SPACE 2 3 100000 VA 0 VA - - - DEDICATED SPACE 4 5 100000 VA 0 VA - - - DEDICATED SPACE 6 7 PANELBOARD H3B (13) - 400 A 3 82000 VA 0 VA - - - DEDICATED SPACE 8 9 82000 VA 0 VA - - - DEDICATED SPACE 10 11 82000 VA 0 VA - - - DEDICATED SPACE 12 13 FUTURE CLINIC (2,8) - 300 A 3 57365 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 14 15 57365 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 16 17 57365 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 18 19 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - -- - SPACE 20 21 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - - -- SPACE 22 23 SPACE -- - - 0 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 24 25 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 26 27 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 28 29 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 30 31 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 32 33 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 34 35 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 36 37 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 38 39 SPACE - - - 0 VA 0 VA - - - SPACE 40 41 ISPACE 1 0 VA 0 VA - - - ISPACE 42 Total Load: 239365 VA 239365 VA 239365 VA Total Amps: 864 A 864 A 864 A TOTAL DEMAND Total Conn. Load: 718095 VA Total Est. Demand: 646286 VA Total Conn.: 864 A Total Est. Demand: 778 A PANELBOARD NOTES: FED VIA 800A/3P BREAKER IN MSB 7 I (8 (\9) (10) (11)(12)('13) (14) �15) (1) 2 �3 I (4 % (5 i (6� �. ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LH MSB AND H1B2 LOCATED IN EDC1 � � I LG I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (D MED CLINIC ELECTRICAL POWER INTERFACE PULLBOX AND (2)2" EMT SLEEVES FOR DATA/COMM WITH THREADED BUSHINGS. ROUTE POWER CONDUIT AND CABLE ALONG i ROOF JOIST. TAP ENDS OF CABLE AND ' CONDUCTORS IN PULLBOX. INSTALL EMPTY 4"C 2 TO 11 FT HEIGHT AT OPENING IN STORE WALL. �\ 24X24X12 ' I \ ' I I H3P LOCATED IN EDC3' AY- 1- _ -�- -� - r - 1 -1 -- rt KEY PLAN NTS 2 1 PANELBOARD NOTES () GENERAL NOTES 2.2e.20 08.28.20 1. TERMINATE GROUND ON ISOLATED GROUND BUS. 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND LABOR, FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION IN ALL RESPECTS, READY FOR 2. INSTALL LOCKING DEVICE (LOCK -OFF FOR INTENDED USE AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NEC, NESC, MAINTENANCE). LOCKING DEVICE SHALL BE UL STATE, AND LOCAL CODES, AND MANUFACTURER'S LISTED. MANUFACTURER SHALL MATCH EXISTING RECOMMENDATIONS. PAY ALL NECESSARY FEES AND PERMITS. PANELBOARD MANUFACTURER. A. NO CIRCUITRY SHALL BE ALLOWED TO BE ROUTED ACROSS THE 3. INSTALL LOCKING DEVICE (LOCK -ON FOR CRITICAL ROOF OR THE EXTERIOR SIDE OF THE EXTERIOR WALLS. LOAD). B. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE UL LISTED WHERE APPLICABLE. C. ARRANGE ALL WORK TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTIONS TO STORE 4. GFI BREAKER FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION (5MA). OPERATIONS. COORDINATE ALL DISRUPTIONS WITH WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND STORE MANAGER. 5. GFI BREAKER FOR EQUIPMENT PROTECTION (30MA). D. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL WALL FINISH THICKNESS BEFORE INSTALLING BOXES. FURNISH AND INSTALL EXTENDED 6. CONDUCTOR SIZE HAS BEEN INCREASED FOR BOXES OR BOX EXTENDERS WHERE REQUIRED. VOLTAGE DROP. SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING E. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL AFFECTED CONDUCTOR PROPORTIONATELY PER NEC. PANELBOARDS HAVE CIRCUIT BREAKER KNOCKOUTS PROPERLY COVERED ANDTHAT ALL TRIM IS IN GOOD 7. REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM FOR AVAILABLE FAULT CONDITION, ALLOWING NO ACCESS TO LIVE PARTS. CURRENT FOR INTERRUPT RATINGS. 2. PROVIDE SEALS AT RACEWAY PENETRATIONS AS FOLLOWS: 8. REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAMS FOR WIRE SIZES. A. FIRE RATED WALLS: SEAL PER SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE STOPPING. 9. FACTORY WIRED TO LOAD. B. NEUTRALIZATION AREA: SEAL PER MECHANICAL DETAIL. C. FREEZER/COOLER BOXES: SEAL WITH EXPANDING FOAM 10. BREAKER SHALL BE HIGH MAGNETIC TYPE. SEALANT. D. EXTERIOR: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS FOR 11. BREAKER REMOVAL - FIELD VERIFY CIRCUIT SEALING REQUIREMENTS AT ALL EXTERIOR MOUNTED DEVICES, BREAKER IS NOT SERVING AN EXISTING LOAD. IF NO FIXTURES, ENCLOSURES, AND RACEWAY PENETRATIONS. EXISTING LOAD, REMOVE CIRCUIT BREAKER AND PROVIDE FILLER PLATE. IF BREAKER IS SERVING A 3. PROVIDE A SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR (SIZE LOAD, IDENTIFY LOAD SERVED. UPDATE CIRCUIT PER NEC) IN PVC TYPE CONDUIT, POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS, IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE AS "SPACE" OR INDICATE ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUITS, OR AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CONDUIT LOAD SERVED. SHALL BE SIZED PER NEC BASED ON THWN 600 VOLT COPPER SINGLE CONDUCTORS, PLUS THE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING 12. DUAL TAP SOLENOID OPERATED BREAKER. CONNECT CONDUCTOR, EMERGENCY/NIGHT LIGHTING TO UNSWITCHED TERMINATION. 4. WIRING DEVICES: DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER OF OUTLET BOX UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON 13. EXISTING CIRCUIT AND/OR CIRCUIT BREAKER. PLANS. COORDINATE THE STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH MASONRY: 14. ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH CONTACTOR. A. SWITCHES +44" B. RECEPTACLES +20" 15. PROVIDE INTERLOCK WIRING WITH EXHAUST HOOD C. VOICE/DATA +20" ANSUL SYSTEM. 5. WIRING SHALL INCLUDE FINAL CONNECTION TO ALL EQUIPMENT IN 16. RELOCATED CIRCUIT FROM EXISTING PANELBOARD. CONFORMANCE WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER WIRING DIAGRAMS. 17. PROVIDE BLANK CIRCUIT BREAKER FILLER PLATE 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AN UPDATED AND FOR EXPOSED SPACE IN PANELBOARD. COMPLETE TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE FOR EVERY PANELBOARD AFFECTED BY THIS PROJECT. 18. PROVIDE U.L. LISTED OVERCURRENT DEVICE TO COORDINATE AND MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER'S 7. NEW OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES INSTALLED IN EXISTING SERIES RATED SYSTEM. PANELBOARDS OR DISTRIBUTION BOARDS SHALL MATCH THE TYPE AND AIC RATING OF EXISTING OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE 19. EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER TO REMAIN. VERIFY DEVICES. CONDITION OF CIRCUIT BREAKER TO ENSURE THAT IT IS OPERATIONAL AND MEETS ALL U.L. RATINGS. 8. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE MINIMUM #12 AWG UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN SCHEDULES. WHERE 20A BRANCH 20. ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH EXISTING LCU CABINET CIRCUITS HAVE #8 AND LARGER WIRE SPECIFIED, #10 AWG WIRE UTILIZING EXISTING RELAY AND CONTROLS. UPDATE SHALL BE USED FOR THE FINAL CONNECTION (15-FT MAXIMUM). LCU IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE WITH LOAD IDENTIFICATION. 9. WHERE BRANCH CIRCUITS ARE GROUPED, SIZE CONDUIT AND DERATE CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS PER NEC. 21. SOLENOID OPERATED CIRCUIT BREAKER. REFER TO ENERGY MANAGEMENT PLANS FOR CIRCUIT 10. PROVIDE UL LISTED HANDLE TIES ON ALL MULTIWIRE BRANCH BREAKER CONTROL. CIRCUITS PER NEC REQUIREMENTS. 22. EXISTING LOAD - TRACE EXISTING CIRCUIT, IDENTIFY 11. SUPPORTS FROM STRUCTURE: NO ATTACHMENT OF ANY TYPE LOAD AND UPDATE CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE MADE TO BRIDGING OR JOIST WEB MEMBERS. UTILIZE SCHEDULE FOR LOAD SERVED. IF CIRCUIT IS NOT IN ONLY THE TOP AND BOTTOM CHORDS FOR SUPPORTING THE USE, REFER TO PANELBOARD NOTE (11). ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS. 23. ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH ENCLOSED GFI BREAKER 12. DEVICES SHOWN ON COOLER/FREEZER PANELS SHALL BE FOR PERSONNEL PROTECTION (5MA). SURFACE MOUNTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEAL DEVICES TO COOLER/FREEZER PANELS WITH SILICONE SEALANT. 24. SPARE - FIELD VERIFY CIRCUIT BREAKER IS NOT SERVING AN EXISTING LOAD. IF NO EXISTING LOAD, 13. SURFACE MOUNTED CONDUIT ON COOLER/FREEZER PANELS OR IN PROVIDE LOCK OFF DEVICE TO LOCK SPARE FOOD PREP AREAS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH GALVANIZED 1/2" BREAKER IN THE OFF POSITION. IF BREAKER IS STANDOFF CONDUIT HANGERS TO ALLOW FOR CLEANING. SERVING A LOAD, IDENTIFY LOAD SERVED. UPDATE CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE AS "SPARE" OR 14. ONLY FEEDER CIRCUITS NOTED ON THE ONE LINE DIAGRAM AND INDICATE LOAD SERVED. BRANCH CIRCUITS NOTED BY LEGEND SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER SLAB. PROVIDE EXTERIOR COATED GRC BENDS ON ALL CONDUIT 25. EXISTING LOAD - TRACE EXISTING CIRCUIT, IDENTIFY RUNS THAT HAVE 45 DEGREE BENDS OR GREATER. REFER TO LOAD AND UPDATE CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION SPECIFICATION SECTION 16.100 FOR UNDER SLAB. SCHEDULE FOR LOAD SERVED. IF CIRCUIT IS NOT IN USE, REFER TO PANELBOARD NOTE (24). 15. SEISMIC ZONE REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE EXPANSION COUPLINGS AND BRACING FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY GENERAL NOTES: LOCAL CODES. 1. NEW OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PLACE IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS OR DISTRIBUTION BOARDS 16. EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND ALARM: SHALL MATCH THE TYPE AND AIC RATING OF A. WHERE DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION INTERRUPTS EXISTING OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICES IN EXISTING ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FEEDING EXISTING EQUIPMENT, SAID BOARD. DEVICES, OR LIGHTING TO REMAIN, BUT NOT SHOWN ON 2. E.C. SHALL TRACE ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FOR DRAWINGS, PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REWORK EVERY EXISTING PANELBOARD AFFECTED BY THIS CIRCUITRY, AS REQUIRED, TO MAINTAIN EXISTING OPERATION. PROJECT. IDENTIFY LOADS ON EACH CIRCUIT. B. IF DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION WILL DISRUPT PROVIDE A COMPLETE TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT EXISTING UNDERGROUND SERVICES (ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE FOR EVERY AFFECTED PARKING LOTLIGHTING CIRCUITRY, ETC.) PROVIDE ALL PANELBOARD. MATERIALS AND LABOR AS REQUIRED TO REROUTE, SLEEVE, 3. ALL OVERCURRENT DEVICES ARE NEW UNLESS OR OTHERWISE REWORK THESE SERVICES TO MAINTAIN THEIR NOTED OTHERWISE. EXISTING OPERATION. C. EXERCISE CAUTION AROUND ALARM AND SECURITY CABLES DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. PROTECT ALARM ONE -LINE D IAG RAM LEGEND AND SECURITY CABLES FROM TAL D SO THAT SYSTEMS REMAIN OPERATIONAL AT ALIL TIMES. D. DISPOSE OF ALL REMOVED MATERIALS, UNLESS OTHERWISE �.�s.�o NOTED. NEW EQUIPMENT 17. EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION: EXISTING EQUIPMENT A. GENERAL: REMOVE OR RELOCATE EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS AS INDICATED ON - - - - - EQUIPMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED THE DRAWINGS, OR ONLY AS REQUIRED BY DEMOLITION. REMOVE ALL PANELBOARDS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, BOXES, RELAYS, TIME SWITCHES, LIGHTS, DEVICES, ETC., WHICH WILL NOTE: NOT BE REUSED. ALL OF THE ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN ON THE RISER B. SALES FLOOR: REMOVE UNUSED POWER DROP CONDUIT, DIAGRAM ARE EXISTING AND ARE BASED UPON AS -BUILT CONDUCTORS AND RELATED DEVICES SERVING SALES AREA DRAWINGS. E.C. SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT EXISTING GONDOLAS BEING RELOCATED OR REMOVED. EXISTING CONDITIONS, SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS MAY BE REUSED FOR NEW POWER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. THIS RISER IS SHOWN FOR DROPS WHERE SIZE, RATING, AND CONDITION MEET INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND ANY NEW REQUIREMENTS INDICATED ON PLANS AND ALL U.L. RATINGS. DEVICES ARE SHOWN IN BOLD AND ARE NOTED. DURING REMOVE ALL UNUSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO CONSTRUCTION, THE STORE SHALL STAY OPEN FOR POINT OF ORIGIN WHENEVER FEASIBLE. IF CIRCUIT IS NOT BUSINESS. ANY NECESSARY POWER DOWNTIME SHALL REUSED, REMOVE CIRCUIT BREAKER AND REPLACE WITH BE SCHEDULED AND APPROVED BY WALMART FILLER PLATE. EXCEPTION: DISTRIBUTION AND POWER SWITCH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. BREAKERS SHALL BE ETR AS "SPARE". PROVIDE HANDLE LOCK OFF DEVICE TO LOCK "SPARE" CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE "OFF" POSITION. UPDATE TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE AS "SPACE" OR "SPARE". C. CONDUIT AND WIRING TO BE ABANDONED IN CEILING SPACES AND OTHER NON-PUBLIC AREAS (I.E., THROUGH STOCKROOM AREA): CUT WIRING LOOSE AND REMOVE FROM RACEWAY(S), LEAVING RACEWAY(S) IN PLACE. CONDUIT TO BE ABANDONED IN WALLS OR FLOORS SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO FINISHED SURFACE AND CAPPED INSIDE. REPAIR SURFACE(S) TO MATCH ADJACENT. D. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SERVING BRANCH CIRCUITS TO BE REMOVED SHALL ALSO BE REMOVED. REMOVE CIRCUIT BREAKER AND REPLACE WITH FILLER PLATE. EXCEPTION: DISTRIBUTION AND POWER SWITCH BREAKERS SHALL BE ETR AS "SPARE". PROVIDE HANDLE LOCK OFF DEVICE TO LOCK "SPARE" CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE "OFF" POSITION. UPDATE TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE AS "SPACE" OR "SPARE". E. DEMOLISHED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES: REFER TO SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION SPECIFICATION FOR DISPOSAL OF LIGHT FIXTURE. F. BUILDING COMPONENTS ABANDONED BY THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE SECURED TO PREVENT FALLING, LOOSENING, OR CREATING DAMAGE OF ANY KIND IN THE FUTURE. 18. DATA AND PHONE CONDUIT INSTALLATION MILESTONE DATE: ALL RACEWAY AND CONDUIT SLEEVES FOR DATA AND PHONE CABLING TO BE INSTALLED 3 WEEKS PRIOR TO CONTRACT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE. 19. ETHERNET CABLE: A. FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AS SHOWN ON PLANS. PROVIDE CONDUIT AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES AND/OR ORDINANCES. B. ETHERNET CABLE IS FURNISHED BY OTHERS. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CABLE IN POWER POLES. D. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL OTHER CABLE AS DIRECTED BY WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A THOROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IN THEIR RELATED FIELD. THE FAILURE TO ACQUAINT THEMSELF WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF PERFORMING THE WORK PROPERLY. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF CONDITIONS THAT OCCUR DUE TO FAILURE TO FAMILIARIZE WORKERS WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE. ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C ts Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM 1925 Prospect Ave. Orlando, FL 32814 P (407) 661-9100 L F (407) 661-9101 CGI G�i & fefBrsvtc www, c�p, coin Architects Engineers Planners Fl-&C.W .C-11 kN CO 516 STAMP: PaADEEp er: ��: • No 769 = yt = �'.• A 0 F : 444/ 11 /06/20 ISSUE SCHEDULE: if REVISION REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /06/20 ISSUE DATE: 11/06/20 DRAWN BY: SR SHEET: CLINIC ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS C:\Users\sarah. rassel\Documents\0706-ZEPHYRHILLS-FL-192-R-MEP-V20-sarah. rassel. rvt CE1 11 /19/2020 11:02:06 AM I C C ME ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM 1925 Prospect Ave. Orlando, FL 32814 P (407) 661-9100 F (407) 661-9101 C� aci & f eter�atc www.c�p.eo Architects Engineers Planners FI.W. Cm .C—fi.e nAA CW526 -:��,.�. . ��: i} `,�-t}"1.�-ra: S.r ��'. y�k.��.li-s"'`,�,�'�i'�. �,s�_fi,.Y:�?.e ia'�•,� �.:•:',i�� ;•,a4 STAMP: ,``%% QC�ADEEA �,. ��:• ?AT : co:Cry ��'F '41/Z -.is j0 N A� -_ % ' 11 /06/20 ISSUE SCHEDULE: _ w REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND r , CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /06/20 ISSUE DATE: 11/06/20 DRAWN BY: SR SHEET: CLINIC ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS CE2 C:\Users\sarah.rassei\Documents10706 ZEPHYRHILLS FL 192 R MEP V20 sarah.rassel.rvt 11/19/2020 11:02:08 AM 7 0 I 3 2 1 W C C IN IN; M DRAWING INDEX ARCHITECTURAL: MODULAR CLINIC A001 CONSTRUCTION OVERVIEW A002 LIFE SAFETY A005 LEAD LINING DETAILS A006 ACCESiBILITY STANDARDS A100 SITE PLAN A101 DEMOLITION PLAN A102 DIMENSION PLAN A106 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A107 ROOF PLAN A201 BUILDING ELEVATIONS A301 BUILDING SECTIONS A310 WALL SECTIONS FRO.13 ROOF DETAILS FSO.15 DETAILS FS0.16 PLAN DETAILS A601 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A602 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL: SITE -BUILT SCOPE (PREPARED BY OTHERS) N1 (A020) GENERAL INFORMATION LS1 (A030) LIFE SAFETY Dl (A040) DEMOLITION PLAN Al (A050) FLOOR PLAN Al A (A060) WALL SECTIONS A6.1 (A300) PARTITION TYPES AND WALL DETAILS A8 (A310) DOOR SCHEDULE AND FINISHES GC1 (A400) GARDEN CENTER PLANS AND DETAILS STRUCTURAL: MODULAR CLINIC S001 GENERAL NOTES S002 GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS S101 FOUNDATION PLAN S102 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN S103 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S301 SECTIONS STRUCTURAL: SITE -BUILT SCOPE (PREPARED BY OTHERS) S1 NEW CMU OPENING PLAN AND DETAILS PLUMBING: MODULAR CLINIC P001 LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS, & NOTES P002 SPECIFICATIONS P101 DWV BELOW SLAB P102 DWV ABOVE SLAB P103 PLUMBING UTILITIES P104 PLUMBING ROOF PLAN P501 DETAILS P601 SCHEDULES P701 DWV RISER DIAGRAM P702 DOMESTIC RISER DIAGRAM MECHANICAL: MODULAR CLINIC M001 SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS M002 ZONING DIAGRAM M003 SPECIFICATIONS M101 MECHANICAL DUCTWORK PLAN M102 MECHANICAL PIPING PLAN M103 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M501 DETAILS M601 SCHEDULES M701 CONTROLS MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING: SITE -BUILT SCOPE (PREPARED BY OTHERS) MP1 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING PLAN ELECTRICAL: MODULAR CLINIC E001 LEGEND E002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E101 LIGHTING PLAN E102 POWER PLAN E103 SYSTEMS PLAN E501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E601 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM E701 PANEL SCHEDULES E702 FACILITY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL: SITE -BUILT SCOPE (PREPARED BY OTHERS) CE1 CLINIC ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS CE2 CLINIC ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS FIRE PROTECTION: SITE -BUILT SCOPE (PREPARED BY OTHERS) 1 OF 1 OVERALL BUILDING PLAN 2 OF 4 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 3 OF 4 PIPING PLANS 4 OF 4 BUILDING SECTION ABBREVIATIONS ADA - AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT JT- JOINT AFF - ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG - ABOVE FINISHED GRADE LAV - LAVATORY AHU - AIR HANDLING UNIT LF - LINEAR FOOT ALUM - ALUMINUM APPROX - APPROXIMATE MCM - METAL COMPOSITE AVG - AVERAGE MECH - MECHANICAL MFR - MANUFACTURER BD -BOARD MIN - MINIMUM BLDG - BUILDING BLW - BELOW NA - NOT APPLICA3LE BOT - BOTTOM NIC - NOT IN CONTRACT NTS - NOT TO SCALE CJ - CONTROL JOINT CIPC - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE OD - OUTSIDE DIAMETER CL - CENTERLINE OH - OPPOSITE HAND CLG - CEILING ORD - OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN CLR - CLEAR COL -COLUMN PKG - PARKING CONC - CONCRETE PT - PRESSURE TREATED COORD - COORDINATE PTD - PAINTED CORR - CORRIDOR PLAM - PLASTIC LAMINATE CW - COLD WATER PLBG - PLUMBING DET - DETAIL Q DIA - DIAMETER DWG - DRAWING RAILG - RAILING RD - ROOF DRAIN EA -EACH REQ - REQUIRED ELEC - ELECTRICAL EQ - EQUAL SAN - SANITARY EQUIP - EQUIPMENT SCHED - SCHEDULE EXIST - EXISTING SD - STORM DRAIN EXP - EXPANSION SF - SQUARE FOOT SIM - SIMILAR FD - FLOOR DRAIN SQ - SQUARE FF - FINISH FLOOR SS - SANITARY SEVER FG - FINISH GRADE STL - STEEL FIN - FINISH STNLS - STAINLESS FLR - FLOOR STRUCT - STRUC7 URAL FT -FEET FUT-FUTURE TEMP -TEMPORARY TYP - TYPICAL GEN - GENERAL GYP -GYPSUM LION - UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED HB - HOSE BIB VERT - VERTICAL HW - HOT WATER VTR -VENT THRO JGH ROOF ID - INSIDE DIAMETER W/ - WITH IMP - INSULATED METAL PANELS W/O - WITHOUT IN - INCHES WC - WATER CLOSET WALMART HEALTH RETAIL CLINIC PERMIT SET_1___iiIIIIIIIIIIi,___ZEPHYRH1LLS, FL ANNOTATION SYMBOLS DATUM REFERENCES 4_GRIDLINE MATCHLINE OIL LEVEL ELEVATION CALLOUT REFERENCES 1 PLAN CALLOUT 40 1 EXTERIOR ELEVATION 1 4 101 2 INTERIOR ELEVATION 3 SECTION VIEW NAME _ 1 VIEW SCALE TAG NOTATIONS Room name 101 ROOM NUMBER B3 F1 W2 C4 CEILING FINISH BASE FINISH WALL FINISH FLOOR FINISH XXX— MARK BLOX HARDWARE BLOX FRAME TYPE BLOX PANEL TYPE WALL TYPE SIZE DESIGNATION FIRE RATING A3F1 SOUND ATTENUATION BATT PROJECT DESCRIPTION THIS RETAIL CLINIC IS AN EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING RETAIL STORE. BUILDING SIZE IS APPROXIMATELY 6,495 GSF. THIS ONE LEVEL BUILDING IS STEEL -FRAMED AND DESIGNED TO RECEIVE NUMEROUS MODULAR COMPONENTS. THIS MEANS THAT REPETITIOUS ROOMS AND PORTIONS THEREOF WILL BE ENGINEERED, PRE -MANUFACTURED.. AND SHIPPED TO THE JOB SITE FOR INSTALLATION. THE BUILDING IS FULLY SPRINKLERED AND TYPE IIB CONSTRUCTION AND IS CLASSIFIED AS BUSINESS GROUP B OCCUPANCY, EXTERIOR DESIGN TO ADHERE TO ALL LOCAL ZONING AND DESIGN REVIEW REQUIREMENTS PROJECT TEAM OWNER: WALMART, INC. 7020 SW 8TH ST, BENTONVILLE, AR 72712 OFFICE: CONTACT: MIKE THOMAS ARCHITECT: GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5TH AVENUE NORTH, BUILDING C BESSEMER, AL 35020 OFFICE: (205) 933-9060 CONTACT: RAEGAN SPENCER STRUCTURAL. MBA ENGINEERS, INC 300 20TH STREET NORTH, SUITE 100 BIRMINGHAM, AL 35203 OFFICE: (205) 323-6385 CONTACT: KEITH OWENS PLUMBING: GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5TH AVENUE NORTH, BUILDING C BESSEMER, AL 35020 OFFICE: (205) 933-9060 CONTACT: JOHN GILL FIRE PROTECTION: THE HILLER COMPANIES 3751 JOY SPRINGS DRIVE MOBILE, AL 36693 OFFICE: (201) 661-1275 CONTACT: DALE WINGARD SHEET NUMBER �1 A401 DISCIPLINE MECHANICAL: GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5TH AVENUE NORTH. BUILDING C BESSEMER. AL 35020 OFFICE: (205) 933-9060 CONTACT: JOHN GILL ELECTRICAL: GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5TH AVENUE NORTH, BUILDING C BESSEMER, AL 35020 OFFICE: (205) 933-9060 CONTACT. JOHN GILL CIVIL BOHLER 211 PERIMETER CENTER PARKWAY NE SUITE 425 - ATLANTA, GA 30346 OFFICE: (678) 695-6800 CONTACT: BRETT BUCKLAND CONTRACTOR H UTTO N 7009 DR. PHILLIPS BLVD SUITE, 270 ORLANDO, FL 32819 OFFICE: (407) 996-8899 CONTACT: WILL CASEY A ARCHITECTURAL P PLUMBING C CIVIL M MECHANICAL L LANDSCAPE E ELECTRICAL S STRUCTURAL T TELECOMMUNICATION F FIRE PROTECTION SHEET TYPE 0 GENERAL 4 LARGE-SCALE VIEWS 1 PLANS 5 DETAILS 2 ELEVATIONS 6 SCHEDULES 3 SECTIONS SEQUENCE VICINITY MAP ., � .. iwa►a. ,.ks.:, K 0 S S I K ROAD FRUJECT SITE =r 100 An ` 'C LLI i4t, W, L, XISrIN, RFThIL STORE f r !; ` •}. .. PRETTY POND ROAD - x 1p PROJECT SITE: ADDRESS: 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 N, PROJECT DATA ZONING DISTRICT: CRC - COMMUNITY RETAIL COMMERCIAL PERMITTED USE: RETAIL TRADE, APPLICABLE CODES Florida Building Code 511 Edition Accessibility Florida Building Code 511 Edition Building Florida Building Code 511 Edition Energy Conservation Florida Building Code 5'h Edition Existing Building Florida Building Code 51h Edition Fuel Cost Florida Building Code 51h Edition Mechanical Florida Building Code 511 Edition Plumbing Florida Fire Prevention Code 511 Edition FLORIDA PRODUCT APPROVALS CATEGORY MFR. DESCRIPTION APPROVAL Exterior Doors: Assa Abloy Exterior Main Entrance Auto - FL 30356.5 Automatic Exterior Door Assemblies Resilience R-128 Bipart Slider FBO 350 / 500 FL 8786.2 Exterior Doors: Kawneer Automatic Exterior Door Assemblies Fiber -Cement Panel System FL 17963.1 Panel Walls: Swisspearl Rainscreen Panel Walls: Kawneer 7 1/2" 1600 System 1 Curtainwall, FL 11490-R4 Curtainwall Dry Set Glazing Petersen Roof Edge Term System Roofing Products: Petersen Non -Structural Metal Alum Corp Everguard TPO 1 Ply Membrane- System NOA 18-0711.16 FL 5293-R42 Roofing: GAF Single Ply Roof Systems S-327 with insulation - Factory Installation HOLDEN Curb - PE Engineer will sign.. GKD-48 BLOX DOAS Curb Aladdin Metal Prod. Inc date. and stamp each condition based Site Specific on the address. Structural Components: DiversiTech Superstands Pre-engineered AC Stands Corp FL PE Engineer will sign, date, and stamp FL 22415.2 MBA & BLOX Other HRU Tie Down BLOX each condition based on the address. 80OMD - Signature Sky Ligh.s: Sunoptics Skylight FL 14086-R3 RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: pF FCO AyC"' Q. �C 0 AR9517 r~ ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/2020 DRAWN BY CHB SHEET: COVER SHEET AOOO 1 of 17 n LO 7 6 5 2 1 F E C A 0 PREFABRICATED MODULE LAYOUT Il -y I � i j A_ �! U M D04R UCR02R OL UMD03R UDT03R aim ULB07R �1! VOLUMETRIC MODULE LAYOUT I FLOOR MODULE LAYOUT ROOF/MEP MODULE LAYOUT 4 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY PREMANUFACTURED MODULAR COMPONENTS, FACTORY FINISHED klrXAI cri mini FIELD INSTALLED SLIDING DOORS AND STOREFRONT UVN02L r i I DFL10 FA ULB07L UDT04L PREMANUFACTURED PROPOSED PLAN: MODULAR COMPONENTS. SHADED - FACTORY FINISHED PREMANUFACTURED MODULAR COMPONENTS NON -SHADED - FIELD CONSTRUCTED EXISTING PARKING LOT DASHED - EXISTING THIS FACILITY IS DESIGNED AND TO BE CONSTRUCTED AS PART OF A NATIONWIDE PROTOTYPE PROGRAM. PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING SHOWN IN GREY ON THE ABOVE PLAN WILL BE FACTORY MANUFACTURED OFFSITE AND TRANSPORTED TO THE SITE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION AS PART OF THE OVERALL CONSTRUCTION. THESE EL-MENTS INCLUDE BOTH NON-STRUCTURAL (EXAM ROOMS, TOILET ROOMS AND HEADWALLS. AND MILLWORK) AND STRUCTURAL MODULES (WHICH INCLUDE STEEL FRAMING, SUBFLOOR WALLS AND ROOF, AS WELL AS THE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS WITHIN). AS A RESULT OF THIS PROCESS, COMPLETELY FACTORY FINISHED MODULAR COMPONENTS WILL CONTAIN ITEMS WHICH ARE TRADITIONALLY SUBJECT TO ONSITE INSPECTION THAT. IN THIS CASE WILL BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW UPON THEIR INSTALLATION. FOR EXAMPLE, THE ELECTRICAL AND MED GAS SYSTEMS BEHIND THE EXAM ROOM HEADWALL WILL NOT BE VISIBLE FOR INSPECTION AFTER FACTORY INSTALLATION. STATE CERTIFICATION OF BLOX AS A MANUFACTURER COVERS INSPECTION OF THESE ITEMS. BLOX IS A CERTIFIED MANUFACTURER THROUGH THE STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONA_ REGULATION TO MANUFACTURE MODULAR COMPONENTS FOR INSTALLATION IN SITE - CONSTRUCTED BUILDINGS. BLOX UNITS ARE PRE -APPROVED AND INSPECTED BY STATE OF FLORIDA CERTIFIED DESIGN REVIEWERS AND INSPECTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES AND REGULATIONS DEFINED IN THE FLORIDA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE, CHAPTER 553 PART 1. SYSTEMS, INCLUDING GAS, FIRE ALARM, AND FIRE SPRINKLERS WILL NOT BE PART OF INSPECTIONS LISTED ABOVE AND WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. UPON COMPLETION OF MANUFACUTRING, EACH MODULAR COMPONENT WILL BE AFFIXED WITH AN MHD INSIGNIA CONFIRMING COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAWS, RULES AND MANDATORY BUILDING CODES OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA. ONCE THE UNITS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED ON SITE. THE PLUMBING. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE UNITS AND FIELD CONSTRUCTION WILL FALL UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF THE LOCAL INSPECTION AUTHORITIES. PREFABRICATION SCOPE EXCEPT AS NOTED BELOW, ALL ARCHITECTURE, STRUCTURE, AND MEP WORK WILL BE PREFABRICATED AND ARRIVE ON SITE AS PART OF A MODULE. ON SITE CONSTRUCTION SCOPE INCLUDES: • ALL SITEWORK • ALL UNDER FLOOR UTILITIES. • FOUNDATIONS. RE: STRUCTURAL. • SET MODULES INCLUDING WELDING MODULE FRAMES TO BASE PLATES. • ROOF DRAIN TIE-INS. • ROOF SEAMS (CONNECTING SECTIONS OF PREFABRICATED ROOFING BETWEEN MODULES). • INSTALL COPING CAP. • EXPANSION JOINT AND FLASHING AT CONNECTION POINT OF NEW AND EXISTING BUILDINGS. • RTU INSTALLATION ON ROOF CURB AND OTHER MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. • STOREFRONT AND WINDOWS. • HANG INTERIOR DOORS. • INSTALL SLIDING ENTRY DOORS. • EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR STOREFRONT INSTALLATION. • MAKE MEP CONNECTIONS BETWEEN MODULES. • CONNECT FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE AND PRESSURE TEST. • CONNECT PLUMBING SYSTEMS AND PRESSURE TEST. • CONNECT DUCTWORK AND VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOWS (VRF) HVAC SYSTEMS AND CHARGE REFRIGERANT. • START UP OF ALL EQUIPMENT. • PIECE IN DRYWALL TO COVER SEAMS BETWEEN MODULES (MAJORITY INSTALLED AT FACTORY). • ELECTRICAL POWER TO EQUIPMENT AND MODULES. • LOW VOLTAGE AND DDC CONTROLS TRIM OUT. • FIRE ALARM AND TESTING. • INSTALL CEILING TILE PER A106. • POUR SELF LEVELING FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT AND INSTALL ALL FINISH FLOORING. • SIGNAGE. • DENTAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. • TEST AND BALANCE. • INSTALL ALL LOOSE FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE 441- t r 1 t �rt FOUNDATION: (FIELD CONSTRUCTED) FOUNDATIONS AND BASE PLATES PLACED FOR STRUCTURAL MODULES STRUCTURAL MODULES: (PREMANUFACTURED) PREMANUFACTURED MODULES WHICH INCLUDE ROOF ARE TRUCKED TO SITE AND HOISTED BY CRANE INTO PLACE ON FOUNDATIONS WHERE THEY ARE FIELD WELDED ONTO FIELD INSTALLED BASE PLATES. TPO ROOF IS PREINSTALLED AND SEAMED TOGETHER ON SITE. PANELIZED ENCLOSURES INSTALLED. EXTERIOR (PREMANUFACTURED) PREMANUFACTURED EXTERIOR PANEL IS INSTALLED FOR RAINSCREEN SYSTEM. FINAL ROOFING TIE-INS COMPLETION: (FIELD CONSTRUCTED) SITE BUILT INTERIOR FRAMING AND FINISHING COMPLETE. EXTERIOR SITEWORK COMPLETED RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933,9060 GASTUDIO.COM ISSUE SCHEDULE REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: JLM. CHB SHEET: CONSTRUCTION OVERVIEW I A001 ototype 11 /23/2020 11:31:41 AM 2 of 17 G F C C G -�- GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: OF 4 CO �P.��,R•..AY�o ie ®ice—'*'y—�j7r� i A475 I. •�•� 9 p R-14 BRED ARG ISSUE SCHEDULE: NOTES & LEGEND CONSTRUCTION LINES EGRESS PATH 4� • • - 1. THIS PLAN IS FOR LIFE SAFETY INFORMATION ONLY. 2. BUILDING IS FULLY SPRINKLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 AND IS PROTECTED WITH A SUPERVISED AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. 3. REFER TO THIS DRAWING FOR MEANS OF EGRESS. 4. REFER TO THIS DRAWING FOR DOOR CAPACITIES. 5. FINAL LOCATION OF FAAP PANEL TO BE COORDINATED WITH FIRE MARSHAL. 6. EMERGENCY LIGHTING REFERENCED ON A106. 7. ANY DESIGN ON THESE PLANS FOR FIRE ALARM OR FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND WILL BY SUBMITTED SEPARATELY FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL LIFE SAFETY LEGEND [FAAP] FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR LIGHTING QFE FIRE EXTINGUISHER q FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET 0 FIRE ALARM - MANUAL PULL STATION cR CARD READER ACCESS CONTROL BUTTON ® ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED FIRE STROBE CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: JMK, CHB SHEET: LIFE SAFETY A002 BIM 360://WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 3:37:13 PM 3 of 17 F A C N Irl I I ► I I IA I I I L I l 'll I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • rBessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: 'k O�F...A y p�/ �P:•�5 co:. 0 BRED A� ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND -- — — — —— LEAD LINING CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: JMK, CHB SHEET: LEAD LINING DETAILS A005 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.la_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 11:3118 AM 4 of 17 I RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: Al� OF 'F40 n: F i pt<` 95� 5 BRED ARG ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: JMK, CHB SHEET: ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS A006 BIM 360://WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 11:33:32 AM 5 of 17 C I L 0 G RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • r Bessemer. AL 35020 P:205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: ISSUE SCHEDULE REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND N CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET I ISSUE DATE: 11/20/2020 DRAWN BY: CHB SHEET SITE PLAN Al 00 BIM -Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/65 -,- —iinic-V3. _c:;, ; -`06 Zept.f 11/23/2020 10:57:45 AM 6 of 17 7 C1 5 I ! I 1 - Iq I 2 K 2 1 F 10 0 c 0 EXISTING RETAIL STORE 1-1 , II I I a REMOVE AND, IN ILL ` SEE SITE -' . `.I' _ I ` - - •' - : , RE-MOVETRENCH: - : : • r . ; _ ' _ I _ : _ °DRAIN. SEE CIVIL. 3 I I REMQVE QI�NAMEKTA�. FENCE,-'REMO,VE,`I"R'ENCH t i COLUMNS, TRUSSES, �4ND SHi+kDE ; . r- : ; _ " ' ORAIN; SEE CIVIL, I r I` CLOTH; 9EE SITE-BU1L•T SCOPE:: I- _ _7 —_'*-__r_—_--_ —,—_- a - RROPOS D I , PJT0�1(Pj; E 30� CLI-NI XISTING CART " - • : `' ' ' = ;5 STORAGE. 649S5 - _ ` • - - - - - .. - - - -' - - - •-, « - - , - - • - - _ „ - - - - - ' EXTENT CI F. � - • - - • - - ) - • - - - - - - - - - - - • - - - - - - . _ 'IdEW BUILDING• - - _ XT C?F E LNG , , REMQVE w _ S RRUS_ SE8-,AND - - , • r - SHADE CLOTHSEE Si E BU_ ILT_ L I _ ;SCOPE: ,REMOVE „ I ; •EXISTING ,.• ' . — —r=, —'"-------"�--- - - - - ` - - - • •- - -• - ` - -CONCRETE , • 'SEE CIVIL y •a'- ' , a, =) _ t- , EXISTING- - - _ - - - - - - - - _ t - - - - a _ a• , t ' ' , ENTRANCE. a% t , r T,' y . - - --- - - - -- -- -- - - - -- - -SEE CIVIL PACKAGE FOR --- --- - -- -- - - - -- -- - - -- - -- -- -- w FVV t :MORE DETAIL.!:- _ - - - - - - - � • - - - - - - _--' - - ��� r! , a „ r F ,a,t � ) • , . n - , „ ,t , , r• •Y ' „ « ! „n nor' E� S• s `�:- a, , rc ` „ v , a - - ` (• f' 4 a, r ` . t - n , - - r - - - Y _ .. n .- • - - • t r , r .. � , . - - - w - ^ -.. - ., w , .. . a- _. I ., ,. .. .. ., -. s ,. _ - w _ ^ - . , .. , • _ , - . .• _ , ., - - - , < , w -, , , -.. ` - ' , S - • _ , , - ` r .. , r ' a , • - , RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • rBessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: OF FAO yCo �4 co 7 •its—*—�• ?� A 95�'-�— BRED AEG ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/2020 DRAWN BY: CHB DATE SHEET: DEMOLITION PLAN N (:�,) DEMOLITION PLAN 1 /8" = 1'-0" BIM 360://WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Site-0706_Zephyrhills.rvt Al 01 11 /23/2020 10:58:06 AM 7 of 17 G C R RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: C)F f40 �Syc.�',o CO� 8, t BRED ARG ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND _• Gray areas depict manufactured wall and building components. GENERAL NOTE: TYPICAL INTERIOR WALL FRAMING IS 'AT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/2020 DRAWN BY: CHB SHEET: DIMENSION PLAN Al 02 i BIM 3601/WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1 a_Site-0706_Zephyrhills.rvt 11/23/2020 10:59A7 AM 8 of 17 i G 4 C �4 r RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: OF FAO AQ, n -, ?J R95 BRED AEG ISSUE SCHEDULE REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE 7-7 Gray areas depict manufactured _k. wall and building components. NOTES & LEGEND GYP. CEILING 2'X2' ACT CEILING 8'-8" AFF U.O.N. (PREFABRICATED) 2'X2' ACT CEILING 8'-8" AFF U.O.N. (FIELD INSTALLED) 2'X8' ACT CEILING (PREFABRICATED) 2'X8' ACT CEILING -- - - - (FIELD INSTALLED) 2x4 LIGHT (LT4) ® 2x2 LIGHT (LT2) 0 6" RECESSED CAN (LD6) 8' LED LIGHT (NORMAL) 0 4' LED LIGHT (NORMAL) 2X2 EXHAUST 2x2 RETURN 2x2 DIFFUSER VRF CASSETTE ® SLOT DIFFUSER 11 EXIT SIGN FIRE STROBE CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: JLM, CH13 r SHEET: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Al 06 BIM 360://WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 11:34:05 AM 9 of 17 'e I 1. l I I! I I G C A G RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 h GASTUDIO.COM N STAMP: ISSUE SCHEDULE: I REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE , l i I I I I I NOTES & LEGEND Gray areas depict manufactured wall and building components. ROOF LEGEND O RD ROOF DRAIN I. O OFD OVERFLOW SCUPPER (OFS) I I 1 CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: JMK, CHB SHEET: ROOF PLAN Al 07 BIM 360://WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 11:34:46 AM 10 of 17 0 7 I 4 0 3 2 L F a C a w FIBER REINFORCED CEMENTITIOUS --� RAINSCREEN SYSTEM RIGHT SIDE _ 1 /8" = 1 '-0" - FIBER REINFORCE RAID EXISTING RETAIL STORE 'B5 BACK SIDE- 1 /8" = 1 '-0" EXISTING RETAIL STORE (BEYOND) STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM W/ CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM. FINISH J FIBER REINFORCED CEMENTITIOUS RAINSCREEN SYSTEM PANELIZED RAIN SCREEN SYSTEM �B4 ENTRY SIDE ELEVATION 1 /8" = 1'-0'' - - - E FIBER REINFORCED CEMENTITIOUS RAINSCREEN SYSTEM i STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM I B1LEFT SIDE 1/8" = 1'-0" - -- T.O.S. 12' - 0" 0 N F.F, AL i 0' - 0" EXISTING GARDEN ' CENTER ENCLOSURE i �1F NT ELEVATION RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 dF P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND ❑SWISS PEARL CARAT Sahara 7000 20% Coverage SWISS PEARL CARAT Crystal 7010 65% Coverage Clear Anodoized Alum Storefront and Glazing 15% Coverage CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/2020 DRAWN BY: CHB SHEET. BUILDING ELEVATIONS A201 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Sitt _ ,,,,.., �t 11/23/2020 11:04:41 AM 11 of 17 G F RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • rBessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: .Zi �®'' •ice—*'—� g ' �95.1 �y BRED ARG� ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND Gray areas depict manufactured wall and building components. CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET I ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: JLM, CHB SHEET: BUILDING SECTIONS A301 BIM 360://WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3-1a_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 11:35:59 AM 12 of 17 I: A 14 91� RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • rBessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND Gray areas depict manufactured wall and building components. CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/2020 DRAWN BY: CHB SHEET: WALL SECTIONS A31 0 BIM 360://WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Site-0706_Zephyrhills.rvt 11/23/2020 11:05:12 AM 13 of 17 g 7 5 I 4 3 i F E I� INSTALL DENS DECK SHEATHING ON BACK & . OVER PARAPET INSTALL METAL COPING, CLEAT & COVER TAPE WRAP EXISTNG ROOFING MEMBRANE OVER THE TOP OF THE PARAPET INSTALL BREAK METAL FLASHING JAMB CLOSURE (BEYOND) BR-03 TO EXTEND ABOVE TOP OF STOREFRONT MULLION SUNOPTICS P' SKYLIG HT AS: -P0 MEMBRAI TOP OF CURB INSTALL ROOF NSTALLED IN: -kROUND =pEFABRICAT ;KYLIGHT CUF ;EE FFE SHEE ,DETAIL HERE COL COPING AT STOREFRONT (y5) 1 1/2" = 1'-0" .050 PREFORMED ALUM FLASHING. BED IN SEALANT AT JOINTS INSTALL 12" SPLICE W/ CONTINUOUS BUTYL TAPE ON BOTH SIDES. FULLY EMBED \ IN WALL JOINT \ ` ALUM CLEAT EXTEND TPO MEMBRANE FLASHING ACROSS JT AND \ ATTACH WITH TERM BAR EXTEND EXISTING TPO ROOFING INSTALL TAPERED STRIP WHERE ROOF DOES NOT \ SLOPE AWAY FROM EXPANSION JOINT �—=` w 2" MI TYP EXP JT @ ROOF (u3) 1 1/2" = 1'-0" LAP & HEAT WELDED EXISTING TPO MEMBRANE AT JOINTS FIELD INSTALL COVER BD STRIP AT ALL JOINTS BETWEEN MODULE COMPONENTS SHADED AREA SHOWS ROOFING COMPONENTS THAT ARE INSTALLED IN THE FACTORY -ILL CAvi_ Ylj 1 VVITH SPRAY FOAM -\DHESIVE ON SITE !NSTALL BACKER ROD IN JOINT BETWEEN MODULE ;OMPONENTS RACKS & UBERS': EXISTING MASONRY WALL 3/4" EXT. PLYWD ATTACHED TO EXISTING MASONRY WALL INSTALL NEOPRENE ROD FIELD INSTALL #14 DRILL TEC SCREWS @ 12"OC AT ALL JOINTS BETWEEN MODULE CC" ^1ENTS NSTALL BANDING 'jVER/ AROUND TUBE x INSTALL SEALANT FIELD INSTALL PREFORMED TPO BOOT (4"x4l 10 LOCATIONS - !IELD INSTALL INSULATION AND COVER BD AT COL 10 LOCATIONS FIELD INSTALL STEEL COLS BY OTHERS RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C le Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: Q�� OA y°® R. �i (���DETAIL - SCREENWALL COLS �5 c•. - - -- - o El /2" = 1'-0" eta—— ��'•., 75SITE INSTALLED REFGT95 PIPING WITH GASKETSR� ERG BY PLUMBER OR MECH TRADE FACTORY INSTALLED PIPE INSTALL SEALAN` BOOT CAP- TO BE CUT BY OTHER ISSUE SCHEDULE: FACTORY INSTALLED INSTALL BANDING ROOF INSUL & MEMBRANE _ FLASHING AROUND CURB - w/TERM BAR. FACTORY INSTALLED PRE-FAB PIPE CHASE CURB REVISION SCHEDULE: — -- — "�— NUM. DESCRIPTION DETAIL - TYP ROOF VENT (FIELD 1 1 /2" = 1'-0" INSTALL BANDING INSTALL PREFORMED BOOT OVER PIPE, HEAT WELD BOOT AT DECK INSTALL BACKER ROD & SEALANT AROUND PIPE - INSTALL SEALANT PLUMBER WILL EXTEND PIPE (12" LONG) ABV ROOF PLUMBER WILL FIELD INSTALL 4" SLIPxSLIP COUPLING OVER PIPE DETAIL - TYP ROOF VENT (FIELD) 1 1 /2" = 1'-0" SITE INSTALL TPO SELF ADHERE COVER TAPE —FIELD INSTALL OVER DRIP COPING COL TA R I S L & 4" PRE -FINISHED ALUM COPING & CLEAT PE ED N U COVER BOARD AT PERIMETER WHERE % REQUIRED SHADED AREA SHOWS ROOFING COMPONENTS THAT ARE INSTALLED IN RUN TPO MEMBRANE / THE FACTORY - OVER PARAPET AND PIN % -- - TO WD NAILER - - INSTALL 1/2" PT PLYWD ON BACK OF PARAPET ON / PANELS THAT ARE NOT z INSTALLED IN FACTORY ' -AP PARAPET MEMBRANE JVER ROOF MEMBRANE ' LAP MEMBRANE UP FACE OF STUDS 2" PREMANUFACTURED EXTERIOR PANEL INSTALLED IN FACTORY PARAPET AT UBER MODULES 1 1/2" = 1'-0" LAP & HEAT WELDED EXISTING TPO MEMBRANE AT JOINTS COL COL FIELD INSTALL COVER BD STRIP AT ALL JOINTS BETWEEN MODULE COMPONENTS SHADED AREA SHOWS ROOFING COMPONENTS THAT ARE INSTALLED IN THE FACTORY =ILL CAVITY/J i VVI1H SPRAY FOAM ADHESIVE ON SITE INSTALL BACKER ROD IN JOINT BETWEEN MODULE I COMPONENTS ' RACKS & UBERS) FIELD INSTALL #14 DRILL TEC SCREWS @ 12"OC AT ALL JOINTS BETWEEN MODULE COMPONENTS NOTES & LEGEND iiED TEXT INDICATES A FIELD INSTALLED ITEM CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: JW SHEET: ROOF DETAILS DATE (�-,_.5�)�_SKYLIGHT DTL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A3 COVER BD DETAIL a�ROOF RACK 09 & 10 1 1/2" = 1'-0" Al UBER TO UBER TIE-IN 1 1/2" = 1'-0" FROO 13 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a-Protorype.ivi 11/23/2020 11:41:46 AM 14 of 17 I 1 -- - - I I -- - - I --- 1 — _ LI_ L 11 ' I l 'll r 'I - I I I - I _ P I ' 11 rf 1 111 II wifil _111prp,'ll 11 11 II 1 L'' I 1 I I 1 1 8 7 6 5 F E BLOX RAINSCREEN BACKUP PANEL FASTEN 1" ALUM Z-PROFILE TO GALV GIRT PER RAINSCREEN MANUFACTURE INSTALL REQUIREMENTS FASTEN PRE -MANUFACTURED - `F FIBER CEMENT PANEL TO - ALUM Z-GIRT W/ ALUM RIVET PER RAINSCREEN l MANUFACTURE'S INSTALL REQUIREMENTS i BR-01, REF FSO.11 D INSTALL BACKER ROD & -- - SEALANT BETWEEN \ PLYWOOD AND / CURTAIN WALL HEADER / MECHANICALLY FASTEN BR-02 WITHIN JAMB / CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM ' STOREFRONT HEAD @ SF1 ✓V 311 = 1'-011 FIELD INSTALL BREAK -----___ METAL TRIM, BR-03 FIELD INSTALL 2" RIGID INSULATION - FIELD INSTALL PEEL & STICK AIR & WATER BARRIER. LAP C OVER GALV. FLASHING 0 GALV. FLASHING INSTALL CONTINOUS BACKER ROD & SEALANT BASE @ ENTRY JAMB �J 311 = 1'-0" FASTEN PRE -MANUFACTURED FIBER CEMENT PANEL TO ALUM \ 0 3 2 BREAK METAL HE RAIN SCREEN SY BEYOND 3/4" SHIM AND SE PAINTED STEEL CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM NSTALL BACKER ROD & SEALANT BETWEEN STL ANGLE AND \ CURTAIN WALL SILL CEILING AND AXIOM TRIM. REF D2/FF1.14 BLOX UBER MODULE SIDEWALK. REF CIVIL ° VAPOR BARRIER & dTERM BAR aad - d° ed a l- i \II1 - ' Iy1 1 Oo0 G GcC U OcCo 4— I �otJ. J 4" RIGID INSULATION ' �L cCeGc loGooc.� c .Oc OcooO Oc.JcO cOc"aQo - IO C�oOc(o�?�O�JoO.�OaOcvcCc•Jc.OcU.:UcUcOC.o _ �- __-_. i -- `��o-o•�oco�Gco,cococ,o. �coc� o'-o�'Goo`-'G _ — —=oOoCcUoOoQo 00 OoOa > O .�cG.OcGcucOo I I - ---� -- II-1 Oc oG:.C..Oo �.:UoGc.Uc..cOoQcc�o�,70 - - I 4X8X16 GA GALV. SHEET METAL ANGLE CONT. V� PUNCHED 24" O.C. W/12" I'1 LONG LANDSCAPE SPIKES _\II - I �I \ i i — I T.M—IIII= Ii 1 II —1\II i \\S, li II j I illy II-1 II ,1 L'- -i _ 111 r i I �l II -III I -I II-- 1i--I ,IIII.' 'I =11 _ I _ � I — I I11 II _III T� -- —.7_ GRID _ I _ -.I f I B F STOREFRONT I TYPICAL BELOW GRADE BASE O S @ I- CONDITION d ° <7177 d � d ` I d a d e d° ° d -1- I1 a ° d a 1 i I I'll Z-GIRT W/ ALUM RIVET PER \ RAINSCREEN MANUFACTURE'S \ INSTALL REQUIREMENTS \ FASTEN 1" ALUM Z-PROFILE TO \ GALV GIRT PER RAINSCREEN �' MANUFACTURE INSTALL REQUIREMENTS \ INSTALL BACKER ROD & SEALANT BETWEEN STL ANGLE AND WALL PANEL \ 'N TA L BA ROD & SEALANT O BACKER S L C BEHIND HOLES IN WEEP TRACK \ SIDEWALK. REF CIVIL SLOPE TO DRAIN J° ` /a d Y� , POR BARRIER & ° ° °° ° G ° TERM BAR d ° G a ° 4" RIGID INSULATION G GOB ° a ° d A BLOX EXTERIOR WALL PANEL BLOX UBER MODULE BLOX EXTERIOR WALL PANEL BLOX I MODULE 3" = 1'-0" 1 GRID FASTEN PRE -MANUFACTURED FIBER CEMENT PANEL TO ALUM —\ Z-GIRT W/ ALUM RIVET PER \ RAINSCREEN MANUFACTURE'S INSTALL REQUIREMENTS FASTEN 1" ALUM Z-PROFILE TO GALV GIRT PER RAINSCREEN MANUFACTURE INSTALL REQUIREMENTS INSTALL BACKER ROD & SEALANT BLOX EXTERIOR WALL PANEL BETWEEN STL ANGLE AND WALL \ PANEL \ INSTALL BACKER ROD & SEALANT BEHIND HOLES IN WEEP TRACK BLOX UBER MODULE SIDEWALK. REF CIVIL ---` ° ° °� a d a a — SY =" } ! }r i •r ? f f ryb t5 E d. VAPOR BARRIER & — ° a ° d TERM BAR G ° da ° d 4" RIGID INSULATION? I I Joo -� nayaoa=oaG ° < 0000 ?000-o e 1 G J Go- �o(_, OuGcCcv 1 FOUNDATION SYSTEM.��oo�\oo���ca�°°°coo a ° REF STRUCTURAL DWGS .� .�cocJ OaGnCo0ovc0� d IJ.�1 AND FCO SHEETS vo�^oGoOoOc•�o`IoG OoGoG<.GorJ - 1 0 o J�o a c0000 o-,oc0000,�co. \ I �= }Tr-\-Lr- I -il OcCFJ O00000000 O Oo(�oO:0oG�0 � ^o^oc000 G o G ocoaococo ° .I _r _a _ ll , j CJ0000o00000oG OofJoOo,.cO - 7oG J O O r`cG Oo o c�J OoGoVcOo�.> OoO Jo �,7 0 O" ° Oc0 >0000c0"n000Oco O('O J�.G - i=�l — — � — — 1 —I 0.0., / 0 O o J o o c G C`o o�ococc-ooc°o c JcOc� .,G -��cCo0o0oG —I I icooGcJc ::OcOcOcOa„c..eG.. �Gc �4 • '� —IIII^ o o� o 0 0 0000000o co,., - - — O O♦ i II '�cOaOcOoO t� eGvOo0o0 �oOoOc I I I cCic Jo I oG Oo0 Go,>.,O CoocGo�. i c.• i - I —i ! 000 ocooGo�ooc00000ao _ I —I I L ,� � - •t, � ;t� — .\ d ° ° I •Ida < e a a ° a ° e III a ° a ° e ° a a a a d 1 1 d d e e d d d < ° ° ° d ° a a ° ° ° a I° ° d a a 4 e ° a a ` d ' ° °O d a u a d a ° a ° ° a d1, ° e ° d ° ° ° d ° 1 — I— a d° a ° ° a a a d 1 a d ° e ° a ° ° c° 4 d e - — °d a e as ° < e ° < ° 1= a ° d 1 °° _ d d II, d M d a — p d d d III ° ° ° a loll _III,_ a a a d JD d ® ° ° a ° 1 ads d d - li-- d d° e c d ^ e I- ` d ° a a d - "- I' a ° ° G ° e ° < 4 ° n d ° a G I RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • rBessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: OF FAO i ��••. A 9�5P �R,Ep aRc ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND RED TEXT INDICATES A FIELD INSTALLED ITEM CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: CHB SHEET: SECTION DETAILS BASE OF TYP WALL PANEL a@ CURB 3" = 1'-0" BASE OF TYP WALL PANEL @FOOTING 3" = 1'-0" ■ BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.la_Prototype.rvt 11/2312020 11:41:17 AM 15 of 17 G 10 Es I C I 1 IIIII'R! "RI 41'11p I I I I' -- -- IL II RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 to P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: Author SHEET: PLAN DETAILS FSOm 16 BIM 360://WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 11:40:40 AM '61 El K, 1 I F C A DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION 1. This retail clinic is an extension of the existing retail store. 2. Building size is approximately 6,495 GSF. 3. This One level building is steel -framed and designed to receive numerous modular components. This means that repetitious rooms and portions thereof will be engineered, pre -manufactured, and shipped to the job site for installation. 4. the building is fully sprinklered and type 116 construction and is classified as business group B occupancy. OWNER REQUIREMENTS 1. An owner Furnished Equipment spreadsheet is available. 2. The Owner shall arrange and pay for delivery of Owner -furnished items in accordance with the Construction Schedule, and will inspect deliveries for damage. 3. Owner to arrange and contract services needed. Outside vendor work to be coordinated with construction schedule. 4. Shielding and geotechnical reports will be furnished when available. Design includes preliminary assumptions. SITE 1. Survey, Topographic information and site lighting will be provided by licensed civil engineers and will be made available when completed. 2. Geotechnical borings and subsurface report to be provided by Terracon and will be made available when completed. 3. Sanitary Sewer is available and will be shown on civil and site survey. 4. Storm water detention is required. Size and location shown on civil drawings at east end of site. Work will also include erosion control measures during site construction. 5. The site will be landscaped with native planting. Landscaping design to be provided by Jaramillo Landscape & Maintenance and irrigation design to be by Keman Clute.Both to be coordinated through civil engineering. 6. No permanent fencing is required. Perimeter security fence to be provided during construction. 7. Main areas to have medium -duty asphalt paving. Heavy duty asphalt and concrete paving to be provided in areas as denoted on drawings. 8. Entire paved areas to be bordered with concrete curb and gutter. BUILDING UTILITIES: 1. Sanitary Sewage, provide sanitary sewer connection from existing line serving retail store. 2. Power, new extension from store main switchboard at existing electrical room to designated connection box, work not in this contract. Contractor for this project to extend conductor from designated connection box to generator connection enclosure with manual transfer switch and into new clinic to main panelboard. 3. Domestic and Fire Water, provide taps from existing building utilities. New fire water pipe extended from existing building fire riser room, new domestic water piping extended from existing building DCW piping into new clinic. 4. Storm Drainage, Roof storm drains extend to existing storm drainage system at site. CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS 1. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary facilities as necessary to maintain work area in a safe, orderly and clean condition. Prevent dirt, dust and debris from migrating into finished areas as some components will come to the job in a completed state. Provide temporary toilet facilities for job site workers. 2. Contractor to arrange daily inspections for compliance to cleanliness. Skilled cleaning service required for final cleaning. 3. Protect finished areas from ongoing work activities. 01-3113- PROJECT COORDINATION 1. All trades to review their work and associated work for their coordination. Any discrepancies or omissions in drawings or specifications should be brought to the attention of the Architect for resolution. 2. Retain necessary permits and perform work to comply with applicable codes and ordinances. See Code Listing and Analysis on "Index" sheet. 01-3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1. One intent of pre -manufactured construction is to minimize preparation and submission of submittals. Items outlined below are for general coordination efforts. 2. Submittals should be prepared in advance of scheduled dates for installation to provide sufficient time for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and re -submittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery. a. For scheduling purposes, anticipate review to take 10 working days from date submitted. b. Include on submittal the section and submittal type. c. All warranties are to be from the date of substantial completion. 3. Required Construction Submittals: a. Submit product data and related information for any product intended to be used that is not listed in the specifications. This includes products that are intended to be "similar to" or "equivalent to" items listed in the specifications. b. Samples as noted for selection of colors by Architect as listed in the specifications. c. Shop Drawings for Healthcare Medical Supports. d. Shop Drawings for Interior Architectural Woodwork including product data for hardware. e. Product data for Thermal Insulation. f. Product data for Exterior Insulation and Finish System. g. Product Data for TPO Roofing. h. Shop Drawings for Shop Fabricated Sheet Metal. i. Product data and schedule for doors, frames and hardware. j. Shop Drawings for Overhead Coiling Doors. 4. Required Close-out Submittals: a. Warranty for Exterior Insulation and Finish System. b. Warranty for TPO Roofing. c. Warranty for Joint Sealants. d. Warranty for Wood Doors. e. Warranty and Maintenance Instructions for Coiling Doors. f. Warranty for Automatic Sliding Doors & Aluminum Framed Storefronts. g. Maintenance Instructions for Flooring - all types. h. Extra Stock for Acoustical Tile Ceilings, Flooring - all types i. Warranty for Flooring - all types. j. Test Report for Radiation Shielding Protection. k. Application Report and Warranty for Termite Control. I. See Mechanical, Plumbing, Electrical and Structural drawings for additional submittal requirements. 01-660 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 1. Store and handle products immediately on delivery in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, with seal sand labels intact and legible, and protect until installed in the work. Provide substantial coverings to protect installed products from damage from subsequent operations. Remove when no longer needed, prior to completion of work. 01-7400 CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 1. Keep building free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. Employ experienced workmen or professional cleaners for final cleaning. DIVISION 5 - METALS 05-4100 STRUCTURAL METAL STUD FRAMING (applies to site construction only - not pre -manufactured components) 1. Bridging, Bracing, Furring: Formed sheet steel, ASTM A36, Grade A, manufacturers standard shapes, finish same as studs. 2. Tracks: Deep leg type, ASTM A955, Grade A, un-punched, same gauge and finish as studs. 3. Anchorage and bracing, to comply with applicable building codes, including seismic requirements. 4. Door Openings: Install double studs within -punched webs each side of door openings. Install double studs horizontally between door jambs at top of doors. 5. Corners: Construct using minimum three studs. 6. Attach bridging for studs in a manner to prevent stud rotation. Space bridging rows as recommended by manufacturer. 05-5000 METAL FABRICATIONS 1. Build exterior wall ladder as detailed on drawings of steel members conforming to ASTM A569 or ASTM A36 and steel tubing confirming with ASTM A500, Grade B, cold -formed and hot -dipped galvanized. DIVISION 6 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES 06-1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY (applies to site construction only - not pre -manufactured components) 1. All framing, blocking and nailing strips on interior of building shall be fire retardant treated lumber, if in contact with masonry or concrete use pressure treated. 2. Blocking for roofing, exterior signage attachments and exterior ladder to roof shall be pressure -treated. 3. Plywood backing for telephone and electrical equipment shall be DOC PSI, Exposure I, fire -retardant treated plywood panels, C-D PLUGGED with exterior glue, 3/4 inch minimum thickness. 4. Provide fire retardant treatment to comply with governing ordinances and meet or exceed requirements for ASTM D5516 and ASTM D5664 tests. 5. Pressure treated wood to be Southern Pine; SPIB, No. 2 grade. 6. Treatment shall not bleed through finish surfaces or corrode metal fasteners. 7. Use hot dip galvanized steel fasteners of size to suite application. 06-1643 GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING (to be included as part of pre -manufactured exterior rainscreen wall panel) 06-4023 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 1. Fabricate cabinets per AWI- Architectural Woodwork Institute, latest edition (400BCustom, C and D) and install per AWI Section 1700. 2. Cabinet bodies: Flush overlay with W to 5/16" radius corners on doors and drawers. 3. Fabrication: Approved manufacturers standard specifications to insure stability and prevent racking when fully loaded. 4. High pressure plastic laminate for exposed cabinet surfaces: Meet NEMALD 3 standards for non -vertical grade laminate, GP-28. 5. Thermoset decorative overlay for concealed cabinet surfaces: Particle board complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2, or medium density fiberboard complying with ANSI A208.2, Grade MD with surface of thermally fused, melamine -impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT-1. 6. Countertops: a. Type of Top: Chemical resistant high pressure decorative laminates NEMA LD3, Grade HGP, Test Procedure 3.9.5, GP-50. b. Type of Top: High Pressure plastic laminate for exposed cabinet and counter surfaces: Meet NEMA LD3 standards for non -vertical grade laminate, GP-28. c. Type of Top: Homogeneous solid sheet material of filled plastic resin complying with materials and performance requirements in ANSI Z 124.3 for type 5 or type 6, without a pre -coated finish and joint adhesive especially manufactured for joining sheets in color to match material. 7. Integral Bowl Sinks: Rectangular sink, homogeneous solid sheet material of filled plastic resin complying with materials and performance requirements in ANSI Z124.3 for type 5 or type 6, without a pre -coated finish and joint adhesive especially manufactured for joining sheets in color to match material. Include front bowl overflows and associated drain connection and coordinate with plumbing components. a. S-1: 19" x 19" x 5.5" b. S-2: 22" x 22" x 5.5" 8. Provide 2" radius front corners of countertops. 9. All doors, drawers and countertops shall have thermoset minimum 1 mm PVC edge banding. 10. Sink sub -tops: Marine Plywood, Veneer -core, type 1 glue, no voids, B-B face veneer, species Contractor's option. 11. Hardware: a. Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials for cabinets as indicated. Hardware items not shown but required for function indicated shall be furnished in the same finish and quality. Hardware shall comply with ADA, BHMA A156.9. b. Pulls: Stanley 348311, (4") wire pulls, back mounted, satin aluminum. c.Shelf supports: Pre -drilled 5mm holes at 32mm o.c. with adjustable polycarbonate locking shelf brackets. d. Drawer slides: KV8400, rated 100lbs., side mounting, full extension e. Hinges for cabinets: Model 90M2550 by Blum Inc.; 100 degree, all metal nickel plated, without spring f. Continuous hinges: Stanley No. SC311, steel. g. Locks: Corbin Cabinet Lock No. 02065, BHMAA156.11, E0704.1 h. Shelf standards: Knape and Vogt No. 255 Pilaster Standards, steel. i. Grommet: 2" Molded plastic and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage, black. j. Counter support: RAKKS, Model EH-1818 for counters 24" deep and less and Model ED-1824 for counters over 24" deep. 13. Engineered Resin: Varia EcoResin by 3form, '/", style as noted on Finish Drawings. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07-2100 THERMAL INSULATION (to be included as part of EIFS pre -manufactured exterior wall panel) 07-2400 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 1.EIFS exterior wall panel and soffit system to be pre-engineered, pre -manufactured and delivered to jobsite as a ready to install component. 2. Properties of the Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) are as follows: a. Class PB, utilized as a barrier equivalent to STO Quik Gold System as manufactured by Sto Corp. b. All air and water resistive barrier, Insulation and finish system materials from a single manufacturer from sources specifically recommended by the prime manufacturer. Use only products that will not void EIFS manufacturer warranty. c. Provide warranty for a period of 12 years for wall system. d. Fluid Applied Air Barrier Membrane to be StoGuard StoGold Coat, as manufactured by Sto Corp., minimum f=of 19 mils dry. Transition membrane and joint treatment to be as recommended by Sto. e. Finish to be Stolit Fine, color to be selected by Architect. f. High impact mesh panels shall be installed as specified at ground level, high traffic areas and other areas exposed to our susceptible to impact damage. 07-5423- THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 1. Roof: provide GAF EverGuard 60 mil TPO, smooth white surfaced roofing membrane. System to be fully adhered. 2. Roof Insulation: Provide flat and tapered polyisocyanurate board (total R22). 3. Walk boards: Provide'/" high density fiberboards for roof protection surrounding rooftop equipment. 07-6207 SHOP FABRICATED SHEET METAL 1. Fabricate and install rain drainage components per SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" standard details and anchorage guidelines. 2. Pre -finished Galvanized Steel Sheet: 24 gauge min equivalent, ASTM A525, G90, with factory -applied fluoropolymercoating (AAMA 2604)finish with sheet metal clips, continuous cleats, straps, anchoring devices, as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with adjoining materials, noncorrosive, size and gauge required for performance. 3. Fasteners: Same material and finishes flashing metal, with soft neoprene washers. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. 4. Protect metal from no compatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating with protective backing paint as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator. 5. Hem exposed edges on underside'/2 inch; miter and seam comers, Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated. At moving joints, use sealed lapped, bayonet -type or interlocking hooked seams. 6. Anchor work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion; conceal fasteners where possible. 7. Protect flashings and sheet metal work during construction from damage or deterioration. 07-8400 FIRESTOPPING 1. Provide materials listed in the UL Building Materials Directory and approved by FM, current edition at time of application, as "Fill, Void or Cavity Materials" and as "Through Penetration Firestop Systems". 2. Refer to drawings for details each penetration type and associated UL number. 3. Provide products per building standards for each penetration type. 07-0200 JOINT SEALANTS 1. Medium Modulus Silicone Exterior Wall Sealant: One -part medium -modulus, Type II, silicone sealant, non -sag, Class "A", consisting of the following physical properties as tested by Fed. Spec. TT-S-00230C, Class A and ASTM C-920, Class 25, Type S, Grade NS; Pecora 895 NTS or Dow Coming, 795. 2. Sanitary Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: One -part, very low odor, neutral -curing silicone for interior applications consisting of the following physical properties as tested by TT-S-001543A, TT-S-00230C, Class A and ASTM C920, Class 25; Pecora's 898 or Dow Coming, 786. Use for sealing perimeters of fixtures in kitchens and other hygienic facilities. Color to be clear. 3. Acrylic Latex Interior Sealing Compound: One -part acrylic latex+silicone, non -sag, gun -grade consistency, paintable with latex or oil paint, mildew -resistant, USDA approved, ASTM C834 quality; Pecora "AC-20" or Dow Coming, 786. Use for sealing around the perimeters of doors and windows, countertops, electrical boxes and other interior locations. Color to be clear. 4. Install primers and sealers as recommended by sealant and substrate manufacturers. 5. Provide 5-year manufacturer's warranty for all types of sealant used. 07-4450 FIBER -REINFORCED CEMENTITIOUS PANELS 1. Work includes prefinished fiber -reinforced cementitious panels mounted in a ventilated rainscreen system. 2. System includes precut panels, cold -formed metal supports, clips and fasteners. 3. Basis of design manufacturer: Swisspearl; www.swisspearl.com. 4. Design windloads: As required by International Building Code and standard industry practice. 5. Fire resistance in compliance with ASTM E84 and NFPA 285; 6. Noncombustible 7. Flame spread index 0 8. Smoke developed 15 or less 9. NFPA Class A 10. Exhibits no flame after 30 minutes continuous exposure. 11. Panel thickness 8 millimeters. 12. Cold -formed metal supporting system and clips to be minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel. 13. Concealed fastening: Sigma 8 system. 14. Acrylic Finish Colors: A. Carat SL Crystal 7010 B. Vinatgo V1001 15. Exposed joint flashings: Manufacturer's standard aluminum sections in finish to match curtain wall framing, unless otherwise noted. 16. Installation to be plumb, plane, and square as indicated and per manufacturer's written recommendations. DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS 08-11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1. Steel door and window frames: Welded -unit construction of cold -rolled steel conforming to ASTM A366, free of defects, warp and buckle. Comer joints to be mitered in true alignment and welded continuously on inside of frame. Double -return flanges to be provided at all frames except those in existing openings. 2. Install drip strips at heads of exterior in door frames. 3. Exterior frames: 16 gauge, hot -dipped galvanized steel with ASTM A924/G60 or A60zinc coating; bonderized and coated with zinc - chromate rust -inhibitive primer, baked -on. 4.Interior frames: 16 gauge steel, bonderized and coated with zinc chromate rust -inhibitive primer, baked -on. 5. Prepare frames and doors at BLOX Facility for installation of hardware. 6. Anchors: Four 18 gauge galvanized steel stud anchors at each jam up to 7'-6" height; one additional anchor required for each 18 inches or fraction thereof over 7'-6" height. 7. Steel thermal doors: 1-3/4" thick, flush type, seamless, with two face sheets of 16 gauge for exterior doors conforming to ASTM A366. Finish to be hot -dipped galvanized steel with ASTM A924/G60 zinc coating, bonderized and coated with zinc -chromate rust - inhibitive primer, baked -on. Vertical stiffeners shall be of channel -shaped steel on nominal 6" spacings, welded to both face sheets. Close with 16 gauge steel channels. Doors fabricated with thermal -resistance value (R-value) of not less than 4.0 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu. Fill interior doors with spun mineral wool to deaden metallic sound. Under cuts greater than 5/6" are not acceptable. 8. Where fire -related door and frame assemblies are indicated or required, provided fire -rated assemblies that comply with NFPA 80, which have been tested, listed and labeled in accordance with ASTM E152 by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and FM approved. a. Provide UL and FM labels on glazing and frames. b. Perimeter seals and astragals to be provided by door manufacturers. 9. Install frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings and SDI-105. 08-1423 LAMINATE PLASTIC FACED WOOD DOORS 1. Related Sections: Hollow Metal Doors and Frames, Door Hardware, Glazing. 2. Reference Standards: ASTM E413, ASTM 1408, AWU/AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards, NEMA LD 3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates, UL (BMD) and UL 1784. 3. Submittals to include: Product Data, Shop Drawings with elevations, swing, ratings, construction, finishes (including edges) thickness, locations, glazing stops and undercuts. 4. Comply with AHJ code requirements. Label all doors as required. 5. Store to ensure protection: individually packaged, deliver after building enclosed, store flat with no material placed on top of doors and do not drag into place. 6. Provide standard manufacturer's warranty. 7. Doors to be equal to "Perms -Clad" laminated plastic clad doors by VT Industries, Inc. 8. Materials: a. Particle Board Cores, grade 1-LD-2. b. Laminated Plastic: NEMA LD3, Type 1 general purpose, 1/16" thick. c. Stiles and Rails suitable for hanging on full mortise butt hinges. d. Edge Bands matching faces including top rail. e. All doors are solid core, 1 %" thick f. Lead lined doors with to have 1/16" thick 4 lb. lead 9. Pre -fit and precut doors at factory for hardware and vision panels. Do not trim doors on site. 10. Tolerances at heads and jambs, max. 1/8". Floor clearance, %" max. 11. Replace damaged doors whether by installation or subsequent construction. RETAIL CLINIC ACCESS DOORS ADDITION TO 1. Sized 1. Sized as required for appropriate access with 16 gauge galvanized steel frame, 18 gauge reinforced galvanized steel door panel, continuous steel hinge with stainless steel pin and flush, key -operated cylinder type lock equivalent to AP access doors for stucco ceilings as manufactured by Milcor. ZE P HYRH I LLS 2. Finish shall be prime coated with factory applied baked -on electrostatic powder, with edge exposed. Edges painted with prime coat of white, rust inhibitive paint. WALMART 706 08-4229 SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 1. Section includes automatic sliding door system for exterior and interior openings. 2. Provide shop drawings in English with elevations, plans, sections, hardware locations, attachment details, power, signal and control wiring, activation and safety devices. 3. Provide standard components warranty of 2 years, finish warranty of 5 years along with maintenance and operations manual at closeout. 4. Entrance system to be supplied by Assa Abloy. Minimum 45" clear opening at locations shown on drawings. 5. Comply with applicable seismic and wind load requirements for impact resistance as noted in the drawings. 6. Door system to include all components needed for a complete installation including and not limited to the automatic operator, weatherstripping, frames, doors & sidelights, emergency breakaway at exit doors, 2 point lock, position switches, opening settings of GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 hold -open, off, automatic and motion presence sensors. 7. Coordinate with electrical subcontractor for 110v, 60 Hz, 10amp power needed. 08-4413 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls GIATTINA AYCOCK 1. Swing -door entrances and framing system of 6063-T5 aluminum and glass construction equivalent to Kawneer Trifab II 450 for 1" ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. insulated glass framing system and Kawneer 350 Medium Stile for %' glazing for doors with 70% fluoropolymer based coating meeting 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C or exceeding AAMA 2605. Subsills to be continuous and complete with end -dams. All framing members to be thermally insulated. • r Bessemer, AL 35020 2. Comply with applicable seismic and wind load requirements for impact resistance as noted in the drawings. P: 205.933.9060 3. Hardware: RIM panic devices with lock, push/pullbars, extruded aluminum threshold for offset pivots and surface overhead closers GASTUDIO.COM with built-in holder, bottom rail sweep, weather stripping and drip edge. 4. Assemblies shall be installed plumb, level and free of warp or twist. 5. Set subsills and thresholds in solid bed of mastic. 6. Install batt insulation in shim spaces around perimeter off frame assemblies, to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. 7. Provide written certificate guaranteeing the necessary repairs of faulty materials and workmanship to maintain the entrance/framing system in a watertight and air tight condition for period of two years. 08-7100 DOOR HARDWARE 1. Each type of hardware will be from a single manufacturer. 2. Hardware for fire rated openings will comply with NFPA 80, tested per UL or other acceptable organization, and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Hardware will comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 4. Hardware: 5. Hinges A. McKinney (TA2714 / T4A3786) B. Pemko - Continuous Hinge (CFM83 HD1) C. Locks and Cylinders - Sargent (10-LINE) D. Exit Devices - Sargent (8800 Series) E. Closers - Sargent (422 Series Cam Action Closers) F. Flush Bolts - Rockwood (555 Flush Bolts) STAMP: G. Push/Pull/Kick plates - Hager or Rockwood H. Overhead Stops and Holders - Rixson (1ADJ-HD Concealed Series) I. Stops and Miscellaneous Items - Hager or Rockwood O F F4 J. Thresholds and Weatherstripping- Pemko (S88BL Gasketing) � O : ............. > t. • �® �- ,q y; � �' '• 6. Electronic Products - z •' k. CO O' F A. HES (1500C Elec. Strike) B. HES (9600 Elec. Strike) C. Securitron (EEB3N Push Button Release) D. Securitron (XMS Motion Sensor) ��; 95 E. Securitron (DM62 - Mag Lock) F. Securitron (BPS-24-2 & BPS-24-4 Power Supplies) ��':{ "American 5. Finishes: Listed in ANSI/BHMA A156.18 Standards for Materials and Finishes". A. TBD 6. Keying: A. System to be as determined by Owner. B. Two (2) keys will be provided per lock. 7. Hardware Sets: ISSUE SCHEDULE: Hardware Set # 01 Doors: 142, 152, 181, 182 3 EA Hinge 1 EA Privacy Lock 1 EA Concealed OVHD Holder/Stop 1 EA Kick Plate 3 EA Silencer Hardware Set # 02 Doors: 112, 113, 125, 126 4 EA Hinge 1 EA Passage Latch 1 EA Concealed OVHD Holder/Stop 3 EA Silencer TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK 28 1OU65 LP US26D SA 1ADJ-336 630 RF K105010" x 34" US32D BEV CSK RO 608-RKW RO T4A3786 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK 28 1OU15 LP US26D SA 1ADJ-436 630 RF 608-RKW RO Hardware Set # 03A Doors: 114 ALL OTHER ACCESS CONTROL NOT LISTED IS TO BE PROVIDED BY JCI. (ELEC. STRIKE SHOWN WILL BE PROVIDED BY RAYFORD AND ASSOCIATES, INC.) 4 EA Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK 1 EA Storeroom/Closet Lock 28 10G04 LP US26D LA SA 1 EA Electric Strike 1500C 630 HS 1 EA Surface Closer 422 CTB2 EN SA 3 EA Silencer 608-RKW RO Hardware Set # 04 Doors: 133A, 134A, 135A, 143A, 144A 4 EA Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK 1 EA Passage Latch 28 1OU15 LP US26D SA 1 EA Concealed OVHD Holder/Stop 1ADJ-136 630 RF 3 EA Silencer 608-RKW RO Hardware Set # 05 Doors: 145A 3 EA Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK 1 EA Storeroom/Closet Lock 28 10G04 LP US26D LA SA 1 EA Concealed OVHD Holder/Stop 1ADJ-336 630 RF 1 EA Kick Plate K1050 10" x 34" US32D BEV CSK RO 3 EA Silencer 608-RKW RO Hardware Set # 06 Doors: 162, 165 3 EA Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK 1 EA Passage Latch 28 1OU15 LP US26D SA 1 EA Concealed OVHD Holder/Stop 1ADJ-336 630 RF 3 EA Silencer 608-RKW RO Hardware Set # 06A Doors: 141, 151 B 3 EA Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK 1 EA Storeroom/Closet Lock 2810G04 LP US26D LA SA 1 EA Concealed OVHD Holder/Stop 1ADJ-336 630 RF 1 EA Kick Plate K1050 10" x 34" US32D BEV CSK RO 3 EA Silencer 608-RKW RO Hardware Set # 07 Doors: 172A 3 EA Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK 1 EA Classroom Lock 2810G37 LP US26D LA SA 1 EA Surface OVHD Holder/Stop 1ADJ-336 630 RF 3 EA Silencer 608-RKW RO Hardware Set # 08 Doors: 124 1 EA Continuous Hinge CFM83HD1 PE 1 EA Classroom Lock 28 74 10G37 LP US26D LA SA 1 EA Concealed Overhead Holder/Stop 1ADJ-436 630 RF 2 EA Kick Plate K1050 10" x 40" US32D BEV CSK RO 1 EA Gasketing S88BL 18' PE Hardware Set # 09 (NOT USED Hardware Set # 10 Doors: 172 ALL OTHER ACCESS CONTROL NOT LISTED IS TO BE PROVIDED BY JCI. (ELEC. STRIKE SHOWN WILL BE PROVIDED BY RAYFORD AND ASSOCIATES, INC.) 3 EA Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK 1 EA Storeroom/Closet Lock 28 73 10G04 LP US26D SA 1 EA Electric Strike 1500C 630 HS 1 EA Surface Closer 422 CTB2 EN SA 1 EA Kick Plate K1050 10" x 34" US32D BEV CSK RO 3 EA Silencer 608-RKW RO Hardware Set # 11 Doors: 101, 101A, 102 ALL HARDWARE PROVIDED BY SLIDING DOOR AND FRAME MFG Hardware Set # 12 (NOT USED) Hardware Set # 13 (NOT USED Hardware Set # 14 Doors: 103,105 ALL OTHER ACCESS CONTROL NOT LISTED IS TO BE PROVIDED BY JCI. (ELEC. STRIKE SHOWN WILL BE PROVIDED BY RAYFORD & ASSOCIATES, INC.). 1 EA Rim Exit Device 73 AD8504 G ETL US32D SA 1 EA Electric Strike 9600 630 HS ALL DOOR HARDWARE BELOW IS TO BE PROVIDED BY ALUM. DOOR SUPPLIER. 3 EA Butt Hinges by Kawneer - Ball Bearing Type Required 1 EA Closer, Gasketing, Threshold, Door Sweep By Kawneer 1 EA Push Pull Handing To Be Provided 1 EA Concealed Closer LCN 2035 Hardware Set # 15 Doors: 132, 151, 161, 123, 133, 134, 135, 143, 144, 145, 153, 183 ALL HARDWARE PROVIDED BY DOOR AND FRAME MFG. Hardware Set # 16 (NOT USED) Hardware Set # 17 Doors: 171 THIS SLIDER CURRENTLY HAS A LOCK AND SELF CLOSING DEVICE PROVIDED BY DOOR MFG. ALL OTHER HARDWARE PROVIDED BY DOOR AND FRAME MFG. 1 EA Small Format Inter Core 7300B US15 SA REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: JLM SHEET: ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS BIM 360://WMT-C1inic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a-Prototype.rvt A601 11 /23/2020 11:36:16 AM 16 of 17 rh II 1 1 1 1 -A H--i- -- ' I I II' I 1 11 6 I 5 ' "I' - I I , 1IP1111 11 1 4 I 3 2 I 1 F E C 0 08-8100 GLAZING 1. Each piece of glass shall bare manufacturer's label showing strength, grade thickness, type and quality. 2. Safety Glazing Standard: Comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for category II materials including temper glass, tempered safety glass, laminated safety glass, etc. 3. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide certification label of Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). 4. Comply with applicable seismic and wind load requirements for impact resistance as noted in the drawings. 5. Manufacturers: AFG Industries, Inc. Guardian Industries Corporation, Oldcastle Glass, Inc. Vlracon, Inc. A. Glass Type A: Vision Glass: 1" Insulating Glass for Aluminum Storefront and Doors: Hermetically sealed unites made of two glass sheets separated with air space, manufactured to meet or exceed the quality standards established by SIGMA, IGCC, ASTM C1048, CPSC 16, and ANSI Z97.1. A. Inside Glass: %" clear float glass. B. Outside Glass Coating: Solar Control Low-E (Sputtered), Solarban90 by PPG coated on second surface. C. Outside Glass: %" heat treated, clear. D. Overall Summer U-Value: 0.29 or lower. E. Overall Shading Co -Efficient: 0.29 or lower. B. Glass Type B: Fritted Glass 1" Insulating Tempered Glass for Aluminum Storefront and Doors: Hermetically sealed units made of two fully tempered (FT) glass sheets separated with air space, manufactured to meet or exceed the quality standards established by SIGMA, IGCC, ASTM C1036, ASTM E773, ASTM E774, and ANSI Z97.1. A. Inside Glass: %" clear tempered glass, 100% etch frit on #3 Suface. B. Outside Glass Coating: Solar Control Low-E (Sputtered), Solarban90 by PPG coated on second surface. C. Outside Glass: W clear tempered. D. Overall Summer U-Value: 0.29 or lower. E. Overall Shading Co -Efficient: 0.29 or lower. C. Glass Type C: Interior Glazing A. 1/4" clear tempered D. Glass Type D: Impact Glass 9/16" Laminated Glass for Exterior Sliding entry door. A. Inside Glass: 1/4" clear HS B. Interlayer:.090 Sentryglas Plus C. Outside Glass Coating: Solarban90 #2 Surface D. Outside Glass: 1/4" clear HS 7. Glazing work shall be in accordance with procedures in FGJA "Glazing Manual". Glaze in temperature above 40 degrees. Sash shall be clean and dry. Setting blocks shall be at one fourth points. 8. Provide insulating glas manufacturer's 10 year written warranty which guarantees the sealed glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, internal condensation at temperatures of -20F and other evidence of hermetic seal failure. Written warranty shall also guarantee the quality of sealed glass units meets or exceeds SIGMA "Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units." DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09-2116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 1. Gypsum board: Type X, 5/8" with tapered edges. Board in wet areas (around toilet and sinks) to also be water-resistant. Manufacturers: US Gypsum, Certainteed, National Gypsum. 2. Mold Resistant gypsum board: USG Sheetrock brand Type "X" Mold Tough, 5/8" thick. Use on interior of exterior walls. 3. Provide all accessories required to complete in accordance with Contract Documents and UL assemblies. 4. Attach all gypsum board with screw 3/8" to'/" from edges and space at no more than 8" o.c. at edges and 12" o.c. in the field. Drive screws so head rests in slight dimple without cutting face paper or fracturing core. 5. At Floor Slab: Leave %" space between floor slab and bottom edge of gypsum board. Set gypsum board in continuous bed of acoustical sealant, at floor and vertical intersection of sound walls. 6. At deck: Leave %" space between deck and top edge of gypsum board. Caulk top of gypsum board with continuous bead of acoustical sealant. 7. Finish joints and fasteners heads and accessories following "Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish (GA-214-96)" published by The Gypsum Association for the following conditions: Level 4 in areas below ceiling and on ceilings, Level 1 above ceiling and Level 5 at epoxy paint locations. 8. Provide metal taping beads at all jambs, corners of openings, and other locations where gypsum board joins other materials. 09-2216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 1. Protective Coating: Galvanize steel studs, runners (track), rigid (hat Section), furring channels, and resilient furring channels, ASTM A123, G-60 minimum. 2. Interior Studs. 3 5/8" 20 gauge, 0.0329 wall thickness, Moment of inertia about major axis .414, Section Modulus .213. Cee-shaped, punched web steel studs, hot -dipped galvanized finish (ASTM A525) complying with ASTM C645. 3. Slip -Type Head Joints: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2 inch deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs. Installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 4. Metal Furring Channels for Gypsum Board on Ceiling Walls: Hat -shaped, roll -formed galvanized steel, DWC-25 for screw attachment of gypsum panels, DWC-20 for longer spans and load carrying for ceiling applications. 5. Manufacturers: Clark Steel Framing Industries, Dale/Incor, Dietrich Industries. 6. Provide framing systems and members, lateral support bracing, hanging devices and anchors throughout the facility as required for safe support of materials, fixtures and items as indicated on drawings. 7. Fasteners for Attachment to Metal or Wood: Pan -head screws as recommended by fasteners manufacturer, self -drilling, self - tapping. 8. Tie Wire and Hanger Wire: Galvanized Soft Annealed Wire, ASTM A641, Class I coating, diameter as specified in ASTM C754 or ASTM C841. 9. Install 2 beads of sealant equivalent to Pecora Acoustical Latex All-919 under all tracks. 10. At Wall -Hung Cabinets and/or Casework: Install 20 gauge double studs at 16" o.c. for full width of cabinet work plus 12 inches on each side of cabinet work. Install wall -hung cabinets with 3//8" carriage bolts. 09-2226 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS 1. Pre-engineered flat drywall ceiling system equivalent to USG Flat Drywall Ceiling System manufactured from commercial quality, hot dipped galvanized, cold rolled steel. 2. Install per manufacturer's recommendations 3. BLOX uber modules will have equipment supports furnished. For field construction, secure hangers or rods to structural support elements only; do not attach metal deck. Loop wire -tie directly or provide inserts, clips or other anchorage devices or fasteners as required. 4. Space main runner, hangers and furring according to requirements of ASTM C754, except as otherwise indicated. 5. Where spacing of structural members, or width of ducts or other equipment, prevents regular spacing of hangers. Provide supplemental hangers and suspensions to members and reinforce nearest affected hangers to span extra distance. 6. Extend runners to within 6 inches of walls. 7. Provide 1 inch clearance between furring or runners and abutting walls and partitions. Final ceiling framing installation shall be level and flat with required openings framed and reinforced; ready to receive gypsum board ceilings. 09-5133 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 1. Provide ceiling tile systems as indicated on finish drawing. 2. Provide manufacturers standard panels of configuration as indicated that comply with ASTM E-84 with flame spread index <25 and smoke development <50, Class A, Class I FM Approved, ASTM-E 1264 Classifications as designated by type, pattern, acoustical rating and light reflectance, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide manufacturers standard direct -hung metal suspension systems as indicated that comply with ASTM-C635 and ASTM C636. Tees shall be double web steel (ASTM A366) as designated by type, structural specifications and finishes, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Manufacturers; Armstrong, USG, Chicago Metallic. 5. Install to meet seismic criteria as required by applicable codes and noted on the Index Sheet. 6. Hang grid system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. 7. Provide 5% stock of each material stock. 09-6100 FLOORING 1. See finish sheets for floor covering, base and transition material locations and types. 2. Furnish and Install homogeneous vinyl composition tile following manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Furnish and install homogeneous sheet vinyl and coved base with heat -welded seams following manufacturer's recommendation. 4. Furnish miscellaneous material and accessories for proper floor covering attachment. At Structo Crete floor panels, place slip sheet underlayment as required and compatible with floor finish. 5. Fill holes, cracks, low spots, and rough areas with sub -floor filler. Finish smooth. 6. Before installation of flooring material, provide written documentation that floor moisture levels are acceptable to flooring manufacturers. 7. Provide 5% stock of each material stock. 8. Provide manufacturer's standard warranties for products. 09-8100 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 1. Non -rated walls: 3 %" batt insulation, unfaced, complying with property requirements of ASTM C518; ASTM E84, NPA 220, equivalent to Owens -Coming's "Sound Attenuation" Batt Insulation. 2. Rated walls: 3" batt insulation, unfaced, complying with property requirements of ASTM C665/Type I and SATM E84 with flamespread of 15 and smoke development of 0, equivalent to Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets. 3. Do not install sound -attenuation blankets before mechanical and electrical work is complete. 4. "Friction -fit" blankets between studs until wall cavities are completely filled, and without gaps and voids. 09-9100 PAINTING 1. Clean and prepare wall surfaces following paint manufacturer's recommendations for specific substrates condition and as specified. 2. Apply paint with applicator and techniques best suited for substrates following manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Do not apply paint in thinner coast than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness over the entire system as recommended. 4. Stencil all firewalls above ceilings at a minimum of 10' o.c. with labels. Coordinate locations needed with Drawings. 5. Paint Systems to include 1 primer and 2 finish coats and be recommended by manufacturer for substrate type DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Specs for: Bumper guards, wall rails, corner guards, medical dispensers/collectors, interior/exterior signage 10-2123.16 CUBICLE TRACK AND HARDWARE 1. Surface -mounted tracks of heavy extruded aluminum alloy 3036-T4, 1-3/8" x W', slotted to receive roller carriers, complete with accessories and components required for complete and secure installations including splicers, end stops, and corner bends, equivalent to Imperial Fasteners' Model IFC-69. a. Carrier: Virgin nylon axle with nylon wheels, complete with nickel -plated brass bead -chain and hook assembly. 2. Attach track to ceiling suspension system and NOT to ceiling panels. Space screws at spacing recommended by cubicle track manufacturer. Track systems shall be capable of supporting 200 pound dead load. 10-2623.13 IMPACT RESISTANT WALL PROTECTION 1. See Wall Protection Legend on drawings for Bed Bumpers, Corner Guards and Sheet Wall Protection. See drawings for locations. 2. Each type of wall assembly shall be UL Classified and have been tested in accordance with UL-723 (ASTM E84) to meet a flame spread of 25 or less, and smoke developed rating of 450 or less, to meet a Class 1 rating. 3. Each type of wall protector shall be complete with all accessories and attachments required to complete the assemblies. 4. Install in accordance with applicable accessibility requirements. 10-2813 TOILET ACCESSORIES 1. Included as part of BLOX pre -manufactured toilet room modules. 10-4413 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 1. Fully, recessed, fire extinguisher cabinet, white baked enamel steel box with full acrylic panel door for 10 pound extinguisher and red decal lettering, equivalent to Potter -Roemer, Inc. 7020. 2. Fire extinguishers to be provided by Owner. 10-5113 - METAL LOCKERS 1. Standard high painted steel lockers with 24 gauge bodies, 16 gag doors, all edges shall have smooth finish, locking handle for padlock by Owner, 24 gauge sloped tops, 16 gauge zee base. a. Manufacturers: Republic Storage Systems LLC, Lyonworkspace Products, Penco Products Incorporated. b. Purse, 12" wide, 15" deep, as shown in Staff Lounge on drawings. c. Color to be selected by Architect. 2. Install lockers secure, plumb, square in accordance with approved shop drawings. 3. The completed locker installation shall be complete with specified accessories. Install metal end panels and filler panels to completely close off openings. 10-8500 - BOLLARD SLEEVES 1. Bumper post shield, 1/4" thick high -density polyethylene sleeve, 7" ID by full height of bollard. a. Manufacturers: Grainger item #GRE6. b. Installed with included foam strips. c. Color: yellow with red reflective strips. 2. Molded work shall have sharply -defined profile and shall be clean and straight. Plain work shall be leveled, straight, and surfaces true and smooth. Edges, angles, and corners shall be square, clean, and sharp unless otherwise detailed. DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT -Not Used DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS -Not Used DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13-4900 - RADIATION PROTECTION 1. Lead -Lined Gypsum Board: 5/8" thick x 4' 0" wide x height indicated, laminated with a single sheet of pure virgin lead of thickness indicated. Gypsum board shall be Fire code C (Type X) only. 2. Sheet Lead: Unpierced, pure virgin lead, varying not more than 3% over entire surface complying with FS QQL-201 F, Grade #33, # 35. a. Lead Discs: 1/16" thick x 1" diameter, to cover screw heads. b. Lead Strips: 2" wide x height and thickness indicated for lead lined gypsum board. c. Shields: 1/16" thick x dimensions required for shielding electrical outlets, switch boxes, utility recesses, and other penetrations of lead -lined walls. d. Hardware Shields: 1/16" thick x dimensions required to shield door hardware. e. Leaded glass, approximately %" thick; install multiple panes to provide shielding equal to lead of surrounding wall lead. 3. Manufacturers: TBD 4. Install viewing window glass strictly in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 5. Install sheet lead shield to cover wall penetrations and extend out at least 2" in all directions. Attach lead securely to retain it in place but do not penetrate lead with fasteners. 6. After X-ray equipment has been installed and placed in operation, have radiation shielding tested by a health physicist who is certified by a nationally recognized agency. Owner will pay for testing. Decision of acceptability of shielding by the health physicist shall be binding. a. Method of Testing: In accordance with requirements of National Bureau of Standards Handbook H-76 "Medical X-Ray Protection up to Three Million Volts". b. Repair or replace defective work including other affected work. Do any additional testing required for the health physicist's satisfaction. Repair, replacement and retesting shall be at contractor's expense. DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 31-3116 - TERMITE CONTROL 1. Treated -zone, non -repellent soil treatment for termite control equivalent to Premise manufactured by Bayer Environmental applied by Cooks, Orkin, Terminix or other who is licensed according to regulations of authorities having jurisdiction to apply termite control treatment in jurisdiction where project is located. 2. Mix soil treatment termiticide solution to a uniform consistency. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate the maximum specified concentration of termiticide. According to manufacturer's EPA -Registered Label, to following so that a continuous horizontal and vertical termiticide barrier or treated zone is established around and under building construction. Distribute the treatment evenly. a. Slabs -on -Grade Slabs: Underground -supported slab construction, including footings, building slabs, and attached slabs as an overall treatment. Treat soil material before concrete footings and slabs are placed. b. Foundations: Adjacent soil including soil along entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating slab, and around interior column footers, piers; and along entire outside perimeter, from grade to bottom of footing. Avoid soil washout around footings. c. Penetrations: At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be penetrated. 3. Avoid disturbance of treated soil after application. Keep off treated areas until completely dry. 4. After application of termiticide is complete, submit report for Owner's record information, including the following as applicable: Date and time of application, moisture content of soil before application, brand name and manufacturer of termiticide, quantity of undiluted termiticide used, dilution, methods, columns and rates of application used, areas of application, water source for application. 5. Written warranty certifying that applied soil poisoning treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean termites for period of five years and, that if subterranean termite activity is discovered during warranty period. Contractor will re -treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation. DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32-3913 MANUFACTURED METAL BOLLARDS 1. Fixed steel cylindrical with round finial and rounded top, ASTM A36 with polyester powder coat over epoxy primer, 34" high and 5-3/4" diameter equivalent to model R-7576 as manufactured by Reliance Foundry. Color to be selected by Architect. 2. Install per manufacturer's Instructions. See Civil, Structural, Mechanical, Plumbing and Electrical drawings for additional specifications. RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P.- 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: A, OF F4o•Q co I ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: CHB SHEET: ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS DATE • r I A602 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.la_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 11:36:32 AM 17 of 17 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 E N U SYMBOLS LEGEND X-XX - REFERENCE AT KEYNOTE INDICATOR 10.1 KEYNOTE INDICATOR A KEYNOTE OR BLOCK OF X.XX KEYNOTES WITH A LEADER X.XX ATTACHED APPLY SPECIFICALLY X.XX TO THE ITEM, AREA, OR SURFACE TO WHICH THE LEADER IS SALES POINTING IN ADDITION TO THE ROOM FINISH 100 I SCHEDULE, A KEYNOTE OR BLOCK X.XX X.XX OF KEYNOTES ATTACHED TO THE X.XX X.XX ROOM NAME TAG APPLY TO THE X.XX X.XX ENTIRE ROOM r Pam', COLOR INDICATOR 2 FULL AND PARTIAL 2-A2 A2 SECTION INDICATOR _ A( 2 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR 2-A2 A2 ELEVATION INDICATOR SALES F-lool ROOM NAME AND NUMBER A6 PARTITION TYPE INDICATOR 1001 DOOR INDICATOR MO WINDOW INDICATOR TV MONITOR --- - COLUMN LINE INDICATOR 100--0" HEIGHT ELEVATION INDICATOR INV FF EL 100'-0" PLAN ELEVATION INDICATOR 5 A2 I ENLARGED DETAIL INDICATOR l J r5_"� A2 DETAIL INDICATOR TACTILE EXIT SIGN TACTILE SIGN REQUIREMENTS 1. A TACTILE SIGN STATING "EXIT" AND COMPLYING WITH ANSI Al 17.1 SHALL BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO EACH DOOR TO AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY AND THE EXIT DISCHARGE. REF FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. 2. FOR CHARACTER WIDTH, THE UPPERCASE LETTER "0" SHALL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE ALLOWABLE WIDTH OF ALL CHARACTERS OF A FONT. THE WIDTH OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "0" OF THE FONT SHALL BE 55 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 110 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE "I" OF THE FONT. (ANSI Al 17.1-2009: 703.3.6) CHARACTER HEIGHT MEASURED FROM THE BASELINE OF THE CHARACTER SHALL BE 5/8" (16 MM) MINIMUM AND 2 INCHES (51 MM) MAXIMUM BASED ON THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I". 3. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND. 4. CHARACTERS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: 4.a. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MINIMUM AND SHALL BE SANS - SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE. 4.b. RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5/8" HIGH AND A MAXIMUM OF 2". 5. CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED. DOTS SHALL BE 0.090" (2.3 MM) TO 0.100" (2.5 MM) ON CENTER IN EACH CELL WITH 0.241" (6.1 MM) TO 0.300" (7.6 MM) SPACE BETWEEN CELLS. DOTS SHALL BE RAISED A MINIMUM OF 0.025" (0.6 MM) TO 0.037" (0.9 MM) ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. 6. CHARACTERS SHALL BE 48" MINIMUM ABOVE FINISH FLOOR MEASURED FROM THE BASE OF THE LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER AND 60" MAXIMUM ABOVE FINISH FLOOR MEASURED FROM THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER. 7. WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT A DOOR, THE SIGN SHALL BE ALONGSIDE THE DOOR AT THE LATCH SIDE. AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH ONE ACTIVE LEAF, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH TWO ACTIVE LEAVES, THE SIGN SHALL BE TO THE RIGHT OF THE RIGHT-HAND DOOR. TACTILE SIGNS ARE PERMITTED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF DOORS WITH CLOSERS AND WITHOUT HOLD -OPEN DEVICES. SEE ALTERNATE SOLUTIONS FOR OTHER SCENARIOS. PREFERRED SOLUTION ram. SIGNS CONTAINING TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THERE IS L - AN 18"X18" CLEAR FLOOR AREA CENTERED ON THE TACTILE CHARACTERS ALTERNATE SOLUTIONS - A. WHERE THERE IS NO B. THE REQUIRED SIGNAGE MAY ALTERNATE LOCATION �_, WALL SPACE ON THE BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE (NEAREST ADJACENT LATCH SIDE OF A SINGLE CLEAR FLOOR AREA IS BEYOND WALL, RIGHT HAND SIDE �., \ DOOR, OR TO THE RIGHT THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING OF OPENING PREFERRED) SIDE OF DOUBLE DOORS, BETWEEN THE CLOSED POSITION SIGNS SHALL BE ON THE AND 45 DEGREE OPEN POSITION. NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. V F d4 C. WHEN SIGN IS REQUIRED AT A BANK OF DOORS, PLACE (1) SIGN BETWEEN JAMBS. IF JAMB IS NOT WIDE ENOUGH FOR SIGNAGE, PLACE (1) SIGN AT RIGHT SIDE OF BANK OF DOORS. 12" MIN0 E. WHERE WALL STANDARDS IMPEDE THE REQUIRED CLEAR FLOOR AREA, MOUNT SIGN DIRECTLY TO DOOR. ENSURE DOOR HAS AUTOMATIC CLOSER AND DOES NOT HAVE A HOLD -OPEN DEVICE. ALTERNATE LOCATION (NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, RIGHT-HAND SIDE OF OPENING PREFERRED) D. WHERE REFRIGERATED CASES OR FIXTURES IMPEDE THE REQUIRED CLEAN FLOOR AREA, MOUNT SIGNAGE TO THE END PANEL OF CASE OR OWNER PROVIDED END PANEL FOR HALF GONDOLAS AND WALL STANDARD FIXTURES. rT 12" MIN F. AT EGRESS DOORS IN THE GARDEN CENTER WHERE THERE IS NOT AMPLE WALL SPACE FOR SIGNAGE, MOUNT SIGN DIRECTLY TO DOOR. ENSURE DOOR HAS AUTOMATIC CLOSER AND DOES NOT HAVE A HOLD -OPEN DEVICE. F I 'REFERRED RIGHT-HAND SIDE, kDJACENT TO DOOR) G. AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR LOCATIONS F TACTILE SIGNAGE CANNOT BE LOCATED ON AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR PANELS. PANEL WIDTH TO MATCH DEPTH OF WAREHOUSE RACK U- z } Q 0 m I CL Q O �, w w ELEVATION PLAN H. WHERE WAREHOUSE RACKS IMPEDE THE REQUIRED CLEAR FLOOR AREA ADJACENT TO THE DOOR, PROVIDE 3/8" A-B PLYWOOD PANEL WITH EASED EDGES AND ATTACH TO THE END OF THE WAREHOUSE RACK USING (4) GALVANIZED CARRIAGE BOLTS, WASHERS AND LOCKNUTS. CARRIAGE BOLTS ARE TO BE SIZED PROPERLY TO ENSURE THE BOLT END DOES NOT PROTRUDE BEYOND THE TOP OF LOCKNUT AND PANEL IS SECURE. IN GROCERY SERVICE AND PREPARATION AREAS, PAINT PLYWOOD P33 UNO. SITE VERIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. THE ARCHITECT HAS MADE A SCOPE VISIT WITH MEASUREMENTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS INDICATE EXISTING CONDITIONS VERIFIED IN THE FIELD. IT, HOWEVER, REMAINS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF A BID AND TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE PAID DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VERIFY EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS WHICH INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, GRADES, EXTENT OF PAVING, OR UTILITIES. 2. ANY DISCREPANCY WITH THE EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND/OR THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION AND INSTRUCTION. THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED AND DRAWN ASSUMING EXISTING BUILDING CONDITIONS MATCH THE ORIGINAL DRAWINGS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, IMMEDIATELY UPON ARRIVAL AT THE SITE, SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN DIMENSIONS, STRUCTURAL BEARING HEIGHTS, EXISTING DIMENSIONS, TOP OF MASONRY ELEVATIONS, ROOFING CONDITIONS (INCLUDING PARAPETS, SCUPPERS AND ROOF DRAINS), AND JOIST BEARING ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO THE FABRICATION OF ANY STRUCTURAL ITEMS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND BETWEEN WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS, CONTACT THE WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY TO DETERMINE WHAT ACTION SHOULD BE TAKEN TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE BEGINNING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, STEEL FABRICATOR, OR JOIST MANUFACTURER MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3. ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES (WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT) PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF A BID OR THE COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF THE DISCOVERY OF EXISTING UTILITIES NOT SHOWN OR NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND MAINTAIN (REPAIR IF DAMAGED) EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEMS AFFECTED BY THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD LOCATE AND VERIFY ALL PROPERTY LINES, EASEMENTS, SETBACKS AND RESTRICTIONS. A REGISTERED SURVEYOR SHALL ESTABLISH ALL PROPERTY LINES AND SETBACKS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION AND CLEARLY FLAG PROPERTY LINES AND SETBACKS. IT REMAINS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL SAID BOUNDARIES. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DEPTHS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITY SERVICES PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL GRADES AND PROPOSED FINAL GRADES. IF RAMPS, STOOPS, STAIRS, SIDEWALKS, FATWORK OR PAVING ARE INSTALLED, VERIFY FINAL GRADES SURROUNDING THE NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ADJUST STAIR RISERS, RAMP LENGTHS, LIMITS OF PAVING, ETC., TO ACCOMMODATE THE REQUIRED RAMP SLOPE, RISER HEIGHTS OR PAVING AREAS. ALL RAMPS AND STAIRS SHALL MEET ADA-ADAAGS (OR ADOPTED HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS). IF THERE IS A CONFLICT IN FIELD CONDITIONS, NOTIFY WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE CONSTRUCTION OR ORDERING OF MATERIALS. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTING FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION AT ALL NEW OPENINGS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING PRIOR TO ESTABLISHING THE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION. TO VERIFY FLOOR ELEVATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE A SMALL PORTION OF THE BLOCK WALL AT THE PROPOSED OPENING BETWEEN THE EXISTING STORE AND THE ADDITION. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING FOOTING DEPTHS AND MATCH AT NEW ADDITION TO INSURE PROPER BLOCK COURSING. ANY DISCREPANCY SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CORE THE ROOF INSULATION TO DETERMINE ITS THICKNESS AFTER CONTRACT AWARD. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MATCH EXISTING ROOF INSULATION THICKNESS ON THE ADDITION UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE TO INSTALL 3-INCH INSULATION IN SEPARATED AND ISOLATED ROOF CONDITIONS. REFER TO ROOFING SPECIFICATION SECTION. 11. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND IN THE FIELD IMMEDIATELY TO WALMART AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS OR ORDERING OF ANY MATERIALS. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A SAFE AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL AND/OR STATE (IF APPLICABLE) BUILDING CODES, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, ADA-ADAAG AND OTHER ADOPTED ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, OSHA, AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). 2. PROVISIONS REGARDING THE USE OF GAS AND DIESEL EQUIPMENT WITHIN AN ENCLOSED BUILDING, FORMERLY INCLUDED IN THIS PARAGRAPH, ARE NOW INCLUDED IN SECTION 01351 - REGULATORY COMPLIANCE 3. PROVISIONS REGARDING CORDS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ROUTING OF EQUIPMENT CORDS AND HOSES, FORMERLY INCLUDED IN THIS PARAGRAPH, ARE NOW INCLUDED IN SECTION 01351 - REGULATORY COMPLIANCE 4. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A THOROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IN THEIR RELATED FIELD. THE FAILURE TO REVIEW THESE DOCUMENTS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE SUBCONTRACTOR OF ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMING WORK PROPERLY. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF CONDITIONS THAT OCCUR DUE TO FAILURE TO FAMILIARIZE WORKERS WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE. 5. THE EXISTING BUILDING SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM MOISTURE, DUST AND DEBRIS. INSTALL DUST PARTITIONS OR DRAPES AS REQUIRED AND/OR AS DIRECTED BY WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TO KEEP DUST AND MOISTURE FROM THE OPERATING AREAS OF THE STORE. 6. ANY DAMAGE TO WALMART'S PROPERTY, WHICH OCCURS DURING THE PROCESS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED/REPLACED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO WALMART; THIS INCLUDES ALL MERCHANDISE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY THE COST FOR ALL DAMAGED MERCHANDISE. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING BUILDING SECURITY AT ALL TIMES. THIS INCLUDES KEEPING THE BUILDING SECURE FROM PERSONS, ENVIRONMENTAL ELEMENTS OR HAZARDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF ALL EXISTING SECURITY SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM THE STORE MANAGER PRIOR TO THE MODIFICATION OF ANY EXISTING SECURITY SYSTEM FOR THE OPENING (DEMOLITION) OF ANY EXTERIOR WALL. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE WORK AREA CLEAN AND FREE OF DEBRIS AND REMOVE ALL TRASH AND DEBRIS FROM THE CONSTRUCTION AREA DAILY. NO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS OR LIQUIDS MAY BE STORED IN THE EXISTING BUILDING OR IN ANY NEW ADDITION. 9. REMOVE ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, FURNISHINGS, ACCESSORIES, SERVICES, FINISHES OR SURFACES AS REQUIRED SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN, FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE FURRING FOR CONDUITS AND PIPING, SHOWN OR NOT, AND FINISH OUT FURRING TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING FINISHES. 10. REPAIR, RE-ROUTE, AND EXTEND ALL SERVICES, PIPING, CONDUIT OF EXISTING ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS TO MAINTAIN NORMAL STORE OPERATIONS AND AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION. THIS INCLUDES ALL ITEMS SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. RESET EXISTING EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, FURNISHINGS, ACCESSORIES OR RELATED ITEMS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION. 11. WHEN EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, FURNISHINGS, ACCESSORIES, SERVICES, FINISHES OR SURFACES ARE TEMPORARILY REMOVED OR RELOCATED IN ORDER TO PERFORM WORK, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RETURNING THEM TO THEIR ORIGINAL POSITION, RECONNECTION OF SERVICES AND APPROPRIATE MEANS OF ATTACHMENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIRECTED TO DO OTHERWISE. 12. WHERE EXISTING FINISHES ARE TO REMAIN, CLEAN, REPAIR, PATCH AND REPAINT AS NECESSARY TO BLEND IN WITH ADJACENT WORK. COORDINATE WITH WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE TIMELY ORDERING OF MATERIALS TO PROHIBIT DELAYS OF THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF THIS PROJECT. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE DELIVERY OF MATERIALS IN A TIMELY MANNER. 14. IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT THE ROOF FRAMING, DECKING AND ROOFING SYSTEM BE COMPLETED IMMEDIATELY UPON THE DEMOLITION OF THE EXTERIOR WALL TO ELIMINATE POTENTIAL WATER DAMAGE OR MOISTURE INFILTRATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE BUILDING WATERTIGHT AT ALL TIMES. 15. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RESPOND TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECT FOR VERIFICATIONS, RESPONSES, AND SUBMISSIONS. 16. IF MODIFICATION TO SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS REQUIRED THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SIGNED AND SEALED SPRINKLER DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY ALTERATION OF THE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. WORK TO BE DONE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. 17. ALL ADJACENT BUILDINGS (IF APPLICABLE) SHALL REMAIN IN SERVICE DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION. 18. MUD AND DEBRIS TRACKED ONTO OWNER PAVING OR CITY STREETS TO BE CLEANED IMMEDIATELY. 19. BUILDING COMPONENTS AFFECTED BY THE SCOPE OF WORK AND ALLOWED TO REMAIN SHALL BE SECURED TO PREVENT FALLING, LOOSENING, OR CREATING DAMAGE OF ANY KIND IN THE FUTURE. DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS: 1. ALL DEMOLITION SHALL BE CARRIED OUT IN A SAFE MANNER AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA REGULATIONS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION. THE WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF WALLS, DOORS, FIXTURES, PLUMBING, PAVING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS INCLUDING CONDUITS AND DUCTWORK AS SHOWN ON DRAWING OR AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW WORK FOR A COMPLETE JOB. 3. WHEN UTILITIES ARE REMOVED, CAP AND SEAL A MINIMUM OF 8" BELOW FINISH FLOOR OR A MINIMUM OF 6" ABOVE FINISH CEILING. 4. WHEN REMOVING EXISTING STRUCTURAL ITEMS, IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING, BRACING AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS TO KEEP THE EXISTING STRUCTURE INTACT AND IN A SAFE CONDITION. REFER TO SECTIONS 02023 AND 02251. 5. THE CONTRACTOR MAY NOT REMOVE THE BLOCK WALL IN A PROPOSED OPENING PRIOR TO THE ROOFING SYSTEM OVER THE NEW ADDITION BEING MADE WATERTIGHT. COORDINATE WITH THE WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE STORE MANAGER TO SCHEDULE FOR DEMOLITION FOR NEW OPENINGS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ANY BUILDING SIGNAGE THAT INTERFERES WITH THE BUILDING ADDITION. WALMART WILL REINSTALL SIGNAGE OR ADD NEW SIGNAGE AT COMPLETION OF ADDITION. 7. NOTES INDICATING DEMOLITION WORK ARE NOT CONFINED SOLELY TO THE DEMOLITION PLANS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, INCLUSIVE OF SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS, TO DETERMINE FULL EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WORK. SIGNAGE LEGEND ABBREVIATION LEGEND GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS ABBR DEFINITION AB ANCHOR BOLT ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ACRYL ACRYLIC ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ADJ ADJACENT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION ARCH ARCHITECTURAL ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING AND MATERIALS AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY COL I COLUMN 1 DIA DIAMETER DSD DIRECTS SHIPPING DELIVERY EAS ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE EDC ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION CENTER EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM EF EXHAUST FAN EJ EXPANSION JOINT EL ELEVATION ELEC ELECTRICAL EQ EQUAL ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN EW EACH WAY EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FDN FOUNDATION FF FINISHED FLOOR FRP FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC FS FAR SIDE FTG FOOTING FV FIELD VERIFY GA GAUGE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GM GENERAL MERCHANDISE GR GROCERY GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD HC I HANDICAP HDTV I HIGH DEFINITION TELEVISION HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION HT HEIGHT INFO INFORMATION ISO ISOLATION IRE JOIST BEARING ELEVATION KSI I KIPS PER SQUARE INCH L LENGTH LB POUNDS LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL MAU MECHANICAL AIR UNIT ME MASONRY ELEVATION MECH MECHANICAL MEP MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL PLUMBING MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO MASONRY OPENING MTL METAL NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NTS NOT TO SCALE Oc ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OH OPPOSITE HAND PAF POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PFC PAINT, FIX, CLEAN PL PLATE PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLAST PLASTIC PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT PMEJ PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE QTY QUANTITY RC REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR REF REFER TO REINF REINFORCING REQD REQUIRED REV REVERSE / SIGN L _ 0 0 S SIGN, REF NOTE 3. FF 1. REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A. ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES WHERE NOT ALL ENTRANCES ARE ACCESSIBLE B. ACCESSIBLE ROOMS WHERE MULTIPLE SINGLE -USER TOILETS ARE CLUSTERED AT A SINGLE LOCATION C. ACCESSIBLE CHECK-OUT AISLES WHERE NOT ALL AISLES ARE ACCESSIBLE. THE SIGN, WHERE PROVIDED, SHALL BE ABOVE THE CHECK-OUT AISLE IN THE SAME LOCATION AS THE CHECK-OUT AISLE NUMBER OR TYPE OF CHECK-OUT IDENTIFICATION D. UNISEX TOILET AND BATHING ROOMS SCHED_ SCHEDULE SDI STEEL DECK INSTITUTE SIM SIMILAR SJI STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE SPECS SPECIFICATIONS SS STAINLESS STEEL STD STANDARD STRUC STRUCTURAL T&B TOP AND BOTTOM TEMP TEMPERED THK THICKNESS TO TOP OF TOC/TC TOP OF CONCRETE TOF TOP OF FOOTING TOGB TOP OF GRADE BEAM TOM TOP OF MASONRY E. ACCESSIBLE DRESSING, FITTING AND LOCKER ROOMS WHERE NOT ALL SUCH ROOMS ARE ACCESSIBLE TOP/TP TOP OF PAVING TOS TOP OF STEEL 2. DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE INDICATING THE ROUTE TO THE NEAREST LIKE ACCESSIBLE ELEMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS. THESE DIRECTIONAL SIGNS SHALL INCLUDE THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY: A. AT EACH SEPARATE -SEX TOILET INDICATING THE LOCATION OF THE NEAREST UNISEX TOILET TRANS TRANSVERSE TYP TYPICAL UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VCPFC VISION CENTER PAINT FIX CLEAN 3. TACTILE SIGNAGE SHALL BE LOCATED 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE, MEASURED FROM THE BASE OF THE LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER AND 60 INCHES (1525 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE, MEASURED FROM THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER. WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT A DOOR, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ALONGSIDE THE DOOR AT THE LATCH SIDE. WHERE A TACTILE VERT VERTICAL W WIDTH WM WALMART SIGN IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH ONE ACTIVE LEAF, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS AT DOUBLE DOORS WITHOF ED LEAFS, THEITHERSIDE TOF THE BEDHE DEFINITION LEGEND THERE S NO WALL SPACE ATOTHE LATCH SIDE OF AACTIVE SINGLE DOOR OR AT TSHALL RIGHT HAND DOOR WHDERE R G TTO DOUBLE DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. SIGNS CONTAINING TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 18 INCHES (455 MM) MINIMUM BY 18 INCHES (455 MM) MINIMUM, CENTERED ON THE TACTILE CHARACTERS, IS PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING BETWEEN THE CLOSED FINAL MERCHANDISE PLAN - FINALIZED MERCHANDISE PRINT FROM WM POSITION AND 45 DEGREE OPEN POSITION. EXCEPTION: SIGNS WITH TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE PERMITTED ON THE ALSO REFERRED TO AS THE DEAL BOX COPY PUSH SIDE OF DOORS WITH CLOSERS AND WITHOUT HOLD -OPEN DEVICES. 4. CHARACTER AND SYMBOLS OF SIGNS SHALL BE IN CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND AND SHALL BE EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON -GLARE MATERIALS OR FINISHES. 5. ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SHALL USE GRADE 2 BRAILLE AND MUST COMPLY WITH ICC A117.1 SECTION 703.4 OR ADA SECTION 703.3. ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM 1925 Prospect Ave. A:V Orlando, FL 32814 P (407) 661-9100 F (407) 661-9101 Architects Engineers Planners F1.1W1C.Pw Cmr,i 4MCW526 STAMP: OF koBERT S. D,q , '' 9 ON 14 7 h'ED ARG ISSUE SCHEDULE: NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /09/20 A020 C:\Users\Sabrina.Frankenstein\Documents\0706 ZEPHYRHILLS FL 192 R ARCH V20 Sabrina. Frankenstein. rvt 11/24/2020 4:51:04 PM F E I A Ira UA O O 8 7 6 BUILDING CODE SUMMARY NAME OF PROJECT ZEPHYRHILLS, FL STREET ADDRESS 7631 GALL BLVD PROPOSED USE MERCANTILE CODES BUILDING CODE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 6TH EDITION (2017) BUILDING EXISTING BUILDING CODE FLORIDA EXISTING BUILDING CODE 6TH EDITION (2017) BUILDING ELECTRICAL CODE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 6TH EDITION (2017) BUILDING PLUMBING CODE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 6TH EDITION (2017) PLUMBING MECHANICAL CODE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 6TH EDITION (2017) MECHANICAL FIRE CODE FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 6TH EDITION (2017) ACCESSIBILITY CODE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 6TH EDITION (2017) ACCESSIBILITY LIFE SAFETY 2015 LIFE SAFETY CODE - SIXTH EDITION OCCUPANCY M - MERCANTILE; WHOLESALE OR RETAIL STORE (MAIN USE) - SECT 309.1 S1 - STORAGE AREA; MOTOR VEHICLE STATION AND RECEIVING AND - SECT 311.2 STOCKROOMS (MIXED USE) A2 - ASSEMBLY USE, BREAKROOM AND FOOD TENANT (ACCESSORY TO - SECT 303.1 MAIN USE) B - BUSINESS, NON FOOD TENANT (ACCESSORY TO MAIN USE) - SECT 304.1 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION II-B UNPROTECTED (SPRINKLERED) PER SECT 602.2 AND TABLES 601 AND 602 ALLOWABLE AREA UNLIMITED SECTION 507.2 SECTION 507.3 FIRE PROTECTION BUILDING IS EQUIPPED THROUGHOUT WITH AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND IS SURROUNDED ON ALL SIDES BY 60 FEET MINIMUM OF PERMANENT OPEN SPACE. UNLIMITED AREA CRITERIA IS APPLICABLE. CLASSIFICATION OF WORK - LEVEL 2 - ALTERATIONS INCLUDE THE RECONFIGURATION OF SPACE. (EXISTING BUILDING CODE) THE ADDITION OR ELIMINATION OF ANY DOOR OR WINDOW, THE RECONFIGURATION OR EXTENSION OF ANY SYSTEM, OR THE INSTALLATION OF ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT. 4 -------- -I-- -------®.---®_ II CLEAR WIDTH i CLEAR WIDTH 74 0.2 III 74"/0.2= 370 OCCUPANTS 370 OCCUPANTS O 03 ENL 1/8" = 1'-0" 9 6'-2" 6-2" i' CLEAR WIDTH i 74" / 0.2 = 370 OCCUPANTS I ARCED GR GATES PLAN CLEAR WIDTH 74" / 0.2 = 370 OCCUPANTS II � II II II ' II II II II II i II --�}------- --------- L------------------- I I 11'4" ' 11'-91, CLEAR WIDTH I CLEAR WIDTH 122"/0.2= ' 122"/0.2= 610 OCCUPANTS 610 OCCUPANTS I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II I II In I II I II I II I II I II I II Ili I II I II I II II II II II II II II II II 5 4 TOTAL EGRESS FOR SALES FLOOR OCCUPANCY: 4625 1. IF ONLY MEANS OF CUSTOMER ENTRANCE IS THROUGH ONE EXTERIOR WALL OF BUILDING, ONE-HALF OF REQUIRED EGRESS WIDTH FROM THE FLOOR SHALL BE LOCATED IN SUCH WALL (37.2.5.7) 2,313 OCC x .20 = 463" REQUIRED 2,880 1 x .20 = 576" PROVIDED 2. NOT LESS THAN ONE-HALF OF REQUIRED EXITS SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE REACHED WITHOUT PASSING THROUGH CHECKOUT (37.2.5.8) 2,313 OCC x .20 = 463" REQUIRED 3,295 OCC x .20 = 659" PROVIDED 3 2 1 DISTANCE OF TRAVEL - TABLE 1017.2 SALES/FOOD TENANT: FBC; SPRINKLERED 250' 4625 OCCUPANTS x 0.2 = 925 INCHES REQUIRED NFPA; SPRINKLERED 250' 11 3'-0" DOORS x 33 = 363 INCHES PROVIDED 2 4'-1 DOORS x 44 = 88 INCHES PROVIDED 4 12'-0" DOORS x 122 = 488 INCHES PROVIDED OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATIONS - FBC TABLE 1004.1.2 AND NFPA 101 TABLE 7.3.1.2: TOTAL INCHES PROVIDED 939 GROUND FLOOR RETAIL SALES 138745 SF / 30 = 4625 OCCUPANTS OUTDOOR FENCED 9486 SF / 30 = 316 OCCUPANTS STOCKROOM/OFFICE/TRAINING/KITCHEN: TRAINING 508 SF / 15 = 34 OCCUPANTS BREAKROOM 1439 SF / 15 = 96 OCCUPANTS 140 OCCUPANTS x 0.2 = 28 INCHES REQUIRED FOOD TENANT 1620 SF / 15 = 108 OCCUPANTS 2 T-0" DOORS x 33 = 66 INCHES PROVIDED KITCHEN 5269 SF / 200 = 26 OCCUPANTS TOTAL INCHES PROVIDED 66 OFFICE 808 SF / 100 = 8 OCCUPANTS STOCKROOM 21624 SF / 300 = 72 OCCUPANTS TOTAL: AUTO SERVICE CENTER 6135 SF / 100 = 61 OCCUPANTS 4873 OCCUPANTS x 0.2 = 975 INCHES REQUIRED LIQUOR STORE: SALES 2602 SF / 30 = 87 OCCUPANTS 13 3'-0" DOORS x 33 = 429 INCHES PROVIDED LIQUOR STORE: STOCKROOM 867 SF / 300 = 3 OCCUPANTS 2 4'-0" DOORS x 44 = 88 INCHES PROVIDED 4 12'-0" DOORS x 122 = 488 INCHES PROVIDED TOTAL OCCUPANCY LOAD 189104 SF 5436 TOTAL INCHES PROVIDED 1005 EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED - FBC SECTION 1005.3.2 AND NFPA TABLE 7.3.3.1: BREAKROOM EGRESS: FBC; SPRINKLERED 250' 61 OCCUPANTS x 0.2 = 12 INCHES REQUIRED EGRESS INCHES REQUIRED (FBC) 0.2 INCHES PER PERSON SERVED 2 3'-0" DOORS x 33 = 66 INCHES PROVIDED EGRESS INCHES REQUIRED (NFPA) 0.2 INCHES PER PERSON SERVED MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH= 33" FOR T-0" DOOR OPENING TOTAL INCHES PROVIDED 66 44" FOR 4'-0" DOOR OPENING 66" FOR 6-0" DOOR OPENING AUTO SERVICE CENTER 92" FOR 8'-0" DOOR OPENING 96 OCCUPANTS x 0.2 = 19 INCHES REQUIRED 120" FOR 10'-0" AUTOMATIC DOOR OPENING 3 T-0" DOORS x 33 = 99 INCHES PROVIDED 136" FOR 12'-0" AUTOMATIC DOOR OPENING TOTAL INCHES PROVIDED 99 EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED (INCHES) EQUALS: (AREA OCCUPANT LOAD) x (EGRESS WIDTH PER PERSON SERVED) OUTDOOR SALES/FENCED AREA 90 OCCUPANTS x 0.2 = 18 INCHES REQUIRED 319 OCCUPANTS x 0.2 = 64 INCHES REQUIRED 3 T-0" DOORS x 33 = 99 INCHES PROVIDED TOTAL INCHES PROVIDED 99V LIQUOR SALES 90 OCCUPANTS x 0.2 = 18 INCHES REQUIRED 2 T-0" DOORS x 33 = 66 INCHES PROVIDED) 1 12'-0" DOORS x 126 = 126 INCHES PROVIDED TOTAL INCHES PROVIDED 192 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 I - 2x (33" / .20) = 2x (33" / .20) = 2x (33" / .20) = 330 OCCUPANTS 330 OCCUPANTS 330 OCCUPANTS 33" / .20 = - ❑165 OCCUPANTS 0? -0111111111111- . ❑� - _ I� l ST- ' 0 - - - 6 _ - - ; 1 is ❑� � 10T�- -- - - ' a, qx �Qxm 1Qxm i_70 o " 1 l r�xm mXm mxm+ \ i M - 0 - -- U191 11 -01 _I i -j _ 165 OCCUPANTS -- - - H I -- =- - - --- - _ - - - -, -• LT 11'-7" � -♦ 5 ❑ -- - - - I -- "' �,Lj 330 OCCUPANTS ---' _❑ t 11 _ H H - - - �_ 33" / .20 - $'_ I I 8 H H H i A, : `il 165 OCCUPANTS H II 5'-3" 1�1 I 1❑T � r i 1 64' � �H [❑❑❑❑®❑ 7'-0„ - - IL L ❑ ❑❑ - -�❑ . I _I I __ ❑' I � ° , ° 165 OCCUPANTS _ 131' C7-I ❑ L- ® �1 7'-0"❑ ❑ FI Il' H ®❑ ❑ ❑ _. ❑ _ --- - _ �; �I --I ® : ' II - � H H ❑ ❑ ice, �❑❑-LLJ - i F _ � I - - - ;- - , T 90 5 -2 Ns 1 ' .20 H, _ 1 [ H H H ❑ ��] - 151' •• 165 OCCUPANTS ❑T'?236'_ - ❑❑❑� I� ❑❑ ❑ ''� '❑ -❑ 1 ❑ ❑ ®226' _ - - - - 16'-2" �l N111111111- - i -❑ 214 4 El M- - 1. �❑❑ �❑ ❑Ce' � 7 T 11 T co - - - - 33" / .20 = 11 I 21T I r H ❑ - - _ `- -- 4_:� -_ 165 OCCUPANTS -- ! 1 - - - _ - - - - _ T 9"I r -� - T- - - 220' ❑-t -❑ - -- - V-©" ❑❑ 12 - 165 OCCUPANTS 165 OCCUPANTS _ 3' 165 OCCUPANTS 7 2 - I I' 6 -0 - - 1 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ '�� ❑ ❑ I ❑ ❑ 1 144 - _ - _-� - I - -, I 7'-11 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ '� / ❑ ( ) _ - '- ❑ ❑ ❑ I I - ❑-�- -r I�- -,-, I 330 OCCUPANTS r� - U - H- 1 6'-3" r - 101-0. �- - 77 �� ❑ 35 . C 1r '^ - � R C? Til --, �I i J -. -6-11 1-FEE-1 k FT FA ❑ � Le 167 5 T 0" - _- h - I - - -- - - - - vL I ❑ 33" / .20 = - - 11❑ ®ul- II - ; n 165 OCCUPANTS I I Y ❑ ❑ I ❑ U - 52' FE ''. - �❑ yon 126 / .20 I (t 630 OCCUPANTS ❑ _ _ 3 2 x (44" / .20) = A030 r -- ----- .-_ A030 440 OCCUPANTS J 33" / .20 - 122" / .20 = 122" / .20 = 122" / .20 = 122" ! .20 If 165 OCCUPANTS 610 OCCUPANTS 610 OCCUPANTS 610 OCCUPANTS 610 OCCUPANTS N111111111111- 33" 165 OCCUPANTS ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM �[V Ica❑-- 1925 Prospect Ave. Orlando, FL 32814 P (407) 661-9100 F (407) 661-9101 Architects Engineers Planners STAMP: ISSUE SCHEDULE REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /09/20 ISSUE DATE: 11/06/20 DRAWN BY: Author SHEET: LS1 LIFE SAFETY PLAN ENLARGED GM GATES PLAN 2 1 /8" = 1'-0" LIFE SAFETY PLAN- - 1 1 „ = 30'-0" - A030 C:\Users\Amanda.Cameron\Documents,10706 ZEPHYRHILLS FL 192 R ARCH V20 amanda.cameron.rvt 11/24/i2020 5.05:23 PM M■ C I I E ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 7631 GAIL BLVD. ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM 1925 Prospect Ave. Orlando, FL 32814 P (407) 661-9100 F (407) 661-9101 C�r��ci�ersati www. c;.r. cow Architects Engineers Planners aac ,rcrnr,-.r anc000szs STAMP: CO.. y ?�OgERT S. D,qy ��• R 014 V FRED ARG ISSUE SCHEDULE REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /09/20 ISSUE DATE: 11/06/20 DRAWN BY: Author SHEET: D1 DEMOLITION PLAN A040 G: Users,Saorina.FfanKenstein•,000u(nents\u706 ZEPHYRHILLS FL 'i92 R ARCH V2U Saonna.FranKenstein.rv1 11/24/2020 4:58:08 PM 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ZEPHYRHILLS, FL F E C E P OO O O O O O O O 10 11 12 13 14 15 FRONT ELEVATION 3 1" = 20'-0" (: Y O9(10) 11 u i - JANITOR ROOM SMART STYLE _( FAMILY HAIR 77 SALON i GM CART STORAGE GM VESTIBULE jll OTHER INCOME 2 - A050 i 13 MEDICAL CLINIC DONE BY OTHERS 12 PARTIAL FRONT ELEVATION 2 1/8" = 1'-0" �12 �13 FJ4 15 1 A400 -------------------------- I I I i I i i I I i i I i --------------------- 1 `J I I I I i ( 3 - A050 7631 GAIL BLVD. ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer. AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM 1925 Prospect Ave. g�= Orlando, FL 32814 P (407) 661-9100 F (407) 661-9101 z�,6ci & r�ersa� Architects Engineers Planners 'w'w'w."of Fb dzCoryn C—fi,o nAICW1526 STAMP: Fto �pgERT S. Dq R 01437 ; V �FRED .R�G� ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /09/20 ISSUE DATE: 11/20/20 DRAWN BY: AG SHEET: Al FLOOR PLAN L FLOOR PLAN (HEALTH CLINIC) 1 f 1/16' = 1'-0" - C:\Users\Sabrina. Franke nstein\Documents\0706 ZEPHYRHILLS FL 1 92R ARCH V20 Sabrina.Frankenstein.rvt 11/24/2020 5:02:42 PM I El ZEPHYRHILLS, F 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM 1925 Prospect Ave. Orlando, FL 32814 P (407) 661-9100 F (407) 661-9101 Cu ci & fer.�v� www, c;p. eo* Architects Engineers Planners Fonda Cw .C-fi—."COW526 STAMP: OF • R 014 7 �•� RED ARG� ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /09/20 ISSUE DATE: 11/06/20 DRAWN BY: AG SHEET: A1.4 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS A060 C:\Users\jonathan.roebke\Documents\0706_ZEPHYRHILLS_FL_192_R_ARCH_V20 Jonathan.Roebke.rvt 11/24/2020 5:03:30 PM 8 I I I 7 I 6 I I I I 5 I L ! 4 I I I 3 4 F E SHEETROCK GYPSUM PANEL TRANSITION CLIP 16, MAIN TEE OR CROSS TEE CEILING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER III a � - - i;_, - ANGLE MOLDING UA OUTSIDE CORNER TRANSITION CLIP 10 1 /2" = 1'-01, GYP; REF MET) PARTITION ATTACHMENT AT PERPENDICULAR JOIST 6 1 1/2" = 1'-0" DEFLI TRAC INSTALL CONT JOINT ON BOT SIDES OF THE LOCATE AT LA SIDE ONLY ON SINGLE DOOR; PARTITION FLOOR TRAC 000NTROL J 2 12" = 1'-01, CRIPPLE STUD OINT AT DOOR JAMB CUT GYPSUM BOARD TO FIT WITHIN 3/8" OF BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK TOP TRACK METAL STUDS JOIST BEYOND BOTTOM TRACK 6" DEFLECTION TRACK 16 GAUGE SECURED TO BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST WITH (2) 0.145 DIA PAF GYPSUM BOARD SPACER GYPSUM BOARD COVER GYPSUM BOARD -- ZINC CONTROL JOINT STRIP REF PLAN 0 w U Uy . \ \kk PLAN CONTINUOUS BACKER ROD AND SEALANT BETWEEN DOOR AND FRAME, ENTIRE PERIMETER WELD EXISTING DOOR CLOSED AT EXTERIOR FACE OF DOOR WITH 2" LONG 1/8" STITCH WELDS AT 8" O.C. EXTE EXISTING CMU WALL � CONTINUOUS SEALANT BATT INSULATION -" EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOOR WELDED SECURELY TO HOLLOW METAL FRAME INFILL DETAIL AT CMU WALL 12 1/2" = 1'-01, METAL STUD REF PLAN FOR PARTITION TYPE 6" x 1 5/8" x 18 GA CEILING JOIST LINO ATTACH CEILING JOIST AT EACH STUD WITH (4) #10 TEK SCREWS CEILING PER SCHEDULE CEILING JOIST ATTACHMENT _ 9 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 4'-0" MAXIMUM I I BRACE TO ADJACENT WALL AT DIAGONAL 3 5/8" CORNER MTL STUD BRACING AT 32" OC AS }\ REQD TO - 20 GAUGE STABILIZE PARTITION - CLIP ANGLE 20 GAUGE TOP TRACK I METAL STUDS AS SCHEDULED I WALL FINISH REF PARTITION TYPES PARTITION_ BRACING 5 1 1/2" = 1'-0" SECTION TOP TRACK 2-1/2" X 25 GA METAL AT 24" OC 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD FLUSH WITH EXISTING CMU WALL 1 LAYER OF 3/4" PLYWOOD SHEATHING BATT INSULATION BOTTOM TRACK SET IN CONTINUOUS SEALANT BED AT SIM CONDITION ATTACH TRACK TO EACH WALL STUD WITH (1) #10 TEK SCREW f� y/,1/4" MAX METAL STUD REF PLAN FOR PARTITION TYPE ATTACH CEILING JOIST TO TRACK WITH (2) #10 TEK SCREWS, TOP AND BOTTOM 16 GA TRACK, ATTACH TO EACH WALL STUD WITH (2) #10 TEK SCREWS AT SHOWN CEILING PER SCHEDULE CEILING JOIST ATTACHMENT 8 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 5/8" TYPE X 1/2 - VERTICAL GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT % REF SPECIFICATIONS 5/8" GAP "- 1 D/O Ur[ T VVNLL SCREWS AT 24" OC 5/8" TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD B GYPSUM BOARD - 1/2 \ VERTICAL GYPSUM QnAon t r%K1-rDn1 1n1A1T GYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT 1 1/2" = 1'-0" INTERIOR NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITION HEADER SCHEDULE HEADER LENGTH HEADER MEMBERS HEADER TRACKS JAMB STUDS UP TO 4'-0" 2 C3 5/8xl 1/4"x20 GA 2 C3 5/8x20 GA 2 C3 5/8xl 1/4"x20 GA UP TO 10'-0" 2 C6x1 5/8"x18 GA 2 C6x18 GA 2 C6x1 5/8"xl8 GA OVER 10'-0" & UP TO 14'-0" 2 C8x1 5/8"xl8 GA 2 C6x18 GA 2 C6x1 5/8"xl8 GA OVER 14'-0" & UP TO 18'-0" 2 C8x1 5/8"xl6 GA 2 C6x16 GA 2 C6x1 5/8"xl6 GA OVER 18'-0" & UP TO 20'-0" 2 C1 Ox1 5/8"x16 GA 2 C6x16 GA 2 C6x1 5/8"x16 GA OVER 20'-0" & UP TO 24'-0" (2) C12xl 5/8"xl6 GA (2) C6x16 GA (2) C6x1 5/8"xl6 GA NOTES: 1. MAX WALL HEIGHT ABOVE HEADER ASSEMBLY IS 14'-9". 2. SPLICING OF HEADER AND JAMB MEMBERS IS NOT PERMITTED. 3. MAX SPAN FOR OPENINGS TO RECEIVE INFILL BELOW THE HEADER IS 19'-0". 4. JAMBS NOT TO DECK ARE TO BE BRACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PARTITION BRACING DETAILS. 3 5/8" JAMBS BEYOND 13'-4" ARE TO BE BRACED ABOVE THE OPENING AND SUCH THAT THE MAXIMUM UNBRACED LENGTH IS NOT EXCEEDED 5. FRAMING MEMBERS ARE NOT SIZED FOR VERTICAL LOAD OTHER THAN THAT OF THE PORTION OF WALL ABOVE THE OPENING. ! DOUBLE MTL STUD AT METAL STUD REF JAMBS REF SCHED PLANS AND SECTIONS - � #10 TEK SCREWS (1) #10 TEK SCREW AT AT 16" O.C. VERT EACH VERTICAL STUD 20 GA BOTTOM TRACK - - --' 16 GA TRACK WITH (3) #10 TEK SCREWS EACH SIDE TOP TRACK REF SCHEDULE ; " TO HEADER AND (6) #10 TEK SCREWS TO JAMB = STUD HEADERS REF SCHEDULEI ff 4n FINISH AS INDICATED -� BOTTOM TRACK REF SCHEDULE - - I_ HEADER _ _ FASTEN HEADER ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY WITH (1) #10 TEK SCREW AT VARIES REF SCHEID —J EACH FLANGE AND 12" OC TEK FOR THE LENGTH OF THE SCREWS S WS AT HEADER " 24" OC VERT SECTION -A SECTION-B HEADER CONNECTION DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" SCREW EACH SIDE. SPACE AT 24" OC (2) #10 TEK SCREW: EACH SIDE AT JAME 16 GA DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK. / REF PARTITION DETAILS C6" x 1 5/8" x 18 GAUGE EACH SIDE OF JAMB. FASTEN TO TRACK WITH (2) #10 TEK SCREWS EACH SIDE. DO NOT ATTACH TO JAMB DETAIL-C 1/4" TAPCON AT 16" OC WITH 2" EMBEDMENT AT CMU AND #10 TEK AT COLD FROM FRAMED WALLS -- MAIN TEE BY CHANNEL MOLDING CEILING SYSTEM BY CEILING SYSTEM ; MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER 1 i f SHEETROCK GYPSUM SCREW INTO MOLDING PANEL AT PERMITER CHA 11 3/4" = 1'-01, NNEL MOLDING1 CUT GYP BOARD TO FIT WITHIN BOTTOM Of DECK ATTACH GYPSUM BOARD AT TOP ONLY J-MOLD ED( NON -RATED CAPTURE TRACK 1 1/2" = 1'-0" CLIPPED AND BENT METAL RUNNER AT 48" OC METAL RUNNER EXTEND METAL STUD 4" MINIMUM ABOVE CEILING FRAMING METAL STUDS SET 1/2" OFF FACE OF WALL FACE OF WALL CEILING PER SCHEDULE FURRING ATTACHMENT TO WALL-- 3 1 1/2" = 1'-0" it ATTACH TO SLAB 20 GAUGE CONT WITH (2) 0.145 DIA STUD TRACK PAF'S AT BASE OF JAMB (1) #10 TEK SCREW (2) 0.145 DIA. EACH FLANGE OF PAF'S AT 24" OC EACH STUD - - DETAIL-D SEAL AIRSPACE WITH EXPANDING FOAM METAL ROOF DECK ATTACH 16 GAUGE 6" DEEP LEG TRACK WITH #1Ox1" SCREWS FOR (2) ROWS AT 24" OC TO METAL ROOF DECK 2" x 20 GAUGE CONT METAL STRAP WALL FINISH REF PARTITION TYPES DETAIL C + FT-1 + +I I+ +I SECTION + B T + I METALSTUD HEADER REF SCHED 16 GA TRACK WITH (3) #10 TEK + SCREWS EACH SIDE TO HEADER AND (6) #10 TEK % / j SCREWS TO JAMB -- — METAL STUD JAMB REF SCHED 16 GA TRACK TO TOP OF HEADER - -- DETAIL I D I 2 1 PARTITION TYPES PARTITION NOTES ZEPHYRHILLS, FL REFERENCE SIDE OPPOSITE SIDE 1. STUDS CONTINUE TO DECK LINO. REF CAPTURE TRACK DETAILS. 2. USE 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD ON NON -RATED PARTITIONS UNO. 3. USE 5/8" TYPE X GYPSUM BOARD ON FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. FOR FURRING 4. CONTINUE FINISH MATERIAL TO A MINIMUM OF 4" ABOVE ATTACHMENT SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS LINO. 5. WHERE NO CEILING IS INDICATED CONTINUE FINISH TO DECK UNO. MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BELOW STRUCTURE PER CAPTURE TRACK METAL STUDS SET DETAILS 1/2" OFF FACE OF 6. STUD PARTITIONS REQUIRING A FIRE RATING OF ONE HOUR SHALL EXTERIOR WALL COMPLY WITH UL#U419, UL#U465 OR UL#U442. MASONRY LINO - PARTITIONS REQUIRING ONE HOUR FIRE RATING SHALL COMPLY 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 WITH UL#U905. FACE OF WALL 7. MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF NON LOAD BEARING WALL ABOVE HEADER AS OCCURS TO BE 14'-9" 8. REF SPECIFICATIONS FOR LATERAL BRACING OF STUD BATT INSULATION T, PARTITIONS. GA PROJECT No: 2200532 AT EXTERIOR �.% 9. PROVIDE ALTERNATING DIAGONAL METAL STUD BRACING ABOVE WALLS ONLY - _ THE CEILING FOR INTERIOR WALL STUDS THAT DO NOT GO TO DECK. GIATTINA AYCOCK 1/2" PLYWOOD 10. USE GYPSUM BOARD BEHIND ALL FRP BOARD UNO. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. USE 1/2" WATER 11. WHERE NO CEILING IS SCHEDULED, STOP 1/2" PLYWOOD 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C RESISTANT ) SUBSTRATE AT 10'-0" AFF. • r Bessemer, AL 35020 GYPSUM BOARD 12. PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKING AT FLOOR AND ROOF LEVELS, P: 205.933.9060 AT WET AREAS — _ CONCEALED SPACES BETWEEN STAIRWAY STRINGERS, GASTUDIO.COM l PENETRATIONS IN FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLIES AND OTHER LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY CODE. El 13. ROOMS THAT HAVE 5/8" IMPACT RESISTANT GYP BD TO 48" AFF NEED 5/8" GYP BD ABOVE 48" AFF. REF A7 FOR LOCATIONS. 14. ON RESTROOMS WALLS RECEIVING PORCELAIN TILE, UPPER (PAINTED) PORTION IS TO BE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD IN LIEU OF GLASS -MAT BACKER MATERIAL. �� 1925 Prospect Ave. 15. WHEN MODIFYING OR BUILDING ANY NEW FIRE RATED Orlando, FL 32814 PARTITIONS, ENSURE ALL PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS ARE P (407) 661-9100 SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS. ` F (407) 661-9101 16. PROPERLY SEAL ALL EXISTING PENETRATIONS IN EXISTING CG�GuiC% &ter�vLt www,c�,catn FIREWALLS TO ACHIEVE X HOUR RATING. Architects Engineers Planners Flo d.0 " Cwif,w. ACW26 17. WALLS WITH AN UNSUPPORTED LENGTH GREATER THAN THE LIMITS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE BRACED ABOVE THE CEILING AND AT NO GREATER THAN THE MAXIMUM UNSUPPORTEDLENGTH 18. NOT USED. PARTITION LEGEND STAMP: OF F1_9�'O DETAIL.. y:. •9 _ 2pBERT S. Dq X-XX • 0014372NUMBER PLAN. HEIGHT INDICATES STUD ����.•• •••••���G LETTER INDICATES NO NUMBER INDICATES TFRED ARG� PARTITION TYPE 12 STUD HEIGHT TO BOTTOM REF PLANS AND OF ROOF DECK TYP SHEET A6 A3 NUMBER INDICATES REFERENCE SIDE STUD SIZE AS FOLLOWS: OPPOSITE SIDE ISSUE SCHEDULE: 1 - 1 5/8" METAL 6 - 6" METAL 2 - 2 1/2" METAL 8 - 8" CMU - 3 - 3 5/8" METAL 12 -12" CMU 'REF SPECS FOR STUD GAUGE AND SPACING 1 HOUR RATED GYPSUM BOARD (NEW) REVISION SCHEDULE: UL#U419, UL#U442, OR UL#U465 1 HOUR RATED CMU (NEW) UL#U905 NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NON -RATED GYPSUM BOARD WALL (NEW) ACOUSTICAL INSULATION FULL WALL THICKNESS (NEW) CHAIN LINK FENCE (NEW) COOLER/FREEZER WALL (NEW) - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (NEW) 48" HIGH PLASTIC LAMINATE OR PROTECTIVE SURFACE WAINSCOT LINO EXISTING 1 HOUR RATED GYPSUM BOARD TO REMAIN EXISTING PARTITION OR WALL TO REMAIN ' CMU WALL (NEW) NOTES &LEGEND EXISTING WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED - EXISTING CHAIN LINK FENCE EXISTING 48" HIGH PLYWOOD WAINSCOT WITH 2x8 WOOD BASE CHAIR RAIL FURNISHED BY WALMART, INSTALLED BY G.C. NON -RATED GYPSUM BOARD WALL (NEW) (GROCERY PREP AREAS) WITH SILL SEALER CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /09/20 A300 C:\Users\Gloriana.Quesada\Documents\0706 ZEPHYRHILLS FL 192 R ARCH V20 Gloriana.Quesada.rvt 11/24/2020 4:58:28 PM _ l I I 11I1 G 1 n i 1_1IN _ IIII I Lr, I' !'_ I_ I I I I - — — ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM 1925 Prospect Ave. ZV Orlando, FL 32814 P (407) 661-9100 F (407) 661-9101 C� aci &�ersv�c Architects Engineers Planners www. cj. eo* Florida C.".. Ce fi..#M C000526 STAMP: �: �OgERT S. p ••.9 R0014372 C.) ISSUE TFRED A►RG� ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /09/20 ISSUE DATE: 11/20/20 DRAWN BY.- AG SHEET: A8 DOOR SCHEDULE AND FINISHES A31 0 C:\Users\Gioriana.Quesada\Documents\0706 ZEPHYRHILLS FL 192 R ARCH V20 Gloriana.Quesada.rvt 11/24/2020 4:58:30 PM G A C 14 Url I I I I i ! 1 I 11 It" IF IVY '1111 II 1e1L-If .I I J4I' I' 1 11 1 II I 1 in I - t- !I N! 'I _- — — ----- I - -- p' I 11 11WIN wym 1 ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • r Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM 1925 Prospect Ave. Orlando, FL 32814 P (407) 661-9100 F (407) 661-9101 www.y.�o� Architects Engineers Planners Fbdd. Cwp—Catifi—#AA CM526 STAMP: y' �OBERT R001437 FRED AR ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE. - NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /09/20 ISSUE DATE: 11/06/20 DRAWN BY: AG SHEET: GC1 GARDEN CENTER PLANS AND DETAILS A400 C:\Users\Sabrina. Frankenstein\Documents\0706 ZEPHYRHILLS FL 192 R ARCH V20 Sabrina. Frankenstein. rvt 11/24/2020 4:51:38 PM 7 I 6 i I I I V I' I I I 1 11 11 I p 11, 11- % if I' 1 1 I I I 5 I 4 I 3 2 i 19 E p C Afl 0 GENERAL NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND OTHER DRAWINGS: A. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN DRAWINGS OF DIFFERENT DISCIPLINES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH SHOP DRAWING PREPARATION OR ANY CONSTRUCTION UNTIL THE ARCHITECT HAS GIVEN DIRECTION OF RESOLUTION FOR THE DISCREPANCY OR CONFLICT. B. NOT ALL OPENINGS AND OTHER COMPONENTS THAT ARE REQUIRED HAVE BEEN SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. COORDINATE AND VERIFY THE LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF CHASES, INSERTS, OPENINGS, SLEEVES, FINISHES, DEPRESSIONS AND OTHER PROJECT REQUIREMENTS AT FLOORS, WALLS, AND ROOFS BETWEEN DRAWINGS OF DIFFERENT DISCIPLINES. 2. IN THE CASE OF INCONSISTENCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR WITHIN EITHER DOCUMENT, A BIDDER WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE INCLUDED IN ITS BID THE BETTER QUALITY OR GREATER QUANTITY OF THE WORK INVOLVED UNLESS THE BIDDER ASKED FOR AND OBTAINED THE ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN CLARIFICATION OF THE REQUIREMENTS BEFORE SUBMISSION OF BID. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE SHOWN ON PLANS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. 4. THE DETAILS PROVIDED ON SHEETS LABELED AS "TYPICAL DETAILS" APPLY GENERALLY TO THE DRAWINGS IN AREAS WHERE CONDITIONS ARE SIMILAR TO THOSE DESCRIBED IN THE DETAILS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. ALL OF THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS ARE CONSIDERED CHANGE ORDERS AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND/OR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY PERTINENT WORK OR FABRICATION. 6. CONSTRUCTION METHODS, PROCEDURES AND SEQUENCES ARE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL THE NECESSARY MEANS TO MAINTAIN AND PROTECT THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF ALL CONSTRUCTION, NEW AND EXISTING, AT ALL STAGES. 7. ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, AS SHOWN, HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO CARRY IN PLACE DESIGN LOADS ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SUPPORT OF ANY LOADS AND FORCES IMPOSED DURING CONSTRUCTION, TRANSPORTATION, ERECTION, AND HANDLING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT CONSTRUCTION LOADS DO NOT EXCEED THE DESIGN LIVE LOADS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND THAT THESE LOADS ARE NOT IMPOSED ON THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS PRIOR TO THE TIME THAT CONCRETE REACHES THE FULL SPECIFIED DESIGN STRENGTH, STEEL MEMBERS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS ARE FULLY BOLTED AND / OR WELDED AND ALL OTHER FRAMING MEMBERS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS ARE IN PLACE. 8. ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE STRUCTURE. ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE LOCATED AND DETAILED ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW. SHOP DRAWINGS/SUBMITTALS: 1. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ( DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS) AND SHALL FOLLOW INDUSTRY GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS. 2. ALL QUESTIONS, CLARIFICATIONS, OR MODIFICATIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CLEARLY DOCUMENTED AND INDICATED ON THE SHOP DRAWING TRANSMITTAL OR COVER SHEET. ITEMS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED APPROVED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ADDRESSED BY MBA IN THE REVIEW COMMENTS. 3. ALL SHOP DRAWINGS ARE TO BE NEWLY PREPARED. REPRODUCTIONS OF CONTRACT STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR USE AS ERECTION DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. SHOULD SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS CONTAIN ANY REPRODUCTIONS OF CONTRACT STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, THEY WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT ENGINEER REVIEW. A. MBA MAY CONSIDER TRANSFERRING COMPUTER FILES, IN THE FORMAT CREATED, OF THE PLAN SHEETS TO PROJECT SUBCONTRACTORS TO ASSIST IN DEVELOPING SHOP DRAWINGS ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS. A SIGNED FILE TRANSFER AGREEMENT WILL BE REQUIRE PRIOR TO RELEASE OF MBA FILES. 4. CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AND STAMP WITH APPROVAL PRIOR TO SUBMISSION TO ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER. SHOP DRAWINGS RECEIVED BYARCHITECT/ENGINEER THAT HAVE NOT BEEN REVIEWED AND COORDINATED BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S REVIEW. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING AND CORRECTING DIMENSIONS WHICH PERTAIN TO FABRICATION PROCESSES OR CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL AND FOR COORDINATION OF WORK OF ALL TRADES. 5. CONTRACTOR MAY PROVIDE REVIEWED AND APPROVED SUBMITTALS IN AN ELECTRONIC .PDF FORMAT FOR ENGINEER REVIEW AND APPROVAL. IN LIEU OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR MAY PROVIDE NO MORE THAN FOUR PAPER COPIES OF EACH STRUCTURAL SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL TO THE ENGINEER. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER WILL REVIEW AND RETURN TWO OF THE COPIES TO THE ARCHITECT. ADDITIONAL COPIES REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR AFTER THE REVIEW PROCESS. 6. MBA REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS IS FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN CONCEPT OF THE PROJECT AND FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. REVIEW AND/OR APPROVAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEVIATIONS FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR FOR ERRORS/ OMISSIONS IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS. 7. RESUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL HAVE CHANGES AND/OR ADDITIONS CLEARLY INDICATED. REVIEW OF RESUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS IS LIMITED TO THE ITEMS REQUIRING CORRECTION ON THE PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL. 8. DEFERRED SUBMITTALS ARE DEFINED AS THOSE PORTIONS OF DESIGN THAT ARE NOT SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF APPLICATION. DEFERRAL OF ANY SUBMITTAL SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS FOR DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD WHO SHALL REVIEW AND NOTE THAT THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND THAT THEY HAVE BEEN FOUND TO BE IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING. THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THEIR DESIGN AND SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. ALL DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SEALED BY A LICENSED ENGINEER IN THE STATE OF CONSTRUCTION. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED PER THIS SECTION: STRUCTURAL STEEL CONNECTION DESIGNS, LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING AND CONNECTIONS, SEISMIC BRACING AND/OR ANCHORING OF MECHANICAL COMPONENTS. SITE AND FOUNDATION: 1. THE DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS AND RELATED COMPONENTS IS BASED ON THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT PREPARED BY ECS FLORIDA, LLC, PROJECT NO. 41:2842, DATED 9/24/2020. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO ALL REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THE REPORT. 2. ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURES (PSF): ISOLATED FOOTINGS 2000 CONTINUOUS FOOTINGS 2000 3. EXCAVATE, WHERE REQUIRED, TO BUILDING AND STRUCTURE SUBGRADE. 4. PROOF -ROLL THE AREA UNDER THE BUILDING, PLUS 5'-0" ON ALL SIDES, WITH A LOADED DUMP TRUCK TO LOCATE ANY SOFT AREAS. A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER IS TO BE PRESENT DURING THIS OPERATION. ANY SOFT AREAS DETECTED ARE TO BE UNDERCUT AND REPLACED WITH ENGINEERED FILL. 5. ACCEPTABLE FILL MATERIAL SHALL BE FREE OF ORGANICS, AND HAVE A P.I.OF LESS THAN 25, L.L. OF LESS THAN 45 AND A MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY OF GREATER THAN 95 PCF. CRUSHED STONE BACKFILL TO MEET REQUIREMENTS OF A.H.D. No. 57 STONE. DRAINAGE FILL SUPPORTING SLABS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. 6. FILL, WHERE REQUIRED, IS TO BE PLACED IN LOOSE LIFT THICKNESSES PER REQUIREMENTS IN GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. FILL IS TO BE COMPACTED TO 98% MODIFIED PROCTOR (ASTM D-1557), WITHIN ±3% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT. 7. THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER SHALL REVIEW THE FINAL FOUNDATION DESIGN TO VERIFY THAT ALL FOUNDATION SYSTEMS, INCLUDING SLAB ON GRADE DESIGN AND DETAILING, COMPLIES WITH THE GEOTECHNICAL PARAMETERS INCLUDED IN THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. WRITTEN VERIFICATION OF THIS REVIEW SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT TWO WEEKS BEFORE FINAL PRICING/BID DATE. 8. OWNER SHALL ENGAGE A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION TO PROVIDE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SUBGRADES, FILLS AND BACKFILLS PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER IS TO PROVIDE ASSURANCE THAT THE REQUIREMENTS WILL ACHIEVE THE ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING CAPACITIES NOTED. CONCRETE: 1. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT ACI STANDARDS. 2. CONCRETE SCHEDULES ITEM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH A. ALL STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 3000 PSI NORMAL WEIGHT 3. CONCRETE COVER OVER REINFORCING (UNO) A. UNFORMED SURFACE IN CONTACT WITH EARTH: 3 IN. B. UNFORMED SURFACE OVER VAPOR BARRIER: 2 IN. C. FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER #6 AND LARGER 2 IN. #5 AND SMALLER 1 1/2 IN. D. FORMED SURFACES NOT EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER: WALLS, SLABS: 3/4 IN. COLUMNS, BEAMS: 1 1/2 IN. TO TIES 4. CONCRETE AT SLABS ON GRADE SHALL HAVE A NOMINAL MAXIMUM COARSE AGGREGATE SIZE OF 3/4 INCH. ADJUST PORTIONS OF COMBINED COARSE, INTERMEDIATE AND FINE AGGREGATES TO PROVIDE A COARSENESS FACTOR OF 60 TO 75%. 5. ALL REINFORCING SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST REVISION OF ASTM SPECIFICATION A615, GRADE 60 AND BE DETAILED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST REVISION OF ACI STANDARD 315. 6. NO REINFORCING BAR SHALL BE WELDED IN ANY MANNER, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 7. FOUNDATION AND WALL VERTICAL REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE LAPPED WITH A CLASS "W SPLICE. WALL HORIZONTAL REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE LAPPED 30 DIAMETERS AT SPLICE POINTS. PROVIDE CORNER BARS FOR WALLS. 8. PROVIDE FULL EMBEDMENT FOR ALL DOWELS. IF NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, DOWEL SIZE AND SPACING SHALL BE THE SAME AS MAIN REINFORCING. 9. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN CONCRETE BEAMS AND SLABS SHALL BE AT OR NEAR MIDSPAN. ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS TO BE KEYED. 10. HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED IN WALLS AND BEAMS, UNLESS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 11. CONDUIT, PIPES, AND SLEEVES SHALL NOT BE SPACED CLOSER THAN 3 DIAMETERS ON CENTER, NOT HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER GREATER THAN 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF THE SLAB, WALL OR BEAM IN WHICH THEY ARE EMBEDDED, AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COVER OF 1 1/2 INCH FOR CONCRETE EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER AND 3/4 INCH FOR CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER. 12. PIPING AND CONDUIT SHALL BE SO FABRICATED AND INSTALLED THAT CUTTING, BENDING, OR DISPLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT FROM ITS PROPER LOCATION WILL NOT BE REQUIRED. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT, FOR REVIEW, SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL REINFORCING BARS INCLUDING DETAILS AT ALL OPENINGS AND ASSOCIATED ADDED REINFORCEMENT AS SHOWN ON TYPICAL DETAILS. TENSION LAP SPLICE LENGTH BAR SIZE f c = 3000 PSI f'c = 4000 PSI TOP BARS OTHER BARS TOP BARS OTHER BARS A B A B A B A B #3 2-2" 28" 17" 22" 19" 24" 15" 19" #4 29" 37" 22" 29" 25" 32" 19" 25" #5 36" 47" 28" 36" 31" 40" 24" 31" #6 43" 56" 33" 43" 37" 48" 1 29" 37" #7 63" 81" 48" 63" 54" 70" 42" 54" #8 72" 93" 55" 72" 62" 80" 48" 62" #9 81" 105" 62" 81" 70" 91" 54" 70" #10 91" 118" 70" 91" 79" 102" 61" 79" #11 101" 131" 78" 101" 87" 113" 67" 87" CONCRETE MASONRY: 1. MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 530.1 SPECIFICATION OR TMS 402/602. 2. MASONRY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (fm) SHALL BE 2000 PSI BASED ON THE UNIT STRENGTH METHOD OR VERIFIED BY PRISM TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1314. 3. MORTAR SHALL BE TYPE S OR M. 4. ALL REINFORCING BARS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60. 5. NO REINFORCING BAR SHALL BE WELDED IN ANY MANNER, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 6. BLOCK FILL SHALL BE GROUT WITH AN 8" TO 11" SLUMP, PROPORTIONED PER ASTM C 476 OR ATTAINING 3000 PSI AT 28 DAYS PER ASTM C 1019. DO NOT USE MORTAR AS BLOCK FILL. 7. ALL GROUT SHALL BE CONSOLIDATED AT TIME OF PLACEMENT USING A LOW -VELOCITY MECHANICAL VIBRATOR WITH A 3/4-INCH HEAD. RE -CONSOLIDATE GROUT AFTER INITIAL WATER LOSS AND SETTLEMENT HAS OCCURRED. DO NOT PLACE NEXT LIFT OF GROUT UNTIL LOWER LIFT HAS BEEN RE -CONSOLIDATED. 8. ALL BLOCK CELLS AND CAVITIES BELOW GRADE SHALL BE GROUTED SOLID. ALL LINTELS & BOND BEAMS SHALL BE GROUTED SOLID. 9. ALL BLOCK CELLS WHICH HAVE VERTICAL REINFORCING SHALL BE GROUTED FULL -HEIGHT IN 5'-0" LIFTS (MAXIMUM HEIGHT). PROVIDE 1 1/2" (MINIMUM) GROUT KEY BELOW MORTAR JOINT AT TOP OF EACH LIFT. 10. VERTICAL REINFORCING SHALL BE DOWELED TO FOOTING WITH HOOKED BARS AT THE BASE AND EXTEND FULL -HEIGHT INTO BOND BEAM AT THE TOP. WHERE SPLICES ARE NECESSARY, PROVIDE LAP LENGTH = 48 BAR DIAMETERS. 11. VERTICAL REINFORCING SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE CENTER OF THE BLOCK CELLS, UNLESS NOTED, AND SHALL BE HELD IN PLACE WITH BAR POSITIONERS (HECKMANN #376 OR HOHMANN & BARNARD #RB) PRIOR TO GROUTING. "WET -STICKING" OF REINFORCING SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. 12. MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCING IN ALL WALLS SHALL CONSIST OF ONE VERTICAL (MATCHING WALL REINF. BUT NOT LESS THAN #5) IN EACH CORNER, AT EACH DOOR & WINDOW JAMB & AT EACH SIDE OF CONTROL AND/OR EXPANSION JOINTS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL VERTICAL REINFORCING AS SHOWN IN SECTIONS AND AS NOTED ON PLANS. 13. AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS OF BOND BEAMS IN WALLS, PROVIDE CORNER BARS (48 DIAMETERS LONG EA. LEG) TO TIE WALLS TOGETHER. BAR DIAMETER SHALL MATCH BOND BEAM REINFORCING. 14. AT TOP OF ALL MASONRY WALLS (BEARING OR NON -BEARING), PROVIDE 8" DEEP CONTINUOUS BOND BEAM REINFORCED WITH 2#5 CONTINUOUS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15. HORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCING SHALL CONSIST OF A MINIMUM STANDARD (9 GAGE) LADDER -TYPE JOINT REINFORCING AT EVERY COURSE (8" O.C.) FOR 12" CMU OR AT EVERY OTHER COURSE (16" O.C.) FOR 8" CMU. COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 16. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS AND LOCATIONS OF MASONRY CONTROL JOINTS. IF NOT OTHERWISE SHOWN, DO NOT EXCEED 30'-0" BETWEEN BLOCK WALL CONTROL JOINTS AND 20'-0" BETWEEN BRICK VENEER CONTROL JOINTS. 17. ANCHOR WALLS TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURES AS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY BRACING OF ALL MASONRY WALLS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT, FOR REVIEW, SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL REINFORCING BARS INCLUDING DETAILS AT ALL OPENINGS AND ASSOCIATED ADDED REINFORCEMENT AS SHOWN ON TYPICAL DETAILS. RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 POST -INSTALLED ANCHORS: GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 1. ANCHOR CAPACITY USED IN DESIGN IS BASED UPON THE TECHNICAL DATA PUBLISHED BY THE 2625 5th Avenue North, Bldg. C MANUFACTURER. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS FOR ALTERNATE PRODUCTS MUST BE APPROVED • r Bessemer, AL 35020 IN WRITING BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO USE. CONTRACTOR SHALL P: 205.933.9060 PROVIDE CALCULATIONS DEMONSTRATING THAT THE SUBSTITUTED PRODUCT IS CAPABLE OF GASTUDIO.COM ACHIEVING THE PERFORMANCE VALUES OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE EVALUATED ON THE FOLLOWING; HAVING AN ICC-ES ESR OR IAPMO UES ER SHOWING COMPLIANCE WITH THE RELEVANT BUILDING CODE FOR SEISMIC USES, LOAD RESISTANCE, INSTALLATION CATEGORY, AND AVAILABILITY OF COMPREHENSIVE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. ADHESIVE ANCHOR EVALUATION WILL ALSO CONSIDER CREEP, IN-SERVICE TEMPERATURE, AND INSTALLATION TEMPERATURE. 2. ANCHOR CAPACITY IS DEPENDANT UPON SPACING BETWEEN ADJACENT ANCHORS AND PROXIMITY OF ANCHORS TO EDGE OF CONCRETE. INSTALL ANCHORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPACING AND EDGE CLEARANCES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. EXISTING REINFORCING BARS IN THE CONCRETE STRUCTURE MAY CONFLICT WITH SPECIFIC ANCHOR LOCATIONS. UNLESS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS THAT THE BARS CAN BE CUT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SHALL UNDERTAKE TO LOCATE THE POSITION OF THE REINFORCING BARS AT THE LOCATIONS OF THE CONCRETE ANCHORS, BY USE OF HILTI FERROSCAN, GPR, X-RAY, CHIPPING OR OTHER MEANS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. DO NOT CUT PRESTRESSED OR POST TENSIONED TENDONS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. STAMP: 4. INSTALL ANCHORS PER THE MANUFACTURER PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 5. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL ANCHORS TO BE INSTALLED WITH AN EMBEDMENT DEPTH EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN MANUFACTURER STANDARD EMBEDMENT. OVERHEAD ADHESIVE ANCHORS MUST BE INSTALLED USING A SYSTEM THAT IS APPROVED FOR SUCH INSTALLATIONS ��� `�cS' IN THE PRODUCT CODE REPORT. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD ARRANGE AN ANCHOR MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO ; PROVIDE ONSITE INSTALLATION TRAINING FOR ALL OF THEIR ANCHORING PRODUCTS SPECIFIED. STATE OF ��' ' .PC0R'C-' 7. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, APPROVED ANCHORS ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE 1. ADHESIVE ANCHORS FOR CONCRETE USE: a. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE AT-XP ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM WITH THREADED RODS (IAPMO UES ER-263). b. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE SET-XP ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM WITH THREADED RODS (ICC-ES ESR-2508) FOR SLOW CURE APPLICATIONS. ISSUE SCHEDULE: c. HILTI HIT-HY 200 SAFE SET SYSTEM WITH HILTI HOLLOW DRILL BIT SYSTEM WITH THREADED ROD (ICC-ES ESR-3187). d. HILTI HIT -RE 500-SD EPDXY ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM WITH HAS-E THREADED ROD (ICC-ES ESR-2322) FOR SLOW CURE APPLICATIONS. 2. MECHANICAL ANCHORS FOR CONCRETE USE: a. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE TITEN-HD (ICC-ES ESR-2713). b. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE STRONG -BOLT 2 (ICC-ES ESR-3037). REVISION SCHEDULE: c. HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ AND KWIK HUS EZ-1 SCREW ANCHORS ([CC -ES ESR-3027). NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE d. HILTI KWIK BOLT-TZ EXPANSION ANCHORS ([CC -ES ESR-1917). B. REBAR DOWELING INTO CONCRETE 1. ADHESIVE ANCHORS FOR CONCRETE USE: a. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE SET-XP ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM WITH CONTINUOUSLY DEFORMED REBAR (ICC-ES ESR-2508). b. HILTI HIT-HY 200 SAFE SET SYSTEM WITH HILTI HOLLOW DRILL BIT SYSTEM WITH CONTINUOUSLY DEFORMED REBAR (ICC-ES ESR-3187). c. HILTI HIT -RE 500-SD EPDXY ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM WITH CONTINUOUSLY DEFORMED REBAR (ICC-ES ESR-2322). C. ANCHORAGE TO SOLID GROUTED MASONRY 1. ADHESIVE ANCHORS USE: a. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE AT-XP ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM WITH THREADED ROD OR REBAR (IAMPMO UES ER-281). b. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE SET-XP ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM WITH THREADED ROD OR REBAR (IAMPMO UES ER-265). c. HILTI HIT-HY 70 MASONRY ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM PER ICC ESR-2682. STEEL ANCHOR ELEMENT SHALL BE HILTI HAS-E CONTINUOUSLY THREADED ROD OR CONTINUOUSLY DEFORMED STEEL REBAR. NOTES & LEGEND 2. MECHANICAL ANCHORS USE: a. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE TITEN-HD (ICC-ES ESR-1056). b. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE STRONG -BOLT 2 (IAPMO-UES ER-240). c. HILTI KWIK HUS-EZ SCREW ANCHOR (ICC-ES ESR-3056). d. HILTI KWIK BOLT-3 EXPANSION ANCHORS (ICC-ES ESR-1385). D. ANCHORAGE TO HOLLOW / MULTI-WYTHE MASONRY 1. ADHESIVE ANCHORS USE: a. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE "SET" (ICC-ES ESR-1772). b. SIMPSON STRONG -TIE AT (ICC-ES ESR-1958). c. HILTI HIT-HY 70 MASONRY ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM (ICC-ES ESR-3342). d. STEEL ANCHOR ELEMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY THREADED ROD OR CONTINUOUSLY DEFORMED STEEL REBAR. THE APPROPRIATE SIZE SCREEN TUBE SHALL BE USED PER ADHESIVE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. STRUCTURAL STEEL: 1. DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, QUALITY ASSURANCE, AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT AISC STANDARDS. 2. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL WIDE FLANGE SHAPES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A992 3. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATES, ANGLES AND CHANNELS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36. 4. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SQUARE, RECTANGULAR AND ROUND HSS SECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A500, GRADE B. 5. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A53, TYPE E OR S, GRADE B 6. FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORM TO AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE. 7. ALL WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO AWS STANDARDS. THICKNESS OF WELDS ARE AS SHOWN, SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED. 8. ALL BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MINIMUM 3/4" DIAMETER, A325 HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. THE STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATOR SHALL PROVIDE CERTIFICATIONS BY A PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER (P.E.) REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF CONSTRUCTION THAT THE CONNECTION DESIGN IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS. CONNECTION DESIGN CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR REVIEW. 10. ALL BEAM CONNECTIONS SHALL BE "SIMPLE SHEAR CONNECTIONS" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WHERE BEAM REACTIONS AND/OR DESIGN FORCES ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, THE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT A REACTION EQUAL TO ONE-HALF THE TOTAL UNIFORM LOAD CAPACITY FROM THE MAXIMUM UNIFORM LOAD TABLE (LATEST AISC MANUAL OF STEEL PRACTICE) MULTIPLIED BY A FACTOR OF 1.2 (NON -COMPOSITE BEAMS) OR 1.45 (COMPOSITE BEAMS) FOR GIVEN SHAPE, SPAN, AND GRADE OF STEEL. CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/20 DRAWN BY: DIB SHEET: GENERAL NOTES MBAENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS S001 P(203) 323-6385 F(203) 324-0698 � 7 I 6 I 5 ► 4 3 2 1 A E C 0 METAL DECK: 1. STEEL DECK CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITHTHE LATEST EDITION OF SDI STANDARDS. 2. DECK SUPPORTS AROUND STEEL COLUMNS AND CLOSURE ANGLES SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE DECK MANUFACTURER, IF REQUIRED. 3. FOR MODULUAR CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS: A. METAL ROOF DECK SHALL BE 1-1/2" DEEP, 20 GAGE, GALVANIZED, TYPE "B" METAL ROOF DECK. B. ATTACH DECK TO SUPPORTS WITH 5/8" PUDDLE WELDS OR #12 TEK SCREWS IN 3617 PATTERN. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 4 WELDED SIDELAP FASTENERS PER SPAN OR A MINIMUM OF 7#10 TEK SCREW SIDELAP FASTENERS PER SPAN. -r"rt- DESIGN CRITERIA: 1. GOVERNING CODE: A. FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, F.B.C. 2020 2. GRAVITY DESIGN LOADS: A. DEAD 1. DESIGN DEAD LOADS ARE BASED ON THE SELF WEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND +4 OR a STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. ANY ALTERNATE MATERIALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO REVIEW. +5 Q n. B. LIVE: 1. TYPICAL FLOOR ............................ 80 PSF 2. CORRIDORS .................................. 100 PSF 3. ROOF .............................................. 20 PSF C. SNOW 1. GROUND SNOW LOAD (Pf) = 5 PSF 2. SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR (Ce) = 1.0 3. SNOW LOAD IMPORTANCE FACTOR (Is) = 1.1 4. THERMAL FACTOR (Ct) = 1.0 3. LATERAL DESIGN LOADS: A. WIND 1. DESIGNED PER ASCE 7-16 2. BASIC WIND SPEED = 137 MPH 3. RISK CATEGORY II 4. BUILDING CATEGORY = ENCLOSED 5. EXPOSURE CATEGORY = C 6. INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT (GCpl) = t0.18 7. COMPONENTS & CLADDING WIND PRESSURES SEE CHART B. EARTHQUAKE 1. SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR (1) = 1.00 2. RISK CATEGORY II 3. MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS A. Ss = 0.058 B. S1 = 0.032 4. SOIL SITE CLASS = D 5. DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS A. Sds = 0.062 B. Sd1 = 0.051 6. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = A 7. BASIC SEISMIC -FORCE -RESISTING SYSTEM: STEEL SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY BRACED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 8. DESIGN BASE SHEAR: A. PRE -FABRICATED MODULAR CONSTRUCTION = 10 KIPS EACH 9. RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR: 3 10. ANALYSIS PROCEDURE: EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS: 1. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS SHALL BE REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC AND FBC. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: THE OWNER SHALL EMPLOY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENT AND THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD TO PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL SUBMIT RESUME OF EXPERIENCE AND QUALIFICATIONS OF ALL INDIVIDUALS PERFORMING WORK TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHOULD BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FBC, 2020 ED. COL L COL COL BP-1 BP-2 TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAILS COL COL BP-3 ROOF ZONES GABLE ROOF 95 70 X = 0.6h WALL ZONES t-' -2 OR +4 OR a -4 OR BLDG. BLDG. PARAPET A ROOF OVERHANG ZONE LAYOUT DIAGRAMS 0 )VERHANG COMPONENTS AND CLADDING DESIGN WIND PRESSURES (PSF) ZONE EFFECTIVE WIND AREA 10 SF 20 SF 50 SF 100 SF 200 SF 1 17 16 16 16 16 -65 -61 -55 -51 -51 1 17 16 16 16 16 -38 -38 -38 -38 -38 2 17 16 16 16 16 -86 -80 -73 -68 -68 3 17 16 16 16 16 -117 -106 -92 -80 -80 4 41 39 37 35 35 -44 -43 -40 -38 -38 5 41 39 37 35 35 -55 -51 -46 -43 -43 NOTE: WIND LOADS SHOWN IN TABLE ARE ULTIMATE LOADS PER ASCE 7-16. FOR USE WITH ASCE 7-16 LOAD COMBINATIONS (MULTIPLY BY 0.6 FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS) MECH. UNIT (COORD. SIZE, LOCATION AND WEIGHT OF UNIT W/ MECH. DWGS.) NOTES: 1. DO NOT BEAR UNIT DIRECTLY ON ROOF DECK. MECH. ENGINEER SHALL PROVIDE CURB ON TOP OF SUPPORT ANGLES FOR UNIT BEARING. 2. SEE TYP. ROOF OPENING DETAIL FOR FRAMING AT MECH. UNIT DUCT OPENINGS TYPICAL ROOF SUPPORT (cD, MECH. UNITS TWO SIDES (TYP.) ^^F- '2ACK TYPICAL MODULE ROOF RACK CONNECTION TYPICAL MODULE FLOOR CONNECTION (@_ CORNER TYPICAL MODULE FLOOR CONNECTION (cb- X-BRACING RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Bldg. C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: ,, 111111f1//�/ F No. 58, ` ST/'JE OF /z� ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/20 DRAWN BY: DIB SHEET: GENERAL NOTES & TYPICAL DETAILS MBAENGINEERS, INC. CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS P(205) 323-6383 F(205) 324-0698 S002 8 I 7 I 6 I 5 I 4 I 3 ► 2 � 1 i I C Ed A G RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Bldg. C • rBessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: 1111111, i * ; No. 58407 * � S—TE OF <0RI0 (-:?, I ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/20 DRAWN BY: DIB SHEET: FOUNDATION PLAN S101 i 8 I 7 I 6 I 5 I 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 C Le E RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Bldg. C • rBessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: No.58407 STATE OF 40RI0P,'ret / S ISSUE SCHEDULE: I REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND I CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/20 DRAWN BY: DIB SHEET: FLOOR FRAMING PLANS102 j. i I; C C I: u i RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 UGIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Bldg. C r Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 Owlife GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: TE OF » ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/20 DRAWN BY: DIB SHEET: ROOF FRAMING PLAN 8 I 7 I 6 I 5 I 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 C L G RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Bldg. C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/20 DRAWN BY: DIB SHEET: SECTIONS 0 - L ,. K N 8 ] 6 5 ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES DESIGN LOADS AB ANCHOR BOLT GENERAL 1. BUILDING CODE ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE 1. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK SHOWN OR IMPLIED BY THESE DRAWINGS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO A. BUILDING CODE 2017 AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. (2017 AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. BIDDERS SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BID. WITHIN AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE ONE WEEK FROM THE START OF CONSTRUCTION DATE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING MATERIAL, MEASUREMENTS, AND ELEVATIONS AND SHALL 2. GRAVITY LOADS NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR FORESEEN PROBLEMS. GENERAL A. ROOF DEAD LOAD 12 P ARCH ARCHITECTURAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS, EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND KNOWN COMPLICATIONS WITH THE MATERIAL SUPPLIERS. ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY COORDINATE DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. DRA AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURES, UTILITIES, PROPERTY, ETC DURING CONSTRUCTION. RESTORE ALL ITEMS DAMAGED, AS REQUIRED BY B. ROOF LIVE LOADS BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION AT NO COST TO OWNER OR WITHOUT EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. F BL BLOCK LINTEL 5. BUILDING COMPONENTS ABANDONED BY THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE SECURED TO PREVENT FALLING, LOOSENING OR CREATING DAMAGE OF ANY KIND IN THE FUTURE. 1. ROOF 20 P BM BEAM 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING TEMPORARY SUPPORT AND MAINTAINING STABLITY OF EXISTING STRUCTURE DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. BO BOTTOM OF 7. BEFORE OR CONCURRENT WITH ANY EXCAVATIONS ADJACENT TO THE EXISTING BUILDING FOUNDATION OR SLAB, GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING C. ROOF SNOW LOADS BOM BOTTOM OF MASONRY TEMPORARY SUPPORT FOR THE BASE AND SUBGRADE OF THE EXISTING SLAB AND FOUNDATIONS TO PREVENT UNDERMINING. 1. GROUND SNOW LOAD (Pg) 0 PSF BOS BOTTOM OF STEEL 8. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION FOR THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AND BUILDING CONTENTS DURING WELDING OR ANY OTHER CONSTRUCTION BRG BEARING ACTIVITY THAT GENERATES SPARKS OR INTENSE HEAT. 3. LATERAL LOADS CJ CONTRACTION JOINT 9. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD, ITS EMPLOYEES, AND REPRESENTATIVES SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR, AND WILL NOT HAVE CONTROL OF, CONSTRUCTION A. WIND LOADS CL CENTER LINE MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES, OR FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONSTRUCTION WORK; NOR WILL 1. BASIC WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST) STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FLORIDA BUILDING CODE FBC) SPECIAL INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED. REFER TO APPENDIX B OF THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION REGARDING THE REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: SF (PER EXISTING 1. THE MATERIALS, SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS AND WORK REQUIRED WINGS) TO HAVE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. 2. THE TYPE AND EXTENT OF EACH SPECIAL INSPECTION. 3. THE TYPE AND EXTENT OF EACH TEST. SF (MIN OR SNOW LOAD) 4. ADDITIONAL SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR WIND OR SEISMIC RESISTANCE (WHEN APPLICABLE). 5. THE FREQUENCY OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING. CLR CLEAR THEY BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY FAILURE BY THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM OR COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. - ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED 140 MPH CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONCRETE AND REINFORCING STEEL - BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEED (SERVICE) 108 MPH COL COLUMN 1. MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (f'c) AT THE END OF 28 DAYS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 2. WIND EXPOSURE CATEGORY C CONC CONCRETE A. INTERIOR CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SLABS 4000 PSI SPECIFICATION SECTION 03314 3. RISK CATEGORY II COND CONDENSER UNIT FOR ALL OTHER CONCRETE PROPERTIES REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. CONST CONSTRUCTION 2. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL MEET ASTM SPECIFICATION A 615, DEFORMED BAR, GRADE 60 OR ASTM SPECIFICATION A 706, DEFORMED BAR, GRADE 60. B. SEISMIC LOADS (SERVICE) CONT CONTINUOUS 3. REFER TO ACI 315 FOR DETAILING PRACTICES AND FABRICATION, AND ACI 301 FOR STANDARD PRACTICE FOR MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE AND CONCRETE COVER. 1. 5% DAMPED MAPPED ACCELERATION PARAMETER (Ss) 0.068 DIA DIAMETER STRUCTURAL STEEL 2. 1-SEC PERIOD MAPPED ACCELERATION PARAMETER (S1) 0.035 EF EXHAUST FAN 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH AND SPECIFICATIONS. FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST 3. 5% DAMPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFF. (Sds) 0.072 EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM EDITION OF THE "AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE". 4. 1-SEC PERIOD SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFF. (Sdi) 0.055 EJ EXPANSION JOINT STRUCTURAL STEEL YIELD ASTM SPECIFICATION 5. SITE CLASS D EL ELEVATION A. ANCHOR BOLTS: 36 KSI A 36, LINO 6. RISK CATEGORY II ELEC ELECTRICAL B. WIDE FLANGE STEEL SHAPES: 50 KSI A 992 7. IMPORTANCE FACTOR (le) 1.0 EQ EQUAL 2. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL HAVE ONE SHOP COAT OF RUST INHIBITOR PRIMER PAINT CONFORMING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS. FIELD TOUCH UP ALL UNPAINTED, NICKED AND 8. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A WELDED AREAS. PAINT ALL STEEL EXPOSED TO VIEW TO MATCH EXISTING. ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN MASONRY EW EACH WAY 1. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL MEET ASTM SPECIFICATION C 90. THE SPECIFIED DESIGN COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE MASONRY (f'm) SHALL BE 2000 PSI. THE FDN FOUNDATION NET AREA COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF THE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE 2000 PSI. FF FINISHED FLOOR 2. MORTAR SHALL BE A PREBLENDED DRY MIX CONFORMING TO ASTM C 1714 AND MEETING THE PROPERY SPECIFICATIONS OF ASTM C 270 TYPE "S" MORTAR. REF SPECIFICATION FS FAR SIDE 04200 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. E FTG FOOTING 3. GROUT SHALL MEET ASTM SPECIFICATION C 476 AND HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2000 PSI. REF SPECIFICATION SECTION 04200 FOR ADDITIONAL FV FIELD VERIFY REQUIREMENTS. GA GAUGE 4. GROUT SHALL BE MECHANICALLY CONSOLIDATED USING A VIBRATOR WITH A MAXIMUM 3/4" DIAMETER HEAD. REF SPECIFICATION SECTION 04200. GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR POST -INSTALLED ANCHORS H HEIGHT 1. POST -INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL ONLY BE USED WHERE SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. REFER TO SPECIFICATION 05090 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. HORIZ HORIZONTAL HSA HEADED STUD ANCHOR HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SHAPE INFO INFORMATION ISO ISOLATION JBE JOIST BEARING ELEVATION JST JOIST JT JOINT KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH L LENGTH LB POUNDS LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL LONG LONGITUDINAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANOUS MO MASONRY OPENING EXISTING 8" CMU MTL METAL D NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NUMBER GROUT BOTH SIC NS NEAR SIDE OF BEAM SOLID NTS NOT TO SCALE SOAP CMi OC ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OH OPPOSITE HAND JhREFARCH PAF POWER ACTUATED FASTENER BOS EL PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT SECTION A PL PLATE PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT STEEL LINTEL, PLUMB PLUMBING REF SECTION A PMEJ PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT 8" PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH QTY QUANITY - -- RACK REFRIGERATION RACK AT BOTTOM OF EXISTING BOND W8x24; BEAR 8" MIN ON FIRST FULL CELL ADJACENT TO OPENING; FULLY GROUT CMU TOFFEL EXISTING CONTROL JOINT I g,. REF REFER TO BEAM AT 114'-8" (FIELD VERIFY), REINF REINFORCING PROVIDE #6 x 2'-0" DOWELS, TYP; - -, - READ REQUIRED EMBED 4" INTO CMU WITH ADHESIVE ANCHOR (REF SPECS) REV REVERSE RO ROUGH OPENING RTU ROOF TOP UNIT EXTERIOR FACE A1E SCHED SCHEDULE .......... ................ .... .... ....... OF CMU BEYOND SDI STEEL DECK INSTITUTE SIM SIMILAR INTERIOR NEW MEDICAL CLINIC (2) 3/4" DIA x 7" EMBED ABs (3" PROJ) IN LONG SLOTTED C SJI STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE BY OTHERS OH HOLES (FINGER TIGHTEN NUTS, SPCS SPACES SPECS SPECIFICATIONS NEW SLAB TO 2 DAMAGE THREADS), TYP EA END 2 STRUC STRUCTURAL MATCH EXISTING S111V CLINIC FLOOR FRAMING T&B TOP AND BOTTOM BY OTHERS #6 x 2'-0" DOWELS, TYP; EMBED THK THICKNESS 4" INTO CMU WITH ADHESIVE TO TOP OF TOC TOP OF CONCRETE EXISTING CONC SLAB NOTE: NEW C TOF TOP OF FOOTING I DOWELS MUST BE LEVEL TOM TOP OF MASONRY ........ ......... ....... __ _......_.. AND SQUARE WITH JOINT. co TOS TOP OF STEEL TOW TOP OF WALL f.................................__.... TRANS TRANSVERSE (1) #4 CONT EXISTING 8" CMU WALL TYP TYPICAL LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE V-2" #4 x 2'-0" DOWEL AT 16" OC; DRILL - - - - VERT VERTICAL AND EMBED 4" INTO EXISTING W WIDTH GROUTED CMU WITH ADHESIVE EXISTING CONT ANCHOR (REF SPECS) WALL FTG WP WORK POINT REF PLAN A FT, SLAB INFILL AT NEW OPNG 3/4" = V-0" 4.0-3 STEEL LINTEL AT CMU OPENING IN EXISTING WALL 3/4" = 1'-0" 4.0-5 NOTES: 1. SHORE EXISTING STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO STARTING ANY NEW WORK. 2. RE -POINT ALL AFFECTED MORTAR JOINTS. CMU INFILL NOTES 3. COMPLETE INTERIOR FACE ONLY SHALL BE REMOVED. 1. INFILL OPENING WITH 8" CMU UNITS TO MATCH EXISTING. 4. ALL WORK SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL SHALL BE DONE ON 2. ALTERNATE FACE SHELLS AT JAMB MUST BE CAREFULLY REMOVED TO LEAVE INSIDE FACE OF WALL, UNLESS APPROVED BY GROUTED CORE WITH REINFORCEMENT INTACT. ARCHITECT OF RECORD. 3. DO NOT CUT THE EXISTING VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT. 4. SIDES OF OPENING SHALL BE TOOTHED IN TO MATCH RUNNING BOND. 5. REINFORCE INFILL WITH (1) #5 VERTICAL AT END CELLS AND AT 24" OC IN BETWEEN. 6. PROVIDE #5 x V-4" DOWEL AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF REINFORCED CELLS; EMBED 4" INTO EXISTING CMU/CONC WITH ADHESIVE ANCHOR (REF SPECS); CONTACT MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE FOR PROPER OVERHEAD INSTALLATION. 11 12 13 EXISTING I INTERIOR . C UAW L 3 \ L �- -�S1 EXISTINGONT' 4 WALL FTG OH SIM,$1 51 2 S1' 10' - 0" REF ARCH NEW MEDICAL CLINIC BY OTHERS NEW OPENING & INFILL PLAN 1/8" = V-0" 4.0-1 a- REF ARCH BOS EL MATCH EXISTING FF EL GROUT SOLID FROM FF EL TO BOTTOM OF STEEL LINTEL n J � Qa CO 3: - > J _jU U NOTE: IF EXISTING CELL(S) IS REINFORCED AND GROUTED SOLID, REINFORCING SHOWN FOR THAT CELL IS NOT REQUIRED. CUT INSIDE CMU FACE SHELL TO INSTALL BARS; FORM AND GROUT IN 5'-0" MAX LIFTS lift q orli 8" 1' 4" � #6 CONT AT CENTER IN EACH CELL FROM FF EL TO BOTTOM OF EXISTING BOND BEAM AT 114'-0" (FIELD BM VERIFY); LAP REINF 39" BRG EXISTING 8" CMU WALL (NEW AT SIM) JAMB REINFORCING AT NEW OPENING 3/4" = V-0" 4.0-4 1 11 13 BUILDING KEY PLAN ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 2200532 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM -`3 • ATE OF l l/Z 3/z0 ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: ISSUE DATE: 11/20/20 DRAWN BY PH SHEET: NEW CMU OPENING PLAN AND DETAILS S1 C:\Users\Public\Documents\0706_Zephyrhills,FL_Struc_V20_phunter.rvt 11/23/2020 9:43:45 AM I F1 R RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: a N . 6e,�, 0-01 STATE OF V f ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND SHEET INDEX - PLUMBING SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME P001 LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS, & NOTES P002 SPECIFICATIONS P101 DWV BELOW FLOOR P102 DWV ABOVE FLOOR P103 PLUMBING UTILITIES P104 PLUMBING ROOF PLAN P501 DETAILS P601 SCHEDULES P701 DWV RISER DIAGRAM P702 DOMESTIC RISER DIAGRAM CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: TJO SHEET: LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS, & NOTES Pool BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 1:33:36 PM i i i 2 I 1 F rim I C0 0 SECTION 1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.0 GENERAL A. COMPLY WITH INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE, 2018 B. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE INTENDED TO PROVIDE ALL DRAWINGS, NOTATIONS, DETAILS, AND SCHEDULES NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEM. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE PREPARED TO EXCLUDE ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN THE SET. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY LABOR AND MATERIALS FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM AS INDICATED IN THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS. ANY ACCESSORIES OR MATERIALS OBVIOUSLY A PART OF THE SYSTEM AND INTEGRAL IN ITS OPERATION, ALTHOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREIN, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS IF CALLED FOR IN DETAIL. D. ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED SHALL BE NEW AND FREE FROM DEFECTS. E. ALL MAJOR EQUIPMENT SUCH AS WATER HEATERS, RECRICULATOIN PUMPS, THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES, EMERGENCY SHOWER, ETC... SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH LAMINATED PLASTIC NAME PLATES MECHANICALLY ATTACHED TO EQUIPMENT WITH SCREWS OR OTHER APPROVED MEANS. NAMEPLATES TO IDENTIFY EQUIPMENT WITH NOMENCLATURE CORRESPONDING TO THE MARKINGS ON THE DRAWINGS. LETTERING SHALL BE 1/2" HIGH. 1.1 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE THE ROUTING OF ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS WITH THE OTHER TRADES IN ORDER TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH DUCTS, PIPES, ETC... B. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE RELAYED TO THE ENGINEER FOR COMMENT AND CORRECTIVE ACTION AS NEEDED. C. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN NON -ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND WALLS TO ALLOW FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT FOR MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION AND BALANCING PURPOSES. PLUMBING VENTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10' FROM ANY AIR INTAKE TO BUILDING. E. EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE LOCATIONS (UNLESS DIMENSIONED) ARE APPROXIMATE AND NOT INTENDED TO BE SCALED FROM DRAWINGS. ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE LOCATIONS TO BE IDENTIFIED AND COORDINATED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR (G.C.) / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER (CM) FOR CONFLICTS WITH OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR REQUIRED SERVICE CLEARANCES. F. MAINTAIN A MARKED -UP SET OF DRAWINGS, WHICH INDICATE VARIATIONS IN THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION FROM THE ORIGINAL DESIGN. DELIVER THE DRAWINGS TO HASKELL UPON COMPLETION. G. ALL PLUMBING AND PIPING PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED AND/OR SMOKE WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS SHALL FIRE STOPPED. THE FIRE STOPPING SHALL MEET THE PARTITION RATING. ALL FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF UL STANDARD 1479 AND ASTM-E 814. SECTION 2 - SANITARY, VENT, STORM, AND CONDENSATE PIPING 2.1 SANITARY, AND STORM: ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE A. SOLID -WALL SCH 40 PVC PIPE: ASTM D 2665, DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT A.1. SOLVENT CEMENT: ASTM D 2564. PRIMER: ASTM F 656 2.2 CONDENSATE ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE B. SOLID -WALL PVC PIPE: ASTM D 2665, DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT. WHERE EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT, PVC MUST BE PAINTED WITH A UV PROTECTANT PAINT FORMULATED FOR OUTDOOR USE. B.1. SOLVENT CEMENT: ASTM D 2564 2.3 INSTALLATION A. LAY BURIED BUILDING DRAINAGE PIPING BEGINNING AT LOW POINT OF EACH SYSTEM. INSTALL TRUE TO GRADES AND ALIGNMENT INDICATED, WITH UNBROKEN CONTINUITY OF INVERT. INSTALL REQUIRED GASKETS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE OF LUBRICANTS, CEMENTS, AND OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. MAINTAIN SWAB IN PIPING AND PULL PAST EACH JOINT AS COMPLETED. A.1. INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING AT THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM SLOPES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED: A.1.1. BUILDING SANITARY DRAIN: 2 PERCENT DOWNWARD IN DIRECTION OF FLOW FOR PIPING NPS 3 AND SMALLER; 1 PERCENT DOWNWARD IN DIRECTION OF FLOW FOR PIPING NPS 4 AND LARGER. A.1.2. VENT PIPING: 1 PERCENT DOWN TOWARD VERTICAL FIXTURE VENT OR TOWARD VENT STACK. B. INSTALL HANGERS FOR PVC PIPING WITH THE FOLLOWING MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL SPACING AND MINIMUM ROD DIAMETERS: NPS 1-1/2 AND NPS 2: 48 INCHES WITH 3/8-INCH ROD. NPS 3: 48 INCHES WITH 1/2-INCH ROD. NPS 4 AND NPS 5: 48 INCHES WITH 5/8-INCH ROD. C. INSTALL SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL PVC PIPING EVERY 48 INCHES. D. ROD DIAMETER MAY BE REDUCED ONE SIZE FOR DOUBLE -ROD HANGERS, WITH 3/8-INCH MINIMUM RODS. SECTION 3 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 3.0 DOMESTIC WATER (PEX - TYPE 'A' IS AN APPROVED MATERIAL, OR COPPER TYPE "L") A. ALL DOMESTIC WATER SHALL COMPLY WITH NSF STANDARD 372 FOR LOW LEAD. B. UNDERSLAB PIPING AND THROUGH SLAB PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 80 PVC. C. PIPING SHALL BE CPVC CTS OR SCH. 80 CPVC, FOR SIZES 2 IN OR SMALL, SCH 80 FOR 2 1/2 IN AND LARGER D. ALL ABOVE SLAB DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE UPONOR PEX-A IN UBER FRAMES OR COPPER TYPE "L" IN MEP ROOF RACKS. D.1. CPVC SOCKET FITTINGS: ASTM F 439 FOR SCHEDULE 80. D.2. CPVC THREADED FITTINGS: ASTM F 437, SCHEDULE 80 D.3. CPVC PIPING SYSTEM: ASTM D 2846/D 2846M, SDR 11, PIPE AND SOCKET FITTINGS 3.1 DOMESTIC PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. INSTALL VINYL -COATED HANGERS FOR PEX-A PIPING WITH THE FOLLOWING MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL SPACING AND MINIMUM ROD DIAMETERS: A.1. NPS 1 AND SMALLER: 36 INCHES WITH 3/8-INCH ROD. A.2. NPS 1-1/4 TO NPS 2: 48 INCHES WITH 3/8-INCH ROD. B. INSTALL SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL CPVC PIPING EVERY 60 INCHES FOR NPS 1 AND SMALLER, AND EVERY 72 INCHES FOR NPS 1-1/4 AND LARGER. SECTION 4 - MED GAS PIPING 4.0 COMPRESSED AIR A. COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SHALL BE COPPER TYPE L. 4.1 VACUUM PIPING A. VACUUM PIPING SHALL BE PVC OR COPPER TYPE-L. SECTION 5 - SPRINKLER PIPING 5.0 TRANSITIONS FROM UBER TO MAIN A. TRANSITION PIPING FROM UBER TO MAIN SHALL BE BLACK STEEL SCHEDULE 40 OR SCHEDULE 10; GROOVED (VICTAULIC) AND THREADED FITTINGS SECTION 6 - SPINKLER HEADS 6.0 PENDENT HEADS A. QUICK RESPONSE, PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD - VIKING MICROFAST QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD MD #VK302 (OR EQUAL) 6.1 A. QUICK RESPONSE, UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD - VIKING MICROFAST QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD MD #VK300 (OR EQUAL) 6.2 EXTENDED COVERAGE HEADS A. QUICK RESPONSE, EXTENDED COVERAGE PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD - VIKING MICROFAST QUICK RESPONSE MD #VK600 (OR EQUAL) SECTION 7 - VALVES 7.0 GENERAL A. SHUTOFF VALVES SHALL BE TWO-PIECE FULL PORT BRONZE BALL WITH STAINLESS STEEL TRIM. B. GATE VALVES SHALL BE FOR DRAIN APPLICATIONS ONLY. C. INCLUDE ISOLATION VALVES ON HOT AND COLD TO ALL GROUPS OF FIXTURES. D. QUARTER -TURN BRONZE WATER STOPS REQUIRED FOR ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES. E. BALANCING VALVES ARE REQUIRED ON HOT WATER RE -CIRCULATION LINES. F. ACCESS PANELS IN CEILING OR WALL REQUIRED FOR ALL CONCEALED VALVES. G. DOMESTIC WATER VALVES SHALL COMPORT TO PEX-A. 7.1 BALL VALVES A. TWO-PIECE, FULL -PORT, BRONZE BALL VALVES WITH STAINLESS STEEL TRIM B. MSS SP-110, SWP RATING: 150 PSIG, CWP RATING: 600 PSIG C. BALL: STAINLESS STEEL; ENDS THREADED; SEATS PTFE OR TFE; STEM: STAINLESS STEEL D. BRASS OR PLASTIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTES. 7.2 GATE VALVES A. CLASS 150, NRS BRONZE GATE VALVES; MSS SP-80, TYPE 1; CWP RATING 300 PSIG B. RISING STEM RS; ASTM B 62, BRONZE WITH INTEGRAL SEAT AND UNION -RING BONNET. BRONZE OR STAINLESS STEEL STEM. 7.3 CHECK VALVES A. CLASS 150, BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES WITH NONMETALLIC DISC B. ASTM B 62, BRONZE; MSS SP-80, TYPE 4; CWP RATING 300 PSIG; DISC PTFE OR TFE. 7.4 BALANCING VALVES A. LEAD FREE AUTO BALANCING VALVES A.1. CIRCUITSOLVER ASSEMBLY - THERMOMEGA TECH, INC OR EQUAL A.2. BODY: TYPE 303 STAINLESS STEEL. A.3. COMPONENTS: SHUT-OFF VALVE, CHECK VALVE, AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVE SECTION 8 - SLEEVES 8.0 MATERIAL A. PVC -PIPE SLEEVES: ASTM D 1785, SCHEDULE 40. B. GALVANIZED -STEEL -SHEET SLEEVES: 0.0239-INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS; ROUND TUBE CLOSED WITH WELDED LONGITUDINAL JOINT. 8.1 SLEEVES REQUIREMENT A. CONCRETE OR CMU WALLS: PVC SLEEVES B. OTHER WALLS OR PARTITIONS: PVC, GLAVANIZED STEEL, MOLDED PVC C. CONCRETE FLOORS: PVC SLEEVES NO SLEEVES REQUIRED IN CORE -DRILLED HOLES SECTION 9 - GAUGES 9.0 GENERAL A. PROVIDE TEMPERATURE GAUGE ON WATER LEAVING WATER HEATER B.1. DIRECT -MOUNTED, METAL -CASE, DIAL -TYPE PRESSURE GAGES: B.2. STANDARD: ASME B40.100. B.3. CASE: LIQUID -FILLED TYPE(S); CAST ALUMINUM OR DRAWN STEEL; 4-1/2-INCH NOMINAL DIAMETER. B.4. PRESSURE -ELEMENT ASSEMBLY: BOURDON TUBE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SECTION 10 - INSULATION 10.0 BASIC INSULATION MATERIALS, FITTINGS, AND FINISHES A. PIPE INSULATION: A.1. CLOSED CELL "ARMAFLEX" SHALL BE USED FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING. A.2. TYPE I, 850 DEG F MATERIALS: MINERAL OR GLASS FIBERS BONDED WITH A THERMOSETTING RESIN. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 547, TYPE I, GRADE A, WITH FACTORY -APPLIED ASJ-SSL. FACTORY -APPLIED JACKET REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED IN "FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS" ARTICLE. A.3. ASJ-SSL: ASJ WITH SELF-SEALING, PRESSURE -SENSITIVE, ACRYLIC -BASED ADHESIVE COVERED BY A REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE STRIP; COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1136, TYPE I B. INSULATE ALL HOT AND HOT WATER RETURN PIPING IN WALLS THAT ARE NOT INSULATED. C. INSULATE COLD WATER RISERS AND COLD WATER PIPING CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS 10.1 INSTALLATION A. INSULATE PIPE ELBOWS USING PREFORMED FITTING INSULATION OR MITERED FITTINGS MADE FROM SAME MATERIAL AND DENSITY AS ADJACENT PIPE INSULATION. EACH PIECE SHALL BE BUTTED TIGHTLY AGAINST ADJOINING PIECE AND BONDED WITH ADHESIVE. B. ALL INSULATION TO BE APPLIED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL INSULATION SHALL COMPLY WITH 25/50 FLAME AND SMOKE HAZARD RATINGS PER ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 AND UL 723. C. DO NOT INSULATE OVER VALVING OR UNIONS. SECTION 11 - ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 11.0 MANUFACTURER A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: A.1. BRADFORD WHITE CORPORATION. A.2, LOCHINVAR, LLC. A.3. RHEEM MANUFACTURING COMPANY, A.4. SMITH, A. 0. CORPORATION. A.5. STATE INDUSTRIES. 11.1 WATER HEATER A. STORAGE -TANK CONSTRUCTION: GLASS -LINED STEEL. B. ZINC PLATED COPPER SHEATHED ELEMENTS C. CSA CERTIFIED ASME RATED T & P RELIEF VALVE D. STORAGE -TANK CONSTRUCTION: GLASS -LINED STEEL. 11.2 ACCESSORIES B. EXPANSION TANK: STEEL PRESSURE -RATED TANK CONSTRUCTED WITH WELDED JOINTS AND FACTORY -INSTALLED BUTYL -RUBBER DIAPHRAGM. C. HEAT TRAPS: FIELD -FABRICATED PIPING ARRANGEMENT ACCORDING TO ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. D. COMBINATION TEMPERATURE -AND -PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES: ASME RATED AND STAMPED E. SUPPORT: FLOOR STAND TO SET WATER HEATER ABOVE ELEVATION OF ADJACENT MOP SINK. F. DRAIN PANS: CORROSION -RESISTANT METAL WITH RAISED EDGE. COMPLY WITH ANSI/CSA LC 3. INCLUDE DIMENSIONS NOT LESS THAN BASE OF DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER, AND INCLUDE DRAIN OUTLET NOT LESS THAN NPS 3/4. SECTION 12 - WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS 12.0 GENERAL A.1. WATER -HAMMER ARRESTERS: A.2. STANDARD: ASSE 1010 OR PDI-WH 2O1. A.3. TYPE: METAL BELLOWS OR COPPER TUBE WITH PISTON. AA. SIZE: ASSE 1010, SIZES AA AND A THROUGH F, OR PDI-WH 2O1, SIZES A THROUGH F. A.5 MODEL MUST STATE IN MANUFACTURERS LITERATURE "NO MAINTENANCE REQUIRED - NO ACCESS PANEL NECESSARY". SECTION 13 - PLUMBING FIXTURES & EQUIPMENT 13.0 GENERAL A.1. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON SHEET P-601 ARE "BASIS OF DESIGN", AND DEMONSTRATE THE EXPECTED MINIMUM QUALITY, AND/OR MINIMUM PERFORMANCE. EQUAL PRODUCTS MAY BE SUBMITTED/PROVIDED WITH APPROVAL OF EOR. RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 p GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: s No. 686 '11 e •� STATE OF 11 R 11jz�I ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: TJO SHEET: SPECIFICATIONS BIM 3601MMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt P002 11/13/2020 12:00:06 PM I I: I C 14 RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: �.•��CENSF.! No. 686 -1 s STATE OF 0 R 10 P .•�� Ilfsl(Zv ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/2020 DRAWN BY: Author SHEET: DWV BELOW SLAB Pi 01 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Site-0706_Zephyrhills.rvt 11/23/2020 1:50:40 PM i C C i BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: ,• EN No. 686 •1 , * 9 STATE OF 11 I Z`i f Z9 ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND PIPING LEGEND: (SD) STORM DRAIN (W) SANITARY WASTE (V) SANITARY VENT (D) CONDENSATE DRAIN (DCW) DOMESTIC COLD WATER (DHW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER SUPPLY (DHWR) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN (MV) MEDICAL VACUUM (MA) MEDICAL AIR CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: TJO SHEET: DWV ABOVE FLOOR P1 02 11/13/2020 12:00:25 PM 1 1' _ M17t f.11 I f L �_ 11 r -r TIi?rf IglMl II Ir 1 fl t-I 1I I I 8 I 7 I 6 I 5 I 4 F G F H [97 C C0 0 0 RPZ BA( PREVEN UPSTRE HEATER WATER EXTEND TO FLO( ROOM. REFER 1 ON P501 HEATER 1 2 3 NEW 2" DCW SHALL BE EXTENDED AND CONNECTED INTO EXISTING DCW LINE WITHIN EXISTING STORE. CONNECTION WITHIN STORE j BY OTHERS. 0 P1 1 2 3 4 5 PLUMBING -UTILITIES 1 /4 = 1 -0 T-1)2' VACUUM LINE FROM ROOMS TO AMALrAAM SEPARATOR T SCH. 4a PVC BY PLUMBER, SEE HENRY SCHEN REP. RUN TO EXTERIOR_ PROTECT EXTERIOR FIFING FRC-w OUTDOOR ELEMENTS AS HEWED AMALGAM SEPARATOR, SEE 29A DETANL MORE INFORMATNGN VA CSTAtR SGH VAr-IJUM AMTAR 30 NEO AIR COMPRESSOR DIW LEG �--- 491 ROD CC7F+LgI 1C?+S" ABOVE CBLIMG IOR PER CO DO s I b/4 LOW VOLTAGE WIRE TO REMOTE S"J7-0FF BY ELECTRICIAN. I TO COMPRESSOR AND 2 FO VACUUM 2' SCH. 40 PVC $MH .AV FOAKE FOR AIR COMPRESSOR TWC1G� 4GBOX &('212XN, 15A, I AAWG DEMATED CIRCUM I FOR VACSIAR MH BY ELECTRICV&& POWER IS HARDWIRED. E1KTRIC:L+%N TO SUPPLY ORS,CONNECT BOX E ELECTRICAL PAtEL IS NOT IN MECHANICAL ROOM I /T WATER SUPPLY UNE WITH 117 FNPT SHVT-OFF VALVE BY CONTRACTOR DRAJN I' FLEX "ME WAPLEX BOX d 7#VV NEMA 6-?0R 5IMAP%EX OUTLET, 12AWG BY ELECTRICIAN FOR AIRSTAR30 NE6 AIR$TAR 30 NEC COMPRESSOR HAS THE AftrrY (O CON14C1105 THE OFFICE NETWORK.., CONSULT WITH CW NER AND HNRY50-11EIN REP DATA CASLW40 AMb JACK PROVIDED BY OWNERS I.T. CIDMPANY, N= 1. MAIL PROVIDED FOR UTIL fY RE4iUI11IMMOM. REM 10 MANUFACIUREIrSINSI'ALLAI)ON GUIDE FOR ADQTONAL INFORMATION, 2 INSTALLATIC04 MUST CCNFORM TO ALL LOCAL ELECTRICAL AND PLLImbNG CODES. 3. FINAL CQW*C714M TO BE MADE BY CCIVTRACTOR. 4_ MELCKON?CAL RCS++ MIISr BE KEPI 891WKN Or-10dr F. A THER6K6TAT COIN1IROLIED E%HAL15T FAN D I ECO MAh IENI iED. SPECIFICATIONS PER MEC" MICAL ENGINEER. S, PROVIDE A BUCK B=T TRANSFORMER IF FAi dJ1Y SERVICE DOES NOT FALL WITHIN THE RECOMMEN M SUPPLY VOLTAGE FLUCTUATON OF t IC%OF NONMWAL VOLTAGE RATIIIN S UISTE0. VERIFY SUPPLIER OF BUCK -BOOST TRANISFORMER WITH I#NRY SC1QN EMPME14T SPECIAL ST. AIRSTAR 30 NEO PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS ;ONVNFL+d VAC RATII NG 230 VOLTAGE WNYMAA 19st242 FULL LOAD AMPS 9 MIM CIRCL11 BREAKERR RATING JAMPS) 20 WATTS PER HOUR 1Edo Of M HOUR ??S? "N WIRE 51L Awg 12 117 TYPE `K' OR A' COPPER AIR UNE TO TREATMENT ROOM$ ALIT W FNPT END FNITNG BY PLUMBER AIR 4 ]llTLET WITH 6'FLEXIBLE FR{7«ir �EV.+4INC+N 1j� ' CL06ED VENTECS DRAIN LINE FROM WALL OR FLOOR BY PLUMBER, NO TRAP C*FORE VENT HOSE INCLUDI D. 3/9 .W�F'f R DRAIN LINE WITH P-TRAP AND AIR GAP. 110 — PLCI+]f3 #INN PQLLtaw LPJC AL CO[ t�. A/V STACKED AIRSTAR 30 NEO COMPRESSOR & VACSTAR ,SOH VACUUM NOT 10 SCALE VACSTAR 50H PRODUCT SPECIFICA,TK )INS A of MOIORS 2 NONV14AL YAC RATNc,; 230 VOLTAGEMIINfMAX 1"1242 PILL LOAD AMPS a It 2) MIN. CIRCLNIT BREAKER RATING IAMP51 I,SA Ix 21 WAPTS PR HOUR 1875 BTiI PER 1IR 6M A+JN WIRE SIZE AW15 II 5.8 5.9 6 7 5.8 5.9 6 7 INLET FOR CONNECTION TO MAIN V'ACULDA LINE. USE PROVIDED INLET AND GUILE( Calutto 2223 x PIPt�G, pO NOT GLUE PLUWONG TO THE ACADIA IN IM OR CUTLET. ---+ 3 7.8 8 7.8 8 AMALGAM SEPARATOR SUPPLIED BY HEtWY €CHE N DENTAL. M iTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTIONS BY PLUMBER COORDINATE LOCATION WIT#4 HENRY SCHEIN TECHW". 11 1 1 LIft4GouhErV FCLAIm tkEcr��T�1 rO wC Rx�lG Vl4CLAUM TNLEi OR t7RY VA�.CUL,Y+,I COtLECTIQN TANG, AAOkjWr SEPARATOR( SO THAT THIS OUTLET IS HIGHER THAN THE VACULW IANK OR PUMP INLET. USE PKWIDED TVIET AND OUTLET COLIPLINIGS `M IIH Qf? NiC?T C3RLJE PLUAN NG N ACADIA IN ILFT 09 OUTLE, s SEE VACUUM PUMP DETAIL FOR VACULRM LAVE TERAAINAITION FROM TREATMENT ROON.M , MECHANICAL ROOM FLC+QR 9 A 2 AIRTECHNIQUES A ADIIA AMALGAM SEPARATOR_ NOT 10 SCALE AMALGAM SEPARATOR 11 p IUTRI 01 10 I 1[ I!,I• •, 7if, Ip I 'I Ir III. I11"I rvl n 1 RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. G Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM F STAMP: H FBI ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE C NOTES & LEGEND B PIPING LEGEND: (SD) STORM DRAIN (W) SANITARY WASTE (V) SANITARY VENT (D) CONDENSATE DRAIN (DCW) DOMESTIC COLD WATER (DHW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER SUPPLY (DHWR) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN (MV) MEDICAL VACUUM (MA) MEDICAL AIR - A CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: TJO SHEET: PLUMBING UTILITIES DENTAL MECHANICAL ROOM DETAIL 1 1 /2r' = 1 1 -01 1 1 1 /2" = 1 r-0" I P103 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.la_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 5:41:29 PM I: I C C r BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.la_Prototype.rvt RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: �•��CENSF•. *� No. 686 • + , '9t STATE OF0% ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND PIPING LEGEND: (SD) STORM DRAIN (W) SANITARY WASTE (V) SANITARY VENT (D) CONDENSATE DRAIN (DCW) DOMESTIC COLD WATER (DHW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER SUPPLY (DHWR) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN (MV) MEDICAL VACUUM (MA) MEDICAL AIR CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: TJO SHEET: PLUMBING ROOF PLAN P1 04 11 /13/2020 12:01:00 PM I I I I I it I I i I L__ 1 I I" I "I I 1 ILI" I' E"11" 1_ I I I I! I I I I__ 4' I -- -- 11" F F1 14 EXTERIOR WALL (REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT WALL CONSTRUCTION) INTERIOR OF BUILDING \ 6"DIA CORED HOLE WALL HYDRANT - ZURN MODEL Z1322-EZ-WC (ENCASED - NOW \ FREEZE) 3/4" COLD WATER TO WALL HYDRANT ---__ 3/4" HOSE CONNECTION i" WALL CLAMP _ PLYWOOD OR SIMILAR o N PACK OPEN AREA / WITH INSULATION 9 WALL HYDRANT ROOF DRAIN, SEE ROOF DRAIN, SEE — CLEANOUT AND ACCESS ROOF INSTALLATION DETAIL / INSTALLATION DETAIL CLEANOUT AND ACCESS j COVER. TOP OF COVER TO ROOF �, COVER. TOP OF COVER TO BE i BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF FLOOR. REFER TO FLUSH WITH TOP OF CONCRETE DRAINAGE SPECIALITY SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS ` BRASS CLEANOUT PLUG / HORIZONTAL SUPPORT HORIZONTAL SUPPORT W/ COUNTER SUNK HEAD REQUIRED AT ALL BENDS MAX. V-0" REQUIRED AT ALL BENDS MAY EXTEND AS WASTE OR VENT POUR CONCRETE BASE AROUND `� FINISHED BRASS CLEANOUT PLUG ' THREADED CLEANOUT PLUG W/ STAINLESS STEEL FLOOR DRAIN 1'-6"X 1'-6"X 4" �\ FLOOR W/ COUNTER SUNK HEAD \. \ ACCESS PANEL WALL WALL WALL INSULATION ALL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL j \� INSULATION ALL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL STORM THREADED CLEANOUT PLUG STORM PIPING UP TO AND INCLUDING ROOF PIPING FROM FLOOR UP TO AND INCLUDING ROOF W/ STAINLESS STEEL COVER NOTE: SEE PLAN FOR ALL DRAIN BODY NOTE: SEE PLAN FOR ALL DRAIN BODY PIPE SIZES PIPE SIZES �-- � SUPPORT AS REQUIRED SUPPORT AS REQUIRED EXTERIOR _--- INTERIOR I FINISHED FLOOR RAIN WATER CONDUCTOR IN WEB OF COLUMN OR AS DOWNSPOUT IN WEB OF COLUMN OR AS INDICATED ON DRAWING j INDICATED ON DRAWING DOWNSPOUT COVER (ZURN j I OR EQUAL) CLEANOUT TEE (COMBINATION OR SANITARY — CLEANOUT TEE (COMBINATION OR SANITARY TEE WITH �� TEE WITH BALANCE OF PIPING SAME 4" \ 4" 4" � CLEANOUT PLUG NOT ACCEPTABLE) j CLEANOUT PLUG NOT ACCEPTABLE) I AS CLEANOUT TO GRADE _ FLOOR FLOOR 4" TWO-WAY 4" COMBINATION WYE & 1/8 BEND COLUMN FOOTING CLEANOUT TEE CLEANOUT TEE 4" 1/4 BEND COLUMN FOOTING I SEE FLOOR PLAN CLEAN -OUT TEE RUN OF PIPE END OF RUN - FOR CONTINUATION 3 5 WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL (CONCEALED) , 6 CLEANOUTS 7 SECONDARY ROOF DRAIN DETAIL1 8 PRIMARY ROOF DRAIN PIPING 1 1/2"DHW CHECK VALVE (TYP) �\` SHUT-OFF BALL VALVE SUPPLY �.� CIRC PUMP (CP-1) BALL VALVE (FROM RPZ �� BALANCING VALVE CW BACKFLOW — — �� ��� �� / o (SHUT-OFF VALVE) CHECK VALVE NON METALLIC TUBING OR TYPE "K" COPPER WITH PLASTIC BARRIER TO TRAP PRIMER CONTINOUS WITH NO BELOW FLOOR \ SUPPLY / i _ __ 120 F HW PREVENTER)/ - { F RETURN 1 1/2 DCW % \ AQUASTAT SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP) � �— THERMOMETER W/ GAUGE COCK (TYP) REFER TO FLOOR CIRCUIT SOLVER - AUTOMATIC PLAN FOR SIZES BALANCING VALVE HOT WATER RETURN LINE JOINTS � FLOOR DRAIN TO FROMTRAP ER DRAIN \ TRAP PRIMER VALVE FINISHED FLOOR COLD WATER TO EXPANSION TANK SEE NOTE) ) Lx LX SUPPLY PIPING i A.S.M.E. APPROVED TEMPERATURE AND - — SLOPE — PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. PIPE FULL SIZE ? HW BRANCH LINE DIELECTRIC UNION (TYP) TO WATER HEATER PAN, OR INDIRECT OVER FLOOR DRAIN EXPANSION TANK NOTE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION - EWH-1 WATER HW TO FIXTURE(S) REFER TO FLOOR SLOPE J� DISTRIBUTION UNIT THERMAL EXPANSION TANK EQUAL WATER HEATER SET TEMP -130-DEG F. HEATER o PLAN FOR SIZES (WHERE APPLICABLE) TO A.O. SMITH POBOOBCOR SERIES RETURN WATER TEMP -120-DEG F. 200, 4.8 GALLON CAPACITY. CIRC PUMP SET POINTS INSTALLED IN DCW LINE TURN ON @ 110-DEG F. OPTIONAL FROM TRAP PRIMER TO DOWNSTREAM OF ALL CHECK TURN OFF @ 120 - DEG F. NOTE: TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION FITTING VALVES, PRESSURE REDUCING INSTALL CIRCUIT SOLVER (BALANCING VALVE), CHECK VALVE, AND BALL VALVE AT EACH VALVES, AND BACKFLOW i TANK DRAIN HOT WATER RETURN LOOP (AT CONNECTION WHERE HOT WATER MEETS HOT WATER RETURN). PREVENTERS. SIZED AND INSTALLED WHERE POSSIBLE, INSTALL VALVES ON HW RETURN LINE ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. ' PER MANUFACTURER'S PAN DRAIN INSTALL DRAIN PAN BENEATH WATER RECOMMENDATIONS. i HEATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODES. TERMINATE PAN DRAIN j ff INSTALL WATER FINISHED FLOOR INDIRECT OVER FLOOR DRAIN HEATER ON STAND OR IT 4" CONC PAD ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 2 HOT WATER CIRCULATION PIPING AT FIXTURE 3 FLOOR DRAIN WITH TRAP PRIMER 4 PRESSURE STYLE TRAP PRIMER RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 %!9f4!00 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: Eiv, �y. s tiCSn t 9 S"SATE OF ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: TJO SHEET: DETAILS P501 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 12:01:03 PM G �L- F1 R C G RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 ,R LJ GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 to GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: 1IW11Ul111t1y��� .. •' �CEMS'•. '�, i AIO. 686 -1 s •o ;� STATE OF ORIDP.•� ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND I CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: TJO SHEET: SCHEDULES P601 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.la_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 12:01:06 PM F E C A 0 RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: ,,-�oCENS'•��y�'� s � s *i No. 686 j �* STATE OF .%ORI®�' /Q IP ISSUE SCHEDULE REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/20/2020 DRAWN BY: Author SHEET: DWV RISER DIAGRAM P701 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Site-0706_Zephyrtiiiis.rv'L 11/23/2020 1:50:46 PIVI G L R R 1 L! I I I I _ I I" '! I I __ - 1______I"' Li 1_ _ _llf I 1 RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhilis, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • r Bessemer, AL 35020 P:205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: �►WIIUfbry�� y�CENSF •. s *i No. 686 `i STATE Of s ti,. �' OR 10 ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: TJO SHEET: DOMESTIC RISER DIAGRAM P702 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 5:41:33 PM 8 I 7 I 6 I 5 I I I I I I I IN11' I'll 1' ' I -- _ _I _ _ ! 1 _ -1 1 ' 11111111 ' 1- - 4 I 3 2 1 IT I .' 1, 1 I 1 1 4 F E FBI r� Al W ABBREVIATIONS DESIGN CONDITIONS ACH AIR CHANGES PER HOUR FD FIRE DAMPER AD ACCESS DOOR FOB FLAT ON BOTTOM ADJ ADJUSTABLE FPM FEET PER MINUTE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FPS FEET PER SECOND AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT FT FEET OR FOOT ALT ALTITUDE ANSI AMERICAN NAT. STD. INST. GA GAGE OR GAUGE ATFP ANTI -TERRORISM FORCE PROTECTION GAL GALLON GBD GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER HOA HAND -OFF -AUTOMATIC SWITCH BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER HP HORSEPOWER BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT BOL BOTTOM OF LOUVER HR HOUR BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNIT PER HOUR IN. INCHES IN. WG INCHES OF WATER GAUGE CD CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE KW KILOWATTS DB DRY BULB TEMPERATURE LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL LBS POUNDS DEG DEGREES LBS/HR POUNDS PER HOUR DIA DIAMETER OA OUTSIDE AIR OAT OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE OC ON CENTER PD PRESSURE DROP (FT OF H20) PH PHASE PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE QTY QUANTITY RA RETURN AIR RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SA SUPPLY AIR SD SMOKE DETECTOR SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFF. RATIO SF SQUAREFEET SP STATIC PRESSURE (" OF H20) SS STAINLESS STEEL DN DOWN MAX MAXIMUM TBD TO BE DETERMINED DWG DRAWING MBH BTU PER HOUR (THOUSAND) TEMP TEMPERATURE DX DIRECT EXPANSION MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (E) EXISTING EA EACH EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO EL ELEVATION ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE F FAHRENHEIT FSD COMBO FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER T>rp TYPICAL MD MOTORIZED DAMPER MIN MINIMUM UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED MISC MISCELLANEOUS MOCP MAX OVER -CURRENT PROTECTION MVD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER V VOLT VV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME N.C. NORMALLY CLOSED VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO, NUMBER W WATTS N.O. NORMALLY OPEN WB WET BULB NTS NOT TO SCALE SEE MECHANICAL SYMBOLS, LEGENDS AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL ABBREVIATIONS. SOME ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS, OR LEGENDS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE USED ON TO THIS PROJECT. PLAN SYMBOLS FLEX DUCT WALL SWITCH TD DUCT MOUNTED THERMOSTAT FLEX CONNECTION Z SUPPLY DIFFUSER OT THERMOSTAT / TEMPERATURE SENSOR r � RET REGISTER/GRILLE SD TURNING VANES DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR MITERED ELBOW W/ H HUMIDISTAT /HUMIDITY SENSOR EXH REGISTER OR MOTORIZED DAMPER RADIUS ELBOW UNDERCUT DOOR CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR SKD SMOKE DAMPER SINGLE VANE - EMERGENCY VENTILATION SHUTOFF SWITCH VANED SPUTTER W/ TURNING VANES CLEARANCES HORIZONTAL REMOVAL OR FD CLEARANCE (TUBES, COILS, FILTERS, FD ETC) AT FLOORLEVEL. (F/SD) (F/SD) VERTICAL FIRE DAMPER j,/� HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL (VERTICAL FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER) CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM FLOOR i FD TO EQUIPMENT ABOVE CEILING (F/SD) HORIZONTAL FIRE DAMPER (ELECTRIC HEATERS, INLINE FANS, (HORIZONTAL FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER) ETC). UP DN CALLOUTS -E:$ CHANGE OF ELEVATION SECTION ® KEY NOTE TRANSITION, CONCENTRIC DRAWING POINT OF CONNECTION REFERENCE NUMBER POINT OF DISCONNECT SHEET NUMBER RECTANGULAR TO ROUND TRANSITION ENLARGED PLAN OR DETAIL SUPPLY OR OA FLOW VOLUME DAMPER VERTICAL DUCT RISE VERTICAL DUCT DROP r� INDICATES RECTANGULAR DUCT AIR DEVICE DESIGNATION AIR DEVICE (SEE AIR DIST SCHEDULE) = S-A6 100 CFM AIRFLOW 18"xT S18"xT SAS WITH DUCT SIZE 18 INCHES WIDE (IN PLANE OF DRAWING) AND 6 INCHES DEEP. SIZE PERTAINS TO THE ENTIRE RUN OF DUCT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 18"xT- SA INDICATES FLAT OVAL DUCT F18"xT- SAWITH DUCT SIZE 18 INCHES WIDE (IN PLANE OF DRAWING) AND 6 INCHES DEEP. SIZE PERTAINS TO THE ENTIRE RUN OF DUCT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. �_18" o SAS 18" o SA INDICATES ROUND DUCT WITH DUCT SIZE OF 18 INCHES IN DIAMETER. SIZE PERTAINS TO THE ENTIRE RUN OF DUCT (FROM DUCT ORIGIN AT TAP TO END OF DUCT) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. OCCUPIED SPACES (RESIDENCES, COMMON AREAS, OFFICES, ETC) & ELECTRICAUTELECOM ROOMS LOCATION LATITUDE ELEVATION WINTER SUMMER TAMPA, FL 28.2 95 OUTDOOR Fdb INDOOR (Fdb) ACHR OUTDOOR Fdb OUTDOOR (Fwb) INDOOR (Fdb) ACHR 19 72 - 93 74 73 - CODES AND STANDARDS 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - MECHANICAL 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - FUEL GAS 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - PLUMBING 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - ENERGY CONSERVATION SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS CATEGORY-B: SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY FOR THIS PROJECT IS CATEGORY B. PER ASCE STANDARD, ASCE/SEI 7-05, CHAPTER 13, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE EXEMPT AND REQUIRE NO SEISMIC SUPPORT OR SEISMIC BRACING. Blox Prototype, Ventilation Calculations (Calculated per ASHRAE 62.1-2013) Room Room # ftz ASHRAE Space Type or Closest fit M/ z (cfm/ft) Occupant Density M/1000 ftz) Occupants (cfm/person) pe Total OA per ASHRAE Required Total OA per ASHRAE Delivered Total OA CFM Delivered To AC Unit AC-2 Vestibule 101 77 Corridors 0.06 0 0.00 0 5 5 Lobby 106 678 Main entry lobbies 0.06 10 6.78 5 75 160 170 Corridor 173 90 Corridors 0.06 0 0.00 0 5 5 AC-3 Classroom 183 298 Classrooms (age 9 plus) 0.12 35 11.34 10 152 155 155 AC-4 Pretest 163 58 Office space 0.06 5 0.29 5 5 5 Contacts 164 54 Office space 0.06 5 0.27 5 5 5 Audiology 171 109 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.09 10 31 35 OD Exam 1 165 104 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.04 5 24 25 130 OD Exam 2 162 104 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.04 5 26 30 OD Wait 166 65 Corridors 0.06 0 0.00 0 4 5 Clinical Work 161 99 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.07 5 25 25 AC-5 Draw/Lab 153/154 178 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.78 5 24 25 Storage 151 B 37 Occupiable storage rooms for liquids or gels 0.12 2 0.07 5 5 35 60 AC-6 Break 151 215 Break rooms 0.06 25 5.38 5 40 40 40 AC-7 Treatment/Planning 132 46 Office space 0.06 5 0.23 5 4 5 Image 131 39 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 0.39 5 9 10 Dental Exam 3 133 133 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.33 5 31 40 135 Dental Exam 4 134 133 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.33 5 31 40 Dental Exam 5 135 133 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.33 5 31 40 AC-8 Dental Exam 1 143 133 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.33 5 31 40 Dental Exam 2 144 133 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.33 5 31 40 130 Sterile 145 112 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.12 5 26 30 Dental Corridor 105 323 Corridors 0.06 0 0.00 0 19 20 AC-9 Checkout 111 89 Lobbies 0.06 150 4.00 5 25 30 Exam 3 112 131 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.31 5 30 35 Exam 4 113 131 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.31 5 30 35 135 Exam 5 114 131 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.31 5 30 35 AC-10 Alcove 122 48 Office space 0.06 5 0.24 5 4 5 Dictate 123 28 Office space 0.06 5 0.14 5 2 5 X-Ray/Flex 124 131 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.31 5 30 35 115 Exam 1 125 132 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.32 5 30 35 Exam 2 126 131 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 1.31 5 30 35 AC-11 Exam Work 104 643 Pharmacy (prep. area) 0.18 10 6.41 5 147 150 Corridor 103 618 Corridors 0.06 0 0.00 0 39 40 190 5,564 Total: 1034 1260 Normally Unoccupied and Exhaust Only spaces Room Room # ftz Return/Exhaust available for heat recovery Direct Exhaust Conditioned make-up air to space Notes Summary Toilet 181 53 50 Grand Total square feet. 6,943 Lobby 106 678 200 Total Outside Air Delivered 1,260 Toilet 142 51 50 1 Total Return/Exhaust 1,050 Toilet 152 48 50 Grand Total Exhaust 1,050 Breakroom 151 195 100 Classroom 183 298 155 Mech 145A 17 395 Notes EVS 141 39 50 1) Exhaust excess relief air through Lobby (Room 106) Total: 1,379 1050 0 0 GENERAL NOTES ANY DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE APPLICABLE CODES, DRAWINGS, AND SPECIFICATIONS; THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY. THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL NOT BE MISCONSTRUED AS PERMISSION TO VIOLATE PUBLISHED CODES AND STANDARDS. 1. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MECHANICAL (HVAC) WORK AS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT) AS DEVELOPED BY GA/BLOX AND PERFORM SUCH WORK AS MAY BE REASONABLY INFERRED FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM. 2. THE SCHEDULED EQUIPMENT REPRESENTS THE BASIS OF DESIGN. THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND PLANS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE BASED ON THE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER OF THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES AS SCHEDULED. IN INSTANCES WHERE THE CONTRACTOR HAS SUBMITTED AND GA/BLOX HAS ACCEPTED EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN THE BASIS OF DESIGN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR ALL REQUIRED CHANGES TO ACCOMMODATE THE SUBSTITUTION AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE FROM ANY INVOLVED TRADE, INCLUDING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) ELECTRICAL SERVICE, STRUCTURAL FRAMING, ROOF SUPPORT, SERVICE ACCESSIBILITY, AND SPACE REQUIREMENTS. 3. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. ALL DUCTWORK WITH MITERED ELBOWS OR TEES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES. INCREASE DUCT SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE DUCT LINER. 4. PROVIDE SOUND LINER IN ALL RETURN AIR DUCTS OPEN TO PLENUM. SOUND LINER SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST PAST THE FIRST ELBOW OR 10 FEET FROM UNIT OPENING. PROVIDE 1" HARDWARE CLOTH OVER OPENING. 5. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXTERIOR WALLS AND ROOF INCLUDING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) PIPING, AND VENTS SHALL BE CAULKED MOISTURE AND AIR TIGHT. 6. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING FOR ALL CONDENSATE PRODUCING EQUIPMENT WHETHER SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR NOT. PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM WITH DISPOSAL TO AN APPROVED LOCATION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE. 7. FILTERS SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER AND RATED IAW ANSI/ASHRAE STANDARD 52.2 8. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS INCLUDING SERVICE AND CODE CLEARANCES, ALONG WITH UL LISTINGS. 9. ALL MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK ARE TO BE NEW, UNUSED, AND UNDAMAGED. ANY DAMAGED OR QUESTIONABLE MATERIAL IS TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT NO COST TO OWNER OR GA/BLOX. 10, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS IN DUCTWORK SYSTEMS FOR SERVICE AND INSPECTION OF DUCT MOUNTED EQUIPMENT INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS, SMOKE DETECTORS, TERMINAL BOXES, CONTROL DAMPERS, AIR FLOW MEASURING STATIONS, ETC. 11. PROVIDE T-STATS FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT. VERIFY LOCATION WITH ENGINEER IF LOCATION IS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONED THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. COORDINATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOCATIONS WITH FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT LAYOUTS, WINDOWS AND DOOR SWING AREAS. 12, PROVIDE LAYOUT COORDINATION FOR A CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD UNDER EACH FLOOR -MOUNTED PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. HOUSEKEEPING PAD SHALL EXTEND 6" BEYOND EQUIPMENT FOOTPRINT IN ALL FOUR DIRECTIONS. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION OF PAD WITH EQUIPMENT PURCHASED. PROVIDE 45-DEGREE CHAMFERED EDGES ON PAD. 13. ALL DUCTWORK TO FOLLOW SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 14, ALL MECHANICAL AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT, EXCEPT THOSE EXCLUDED UNDER NFPA 96 SHALL BE WIRED INTO THE FIRE ALARM PANEL AND SHALL SHUTDOWN UPON A RECEIPT OF A GENERAL FIRE ALARM. ALL DUCT -MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE WIRED INTO THE FIRE ALARM PANEL. THE ACTIVATION OF A DUCT -MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL: 1) SHUT DOWN THE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, 2) ACTIVATE A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE SUPERVISORY SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION VIA THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, AND 3) CLOSE MECHANICAL UNIT SMOKE DAMPERS (WHERE APPLICABLE). 15. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WITH ALL WALL CONTRACTORS TO ENSURE ALL WALL OPENINGS ARE PROPERLY FRAMED AND INSTALLED WITH REQUIRED CLEARANCES. ALL WALL OPENINGS SHALL BE FRAMED TO CONCEAL EXPOSED GYPSUM. ALL OPENINGS FOR DUCTS OR DAMPERS IN RATED WALLS SHALL BE FRAMED. COORDINATE WORK WITH SUPERINTENDENT. 16. PROVIDE A MOISTURE SENSOR IN THE SECONDARY CONDENSATE LINE TO PROVIDE SIGNAL TO SHUT DOWN MECHANICAL SYSTEM UPON DETECTION OF MOISTURE. 17. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT TO PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION ON CEILING TO MARK ALL MECHANICAL AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. 18. ROUND BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS TO RECTANGULAR MAINS SHALL BE MADE WITH CONICAL TAPS. RECTANGULAR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS TO RECTANGULAR MAINS SHALL BE MADE WITH SHOE FITTINGS. 19. PROVIDE CEILING ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED FOR BALANCING, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. ENSURE ACCESS PANEL IS OF SUFFICIENT SIZE FOR REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT. SHEET INDEX - MECHANICAL SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME M001 SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS M002 ZONING DIAGRAM M003 SPECIFICATIONS M101 MECHANICAL DUCTWORK M102 MECHANICAL PIPING M103 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M501 DETAILS M601 SCHEDULES M701 CONTROLS RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 GA PROJECT No: GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: �•��CENsF •� �, No. 686 .1 • 9 STATE OF J��z-,(1to ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/25/2020 DRAWN BY: WSC SHEET: SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS 11 M001 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/23/2020 1:33:36 PM 7 1 6 1 5 1 4 I 3 I 2 1 F E A C MECHANICAL ZONING DIAGRAM 1 /4" = 1'-0" =1 U RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: • �\CENSF << �%� Sri No. 686 • ) . r STATE O• .,©R I A- i ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: WSC SHEET: ZONING DIAGRAM I M002 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 12:02:58 PM E:1 7 0 _ ! I11t I 1 9 1 ' 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 I 1 i 10 0 C 0 SECTION 1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.0 SUBMITTALS 2.9 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. THESE PARAGRAPHS DEFINE THE MINIMUM SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. SEE A. MAKE CONNECTIONS ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED: INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIC TO 1. INSTALL UNIONS, IN PIPING NPS 2 AND SMALLER, ADJACENT TO EACH VALVE AND AT THOSE SECTIONS. FINAL CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURERS' DATA INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 2. INSTALL FLANGES, IN PIPING NPS 2-1 /2 AND LARGER, ADJACENT TO FLANGED VALVES 1. CERTIFIED DIMENSION SHEETS, SHOWING PLAN, ELEVATION AND AND AT FINAL CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. CONNECTIONS. 3. DRY PIPING SYSTEMS: INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND FLANGES TO CONNECT 2. SPECIFICATIONS. PIPING MATERIALS OF DISSIMILAR METALS. 3. WIRING DIAGRAMS. 4. WET PIPING SYSTEMS: INSTALL DIELECTRIC COUPLING AND NIPPLE FITTINGS TO 4. PERFORMANCE DATA. CONNECT PIPING MATERIALS OF DISSIMILAR METALS. 5. ACCESSORIES FURNISHED. 6. PRODUCT CATALOG DATA MARKED TO IDENTIFY SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT AND 2.10 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS FEATURES PROVIDED. A. INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW MAXIMUM POSSIBLE HEADROOM UNLESS SPECIFIC MOUNTING 7. ITEMIZE ALL ITEMS THAT DO NOT MEET SPECIFICATIONS. HEIGHTS ARE NOT INDICATED. 8. ITEMIZE ALL ITEMS THAT ARE EXCEPTIONS TO SPECIFICATIONS. B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT LEVEL AND PLUMB, PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO OTHER BUILDING 9. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS IN EXPOSED INTERIOR SPACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE C. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR SUBCONTRACTOR AND/OR VENDOR PREPARED DRAWINGS INDICATED. SUBMIT ELECTRONIC COPY OF DRAWINGS. DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE C. INSTALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TO FACILITATE SERVICE, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR OR LIMITED TO: REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS. CONNECT EQUIPMENT FOR EASE OF DISCONNECTING, 1. LAYOUT AT CONTRACT DRAWING SCALE. WITH MINIMUM INTERFERENCE TO OTHER INSTALLATIONS. EXTEND GREASE FITTINGS TO 2. ENLARGED AREAS AS NEEDED. ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. 3. DETAILS. D. INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW RIGHT OF WAY FOR PIPING INSTALLED AT REQUIRED SLOPE. 4. ELEVATIONS/SECTIONS. 2.11 DUCTWORK INSULATION 1.1 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. DUCTWORK INSULATION SHALL HAVE A RATED MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25, AND A MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50. A. GENERAL: SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT. SECTION 3: TESTING. ADJUSTING. AND BALANCING (TAB) FOR HVAC 3.1 TEST AND BALANCE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS B. COORDINATE THE LUGS OF ALL EQUIPMENT WITH THE CONDUCTORS CONNECTED TEST AND BALANCE IS PERFORMED BY MANUFACTURER'S AGENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL TO THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED UNDER THIS DIVISION. COORDINATE WITH TAB TECHNICIAN FOR PRELIMINARY INSPECTIONS AND TAB SERVICES. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE ACCESS TO ALL HVAC AND PIPING EQUIPMENT. C. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MECHANICAL WHERE ANY DEFICIENCIES ARE NOTED IN THE TAB PRELIMINARY OR FINAL REPORTING, THE AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS CONTRACTOR SHALL RESPOND AND RECTIFY ANY CONDITIONS RELATED TO THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK WHICH ARE IMPACTING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE, OPERATION, OR D. CONFORM TO FOLLOWING PROCEDURE INSTALLING AND CONNECTING ALL MAINTENANCE. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 1. ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR: MAKE ALL CONNECTIONS AND PROVIDE SECTION 5 - HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS AND INSTALL STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES WHERE INDICATED. 5.1 INSTALLATION 2. MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR: PROVIDE MOTOR STARTERS, A. CONNECT AND CONFIGURE EQUIPMENT TO ACHIEVE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SPECIFIED. DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONTROL POWER FROM PANELBOARD, WIRING DIAGRAMS B. VERIFY LOCATION OF THERMOSTATS AND OTHER EXPOSED CONTROL SENSORS WITH AND SUPERVISE ALL CONNECTIONS. DRAWINGS AND ROOM DETAILS BEFORE INSTALLATION. C. INSTALL LABELS AND NAMEPLATES TO IDENTIFY CONTROL COMPONENTS SECTION 2 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS D. ►NSTALL DUCT VOLUME -CONTROL DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED FOR 2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS PROPER BALANCING OF SYSTEM. A. PIPE THREADS: ASME B1.20.1 FOR FACTORY -THREADED PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS. 5.2 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION B. REFER TO SECTION 12 "REFRIGERANT PIPING" FOR VRF PIPING AND PIPING HANGAR A. INSTALL RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND CABINETS MATERIALS. B. INSTALL BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE C. CONNECT MANUAL -RESET LIMIT CONTROLS INDEPENDENT OF MANUAL -CONTROL SWITCH 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS POSITIONS. A. PIPE -FLANGE GASKET MATERIALS: ASME B16.21, NONMETALLIC, FLAT, ASBESTOS- D. CONNECT HAND -OFF -AUTO SELECTOR SWITCHES TO OVERRIDE AUTOMATIC INTERLOCK FREE, 1/8-INCH MAXIMUM THICKNESS UNLESS THICKNESS OR SPECIFIC MATERIAL IS CONTROLS WHEN SWITCH IS IN HAND POSITION. INDICATED. 5.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL B. PLASTIC, PIPE -FLANGE GASKET, BOLTS, AND NUTS: TYPE AND MATERIAL A. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AND PREPARE TEST REPORTS: RECOMMENDED BY PIPING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER, UNLESS OTHERWISE 1. OPERATIONAL TEST: AFTER ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY HAS BEEN ENERGIZED, START INDICATED. UNITS TO CONFIRM PROPER UNIT OPERATION. REMOVE AND REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING C. SOLDER FILLER METALS: ASTM B 32, LEAD-FREE ALLOYS. INCLUDE WATER- UNITS AND RETEST. FLUSHABLE FLUX ACCORDING TO ASTM B 813. 2. TEST AND ADJUST CONTROLS AND SAFETIES. D. BRAZING FILLER METALS: AWS A5.8, BCUP SERIES OR BAG1, UNLESS OTHERWISE 3. TEST CALIBRATION OF ELECTRONIC CONTROLLERS BY DISCONNECTING INPUT INDICATED. SENSORS AND STIMULATING OPERATION WITH COMPATIBLE SIGNAL GENERATOR. E. WELDING FILLER METALS: COMPLY WITH AWS D10.12. F. SOLVENT CEMENTS FOR JOINING PLASTIC PIPING: SECTION 6 - METAL DUCTS 1. ABS PIPING: ASTM D 2235. 6.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS 2. CPVC PIPING: ASTM F 493. A. COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS --METAL AND FLEXIBLE" 3. PV PIPING: ASTM D 2 E RD T M F C 564. INCLUDE PRIM R ACCO ING 0 AST 656 EPT BLE MATERIAL MATERIA THICKN SSES AND DUCT CONSTRUCTION FOR ACC A S L E 4. PVC TO ABS PIPING TRANSITION: ASTM D 3138. METHODS, UNLESS OTHERW►SE INDICATED. SHEET METAL MATERIALS SHALL BE FREE OF PITTING, SEAM MARKS, ROLLER MARKS, STAINS, DISCOLORATIONS, AND OTHER 2.3 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS IMPERFECTIONS. A. DESCRIPTION: COMBINATION FITTING OF COPPER ALLOY AND FERROUS MATERIALS B. GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL: LOCK -FORMING QUALITY; COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 653/A 653M WITH THREADED, SOLDER -JOINT, PLAIN, OR WELD -NECK END CONNECTIONS THAT AND HAVING G90 COATING DESIGNATION; DUCTS SHALL HAVE MILL-PHOSPHATIZED FINISH MATCH PIPING SYSTEM MATERIALS. FOR SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW. B. INSULATING MATERIAL: SUITABLE FOR SYSTEM FLUID, PRESSURE, AND C. REINFORCEMENT SHAPES AND PLATES: GALVANIZED -STEEL REINFORCEMENT WHERE TEMPERATURE. INSTALLED ON GALVANIZED SHEET METAL DUCTS. C. DIELECTRIC UNIONS: FACTORY -FABRICATED, UNION ASSEMBLY, FOR 250-PSIG D. TIE RODS: GALVANIZED STEEL, 1/4-INCH MINIMUM DIAMETER FOR LENGTHS 36 INCHES OR MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE AT 180 DEG F. LESS; 318-INCH MINIMUM DIAMETER FOR LENGTHS LONGER THAN 36 INCHES. D. DIELECTRIC FLANGES: FACTORY -FABRICATED, COMPANION -FLANGE ASSEMBLY, FOR 150- OR 300-PSIG MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE AS REQUIRED TO SUIT SYSTEM 6.2 SEALANT MATERIALS PRESSURES. A. JOINT AND SEAM SEALANTS, GENERAL: THE TERM "SEALANT" IS NOT LIMITED TO MATERIALS E. DIELECTRIC COUPLINGS: GALVANIZED -STEEL COUPLING WITH INERT AND OF ADHESIVE OR MASTIC NATURE BUT INCLUDES TAPES AND COMBINATIONS OF OPEN -WEAVE NONCORROSIVE, THERMOPLASTIC LINING; THREADED ENDS; AND 300-PSIG MINIMUM FABRIC STRIPS AND MASTICS. WORKING PRESSURE AT 225 DEG F. B. JOINT AND SEAM TAPE: 2 INCHES WIDE; GLASS -FIBER -REINFORCED FABRIC. F. DIELECTRIC NIPPLES: ELECTROPLATED STEEL NIPPLE WITH INERT AND C. TAPE SEALING SYSTEM: WOVEN -FIBER TAPE IMPREGNATED WITH GYPSUM MINERAL NONCORROSIVE, THERMOPLASTIC LINING; PLAIN, THREADED, OR GROOVED ENDS; COMPOUND AND MODIFIED ACRYLIC/SILICONE ACTIVATOR TO REACT EXOTHERMICALLY AND 300-PSIG MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE AT 225 DEG F. WITH TAPE TO FORM HARD, DURABLE, AIRTIGHT SEAL. D. WATER -BASED JOINT AND SEAM SEALANT: FLEXIBLE, ADHESIVE SEALANT, RESISTANT TO UV 2.4 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS LIGHT WHEN CURED, UL 723 LISTED, AND COMPLYING WITH NFPA REQUIREMENTS FOR A. DESCRIPTION: MODULAR SEALING ELEMENT UNIT, DESIGNED FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY, CLASS 1 DUCTS. TO FILL ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND SLEEVE. E. SOLVENT -BASED JOINT AND SEAM SEALANT: ONE -PART, NONSAG, SOLVENT -RELEASE B. SEALING ELEMENTS: NBR INTERLOCKING LINKS SHAPED TO FIT SURFACE OF PIPE. CURING, POLYMERIZED BUTYL SEALANT FORMULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 75 PERCENT INCLUDE TYPE AND NUMBER REQUIRED FOR PIPE MATERIAL AND SIZE OF PIPE. SOLIDS. C. PRESSURE PLATES: PLASTIC OR CARBON STEEL . INCLUDE TWO FOR EACH SEALING F. FLANGED JOINT MASTIC: ONE -PART, ACID -CURING, SILICONE, ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT ELEMENT. COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, CLASS 25, USE 0, D. CONNECTING BOLTS AND NUTS: CARBON STEEL WITH CORROSION -RESISTANT G. FLANGE GASKETS: BUTYL RUBBER OR EPDM POLYMER WITH POLYISOBUTYLENE COATING OF LENGTH REQUIRED TO SECURE PRESSURE PLATES TO SEALING PLASTICIZER. ELEMENTS. INCLUDE ONE FOR EACH SEALING ELEMENT. 6.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 2.5 SLEEVES A. BUILDING ATTACHMENTS: CONCRETE INSERTS, POWDER -ACTUATED FASTENERS, OR A. GALVANIZED -STEEL SHEET: 0.0239-INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS; ROUND TUBE CLOSED STRUCTURAL -STEEL FASTENERS APPROPRIATE FOR CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TO WHICH WITH WELDED LONGITUDINAL JOINT. HANGERS ARE BEING ATTACHED. REFER TO DRAWINGS. B. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53, TYPE E, GRADE B, SCHEDULE 40, GALVANIZED, PLAIN ENDS. B. HANGER MATERIALS: GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL OR THREADED STEEL ROD. C. CAST IRON: CAST OR FABRICATED "WALL PIPE" EQUIVALENT TO DUCTILE -IRON 1. HANGERS INSTALLED IN CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERES: ELECTROGALVANIZED, ALL - PRESSURE PIPE, WITH PLAIN ENDS AND INTEGRAL WATERSTOP, UNLESS OTHERWISE THREAD RODS OR GALVANIZED RODS WITH THREADS PAINTED W►TH ZINC -CHROMATE PRIMER INDICATED. AFTER INSTALLATION. D. STACK SLEEVE FITTINGS: MANUFACTURED, CAST-IRON SLEEVE WITH INTEGRAL 2. STRAP AND ROD SIZES: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION CLAMPING FLANGE. INCLUDE CLAMPING RING AND BOLTS AND NUTS FOR STANDARDS --METAL AND FLEXIBLE" FOR STEEL SHEET WIDTH AND THICKNESS AND FOR STEEL MEMBRANE FLASHING. ROD DIAMETERS. 1. UNDERDECK CLAMP: CLAMPING RING WITH SET SCREWS. C. DUCT ATTACHMENTS: SHEET METAL SCREWS, BLIND RIVETS, OR SELF -TAPPING METAL E. PVC PIPE: ASTM D 1785, SCHEDULE 40. SCREWS; COMPATIBLE WITH DUCT MATERIALS. D. TRAPEZE AND RISER SUPPORTS: STEEL SHAPES COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2.6 ESCUTCHEONS 1. SUPPORTS FOR GALVANIZED -STEEL DUCTS: GALVANIZED -STEEL SHAPES AND A. DESCRIPTION: MANUFACTURED WALL AND CEILING ESCUTCHEONS AND FLOOR PLATES. PLATES, WITH AN ID TO CLOSELY FIT AROUND PIPE, TUBE, AND INSULATION OF 2. SUPPORTS FOR STAINLESS -STEEL DUCTS: STAINLESS -STEEL SUPPORT MATERIALS. INSULATED PIPING AND AN OD THAT COMPLETELY COVERS OPENING. B. ONE-PIECE, DEEP -PATTERN TYPE: DEEP -DRAWN, BOX -SHAPED BRASS WITH 6.4 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION POLISHED CHROME -PLATED FINISH. A. FABRICATE DUCTS, ELBOWS, TRANSITIONS, OFFSETS, BRANCH CONNECTIONS, AND C. ONE-PIECE, CAST -BRASS TYPE: WITH SET SCREW. OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION 1. FINISH: POLISHED CHROME -PLATED. STANDARDS --METAL AND FLEXIBLE" AND COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR METAL 2. SUGGEST POLISHED CHROME IN FINISHED AREAS AND ROUGH BRASS IN THICKNESS, REINFORCING TYPES AND INTERVALS, TIE -ROD APPLICATIONS, AND JOINT TYPES MECHANICAL OR UTILITY ROOMS. AND INTERVALS. D. SPLIT -CASTING, CAST -BRASS TYPE: WITH CONCEALED HINGE AND SET SCREW. 1. LENGTHS: FABRICATE RECTANGULAR DUCTS IN LENGTHS APPROPRIATE TO 1. FINISH: POLISHED CHROME -PLATED. REINFORCEMENT AND RIGIDITY CLASS REQUIRED FOR PRESSURE CLASS. 2. SAME COMMENT AS ABOVE. 2. DEFLECTION: DUCT SYSTEMS SHALL NOT EXCEED DEFLECTION LIMITS ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -METAL AND FLEXIBLE." 2.7 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS REFER TO SECTION 12.2 B. TRANSVERSE JOINTS: PREFABRICATED SLIDE -ON JOINTS AND COMPONENTS CONSTRUCTED USING MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES FOR MATERIAL THICKNESS, 2.8 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACING, AND JOINT REINFORCEMENT. A. JOIN PIPE AND FITTINGS ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS 1. MANUFACTURERS: SPECIFYING PIPING SYSTEMS. A. DUCTMATE INDUSTRIES, INC. B. REAM ENDS OF PIPES AND TUBES AND REMOVE BURRS. BEVEL PLAIN ENDS OF B. NEXUS INC. STEEL PIPE. C. WARD INDUSTRIES, INC. C. REMOVE SCALE, SLAG, DIRT, AND DEBRIS FROM INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF PIPE AND C. FORMED -ON FLANGES: CONSTRUCT ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT FITTINGS BEFORE ASSEMBLY. CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -METAL AND FLEXIBLE," FIGURE 1-4, USING CORNER, BOLT, D. SOLDERED JOINTS: APPLY ASTM B 813, WATER-FLUSHABLE FLUX, UNLESS CLEAT, AND GASKET DETAILS. OTHERWISE INDICATED, TO TUBE END. CONSTRUCT JOINTS ACCORDING TO 1. MANUFACTURERS: ASTM B 828 OR CDA'S "COPPER TUBE HANDBOOK," USING LEAD-FREE SOLDER ALLOY A. DUCTMATE INDUSTRIES, INC. COMPLYING WITH ASTM B 32. B. LOCKFORMER. E. BRAZED JOINTS: CONSTRUCT JOINTS ACCORDING TO AWS'S "BRAZING HANDBOOK," 2. DUCT SIZE: MAXIMUM 30 INCHES WIDE AND UP TO 2-INCH WG PRESSURE CLASS. "PIPE AND TUBE" CHAPTER, USING COPPER -PHOSPHORUS BRAZING FILLER METAL 3. LONGITUDINAL SEAMS: PITTSBURGH LOCK SEALED WITH NONCURING POLYMER COMPLYING WITH AWS A5.8. SEALANT. F. THREADED JOINTS: THREAD PIPE WITH TAPERED PIPE THREADS ACCORDING TO D. CROSS BREAKING OR CROSS BEADING: CROSS BREAK OR CROSS BEAD DUCT SIDES 19 ASME B1.20.1. CUT THREADS FULL AND CLEAN USING SHARP DIES. REAM THREADED INCHES AND LARGER AND 0.0359 INCH THICK OR LESS, WITH MORE THAN 10 SQ. FT. OF PIPE ENDS TO REMOVE BURRS AND RESTORE FULL ID. JOIN PIPE FITTINGS AND NONBRACED PANEL AREA UNLESS DUCTS ARE LINED. CROSS BEAD DEPTH OF 1/4-INCH VALVES AS FOLLOWS: MINIMUM. 1. APPLY APPROPRIATE TAPE OR THREAD COMPOUND TO EXTERNAL PIPE THREADS UNLESS DRY SEAL THREADING IS SPECIFIED. 6.5 ROUND DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION 2. DAMAGED THREADS: DO NOT USE PIPE OR PIPE FITTINGS WITH THREADS A. ROUND, LONGITUDINAL- AND SPIRAL LOCK -SEAM DUCTS: FABRICATE SUPPLY DUCTS OF THAT ARE CORRODED OR DAMAGED. DO NOT USE PIPE SECTIONS THAT HAVE GALVANIZED STEEL ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - CRACKED OR OPEN WELDS. METAL AND FLEXIBLE." G. WELDED JOINTS: CONSTRUCT JOINTS ACCORDING TO AWS D10.12, USING QUALIFIED 1. MANUFACTURERS: PROCESSES AND WELDING OPERATORS ACCORDING TO PART 1 "QUALITY A. MCGILL AIRFLOW CORPORATION. ASSURANCE" ARTICLE. B. SEMCO INCORPORATED. H. FLANGED JOINTS: SELECT APPROPRIATE GASKET MATERIAL, SIZE, TYPE, AND B. DUCT JOINTS: THICKNESS FOR SERV►CE APPLICATION. INSTALL GASKET CONCENTRICALLY 1. DUCTS UP TO 20 INCHES IN DIAMETER: INTERIOR, CENTER -BEADED SLIP COUPLING, POSITIONED. USE SUITABLE LUBRICANTS ON BOLT THREADS. SEALED BEFORE AND AFTER FASTENING, ATTACHED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. I. PLASTIC PIPING SOLVENT -CEMENT JOINTS: CLEAN AND DRY JOINING SURFACES. 2. DUCTS 21 TO 72 INCHES IN DIAMETER: THREE-PIECE, GASKETED, FLANGED JOINT JOIN PIPE AND FITTINGS ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING: CONSISTING OF TWO INTERNAL FLANGES WITH SEALANT AND ONE EXTERNAL CLOSURE BAND 1. COMPLY WITH ASTM F 402, FOR SAFE -HANDLING PRACTICE OF CLEANERS, WITH GASKET. PRIMERS, AND SOLVENT CEMENTS. 3. DUCTS LARGER THAN 72 INCHES IN DIAMETER: COMPANION ANGLE FLANGED JOINTS 2. ABS PIPING: JOIN ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2235 AND ASTM D 2661 PER SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS --METAL AND FLEXIBLE," FIGURE 3-2. APPENDIXES. 4. ROUND DUCTS: PREFABRICATED CONNECTION SYSTEM CONSISTING OF DOUBLE- 3. CPVC PIPING: JOIN ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2846/D 2846M APPENDIX. LIPPED, EPDM RUBBER GASKET. MANUFACTURE DUCTS ACCORDING TO CONNECTION SYSTEM 4. PVC PRESSURE PIPING: JOIN SCHEDULE NUMBER ASTM D 1785, PVC PIPE MANUFACTURER'S TOLERANCES. AND PVC SOCKET FITTINGS ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2672. JOIN OTHER -THAN- A. MANUFACTURERS: SCHEDULE -NUMBER PVC PIPE AND SOCKET FITTINGS ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2855. 1) DUCTMATE INDUSTRIES, INC. 5. PVC NONPRESSURE PIPING: JOIN ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2855. 2) LINDAB INC. 6. PVC TO ABS NONPRESSURE TRANSITION FITTINGS: JOIN ACCORDING TO C. 90-DEGREE TEES AND LATERALS AND CONICAL TEES: FABRICATE TO COMPLY WITH ASTM D 3138 APPENDIX. SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS --METAL AND FLEXIBLE," WITH METAL J. PLASTIC PRESSURE PIPING GASKETED JOINTS: JOIN ACCORDING TO ASTM D 3139. THICKNESSES SPECIFIED FOR LONGITUDINAL -SEAM STRAIGHT DUCTS. K. PLASTIC NONPRESSURE PIPING GASKETED JOINTS: JOIN ACCORDING TO D. DIVERGING -FLOW FITTINGS: FABRICATE WITH REDUCED ENTRANCE TO BRANCH TAPS ASTM D 3212. AND WITH NO EXCESS MATERIAL PROJECTING FROM FITTING ONTO BRANCH TAP ENTRANCE L. PE PIPING HEAT -FUSION JOINTS: CLEAN AND DRY JOINING SURFACES BY WIPING E. FABRICATE ELBOWS USING DIE -FORMED, GORED, PLEATED, OR MITERED WITH CLEAN CLOTH OR PAPER TOWELS. JOIN ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2657. CONSTRUCTION. BEND RADIUS OF DIE -FORMED, GORED, AND PLEATED ELBOWS SHALL BE 1. PLAIN -END PIPE AND FITTINGS: USE BUTT FUSION. 1-1/2 TIMES DUCT DIAMETER. UNLESS ELBOW CONSTRUCTION TYPE IS INDICATED, 2. PLAIN -END PIPE AND SOCKET FITTINGS: USE SOCKET FUSION. FABRICATE ELBOWS AS FOLLOWS: M. FIBERGLASS BONDED JOINTS: PREPARE PIPE ENDS AND FITTINGS, APPLY ADHESIVE, 1. MITERED -ELBOW RADIUS AND NUMBER OF PIECES: WELDED CONSTRUCTION AND JOIN ACCORDING TO PIPE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. COMPLYING WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS --METAL AND FLEXIBLE," UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. ROUND MITERED ELBOWS: WELDED CONSTRUCTION WITH THE FOLLOWING METAL THICKNESS FOR PRESSURE CLASSES FROM 2- TO 10-INCH WG: A. DUCTS 3 TO 26 INCHES IN DIAMETER: 0.034 INCH. 3. 90-DEGREE, 2-PIECE, MITERED ELBOWS: USE ONLY FOR SUPPLY SYSTEMS OR T. WHEN BRAZING OR SOLDERING, REMOVE SOLENOID -VALVE COILS AND SIGHT K. INSTALL INSULATION WITH FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS AS FOLLOWS: FOR MATERIAL -HANDLING CLASS A OR B EXHAUST SYSTEMS AND ONLY WHERE SPACE SECTION 10 - VRF ZONE FAN UNITS GLASSES; ALSO REMOVE VALVE STEMS, SEATS, AND PACKING, AND 1. DRAW JACKET TIGHT AND SMOOTH. RESTRICTIONS DO NOT PERMIT USING RADIUS ELBOWS. FABRICATE WITH SINGLE- 10.1 INSTALLATION ACCESSIBLE INTERNAL PARTS OF REFRIGERANT SPECIALTIES. DO NOT APPLY 2. COVER CIRCUMFERENTIAL JOINTS WITH 3-INCH- WIDE STRIPS, OF SAME MATERIAL AS INSULATION THICKNESS TURNING VANES. A. INSTALL UNITS LEVEL AND PLUMB. HEAT NEAR EXPANSION -VALVE BULB. JACKET. SECURE STRIPS WITH ADHESIVE AND OUTWARD CLINCHING STAPLES ALONG BOTH EDGES OF STRIP, 4. ROUND ELBOWS 8 INCHES AND LESS IN DIAMETER: FABRICATE DIE -FORMED B. INSTALL EVAPORATOR -FAN COMPONENTS USING MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MOUNTING U. INSTALL PIPING WITH ADEQUATE CLEARANCE BETWEEN PIPE AND ADJACENT SPACED 4 INCHES O.C. ELBOWS FOR 45- AND 90-DEGREE ELBOWS AND PLEATED ELBOWS FOR 30, 45, 60, AND 90 DEVICES SECURELY FASTENED TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. WALLS AND HANGERS OR BETWEEN PIPES FOR INSULATION INSTALLATION. 3. OVERLAP JACKET LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES. CLEAN AND DRY SURFACE TO RECEIVE DEGREES ONLY. FABRICATE NONSTANDARD BEND -ANGLE CONFIGURATIONS OR C. INSTALL SEISMIC RESTRAINTS. V. IDENTIFY REFRIGERANT PIPING AND VALVES ACCORDING TO SECTION 11 SELF-SEALING LAP. STAPLE LAPS WITH OUTWARD CLINCHING STAPLES ALONG EDGE AT 2 INCHES O.C. NONSTANDARD DIAMETER ELBOWS WITH GORED CONSTRUCTION. D. INSTALL AND CONNECT REFRIGERANT TUBING TO COMPONENT'S FITTINGS. INSTALL TUBING TO "IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT." A. FOR BELOW AMBIENT SERVICES, APPLY VAPOR -BARRIER MASTIC OVER STAPLES. 5. ROUND ELBOWS 9 THROUGH 14 INCHES IN DIAMETER: FABRICATE GORED OR ALLOW ACCESS TO UNIT. W. INSTALL SLEEVES FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, CEILINGS, AND 4. COVER JOINTS AND SEAMS WITH TAPE, ACCORDING TO INSULATION MATERIAL MANUFACTURER'S PLEATED ELBOWS FOR 30, 45, 60, AND 90 DEGREES UNLESS SPACE RESTRICTIONS E. PIPE ALL CONDENSATE TO AVOID LEAKS. PROVIDE PUMPS WHERE NECESSARY FOR DISPOSAL. FLOORS. WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, TO MAINTAIN VAPOR SEAL. REQUIRE MITERED ELBOWS. FABRICATE NONSTANDARD BEND -ANGLE CONFIGURATIONS X. INSTALL SLEEVE SEALS FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS OF CONCRETE WALLS AND 5. WHERE VAPOR BARRIERS ARE INDICATED, APPLY VAPOR -BARRIER MASTIC ON SEAMS AND JOINTS AND OR NONSTANDARD DIAMETER ELBOWS WITH GORED CONSTRUCTION. 10.2 CONNECTIONS SLABS. AT ENDS ADJACENT TO DUCT FLANGES AND FITTINGS. 6. ROUND ELBOWS LARGER THAN 14 INCHES IN DIAMETER AND ALL FLAT -OVAL A. PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. DRAWINGS INDICATE Y. INSTALL ESCUTCHEONS FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, CEILINGS, AND L. CUT INSULATION IN A MANNER TQ AVOID COMPRESSING INSULATION MORE THAN 75 PERCENT OF ITS ELBOWS: FABRICATE GORED ELBOWS UNLESS SPACE RESTRICTIONS REQUIRE MITERED GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING. - FLOORS. NOMINAL THICKNESS. ELBOWS. B. WHERE PIPING IS INSTALLED ADJACENT TO UNIT, ALLOW SPACE FOR SERVICE AND M. FINISH INSTALLATION WITH SYSTEMS AT OPERATING CONDITIONS. REPAIR JOINT SEPARATIONS AND 7. DIE -FORMED ELBOWS FOR SIZES THROUGH 8 INCHES IN DIAMETER AND ALL MAINTENANCE OF UNIT. 12.3 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION CRACKING DUE TO THERMAL MOVEMENT. PRESSURES 0.040 INCH THICK WITH 2-PIECE WELDED CONSTRUCTION. A. REAM ENDS OF PIPES AND TUBES AND REMOVE BURRS. BEVEL PLAIN ENDS OF N. REPAIR DAMAGED INSULATION FACINGS BY APPLYING SAME FACING MATERIAL OVER DAMAGED AREAS. EXTEND 8. ROUND GORED -ELBOW METAL THICKNESS: SAME AS NON -ELBOW FITTINGS 10.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL STEEL PIPE. PATCHES AT LEAST 4 INCHES BEYOND DAMAGED AREAS. ADHERE, STAPLE, AND SEAL PATCHES SIMILAR TO SPECIFIED ABOVE. A. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE: ENGAGE A FACTORY -AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE B. REMOVE SCALE, SLAG, DIRT, AND DEBRIS FROM INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF PIPE BUTT JOINTS. 9. PLEATED ELBOWS FOR SIZES THROUGH 14 INCHES IN DIAMETER AND TO INSPECT, TEST, AND ADJUST COMPONENTS, ASSEMBLIES, AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS, AND FITTINGS BEFORE ASSEMBLY. PRESSURES THROUGH 10-INCH WG: 0.022 INCH. INCLUDING CONNECTIONS. C. FILL PIPE AND FITTINGS WITH AN INERT GAS (NITROGEN OR CARBON DIOXIDE), 14.4 PENETRATIONS B. PERFORM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. DURING BRAZING OR WELDING A. INSULATION INSTALLATION AT ROOF PENETRATIONS: INSTALL INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH 6.6 DUCT APPLICATIONS 1. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE: ENGAGE A FACTORY -AUTHORIZED SERVICE ROOF PENETRATIONS. A. STATIC -PRESSURE CLASSES: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT DUCTS REPRESENTATIVE TO INSPECT COMPONENTS, ASSEMBLIES, AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS, 12.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1. SEAL PENETRATIONS WITH FLASHING SEALANT. ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING: INCLUDING CONNECTIONS, AND TO ASSIST IN TESTING. A. INSTALL THE FOLLOWING PIPE ATTACHMENTS: 2. FOR APPLICATIONS REQUIRING ONLY INDOOR INSULATION, TERMINATE INSULATION ABOVE ROOF 1. SUPPLY DUCTS: 2-INCH WG. C. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: 1. ADJUSTABLE STEEL CLEVIS HANGERS FOR INDIVIDUAL HORIZONTAL SURFACE AND SEAL WITH JOINT SEALANT. FOR APPLICATIONS REQUIRING INDOOR AND OUTDOOR INSULATION, 2. EXHAUST/RETURN DUCTS (NEGATIVE PRESSURE): -2-INCH WG. 1. LEAK TEST: AFTER INSTALLATION, CHARGE SYSTEM AND TEST FOR LEAKS. REPAIR RUNS LESS THAN 20 FEET (6 m) LONG. INSTALL INSULATION FOR OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS TIGHTLY JOINED TO INDOOR INSULATION ENDS. SEAL JOINT B. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL. LEAKS AND RETEST UNTIL NO LEAKS EXIST. 2. ROLLER HANGERS AND SPR►NG HANGERS FOR INDIVIDUAL HORIZONTAL WITH JOINT SEALANT. 2. OPERATIONAL TEST: AFTER ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY HAS BEEN ENERGIZED, START RUNS 20 FEET (6 m) OR LONGER. 3. EXTEND JACKET OF OUTDOOR INSULATION OUTSIDE ROOF FLASHING AT LEAST 2 INCHES BELOW TOP 6.7 DUCT INSTALLATION UNITS TO CONFIRM PROPER MOTOR ROTATION AND UNIT OPERATION. 3. PIPE ROLLER: MSS SP-58, TYPE 44 FOR MULTIPLE HORIZONTAL PIPING 20 OF ROOF FLASHING. A. CONSTRUCT AND INSTALL DUCTS ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT 3. TEST AND ADJUST CONTROLS AND SAFETIES. REPLACE DAMAGED AND FEET (6 m) OR LONGER, SUPPORTED ON A TRAPEZE. 4. SEAL JACKET TO ROOF FLASHING WITH FLASHING SEALANT. CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS --METAL AND FLEXIBLE," UNLESS OTHERWISE MALFUNCTIONING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT. 4. SPRING HANGERS TO SUPPORT VERTICAL RUNS. B. INSULATION INSTALLATION AT ABOVEGROUND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS: INSTALL INSULATION INDICATED. 4. CONFIRM CONDENSATE PIPING ROUTED CORRECTLY FOR GRAVITY PIPING SYSTEMS BY 5. COPPER -CLAD HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HANGERS AND SUPPORTS CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH WALL PENETRATIONS. B. INSTALL ROUND DUCTS IN LENGTHS NOT LESS THAN 12 FEET UNLESS INTERRUPTED INTRODUCING WATER TO THE DRAIN PAN AND CONFIRMING WATER DRAINS AWAY WITHOUT IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH COPPER PIPE. 1. SEAL PENETRATIONS WITH FLASHING SEALANT. BY FITTINGS. BACKING UP OR LEAKING. B. INSTALL HANGERS FOR COPPER TUBING WITH THE FOLLOWING MAXIMUM 2. FOR APPLICATIONS REQUIRING ONLY INDOOR INSULATION, TERMINATE INSULATION INSIDE WALL C. INSTALL DUCTS WITH FEWEST POSSIBLE JOINTS. D. REMOVE AND REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING UNITS AND RETEST AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. SPACING AND MINIMUM ROD SIZES: SURFACE AND SEAL WITH JOINT SEALANT. FOR APPLICATIONS REQUIRING INDOOR AND OUTDOOR INSULATION, D. INSTALL FABRICATED FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTIONS, SIZE, AND SHAPE AND FOR E. PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS. 1. NPS 1/2: MAXIMUM SPAN, 60 INCHES; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 114 INCH. INSTALL INSULATION FOR OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS TIGHTLY JOINED TO INDOOR INSULATION ENDS. SEAL JOINT CONNECTIONS. 2. NPS 5/8: MAXIMUM SPAN, 60 INCHES; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 1/4 INCH. WITH JOINT SEALANT. E. INSTALL COUPLINGS TIGHT TO DUCT WALL SURFACE WITH A MINIMUM OF 10.4 STARTUP SERVICE 3. NPS 1: MAXIMUM SPAN, 72 INCHES; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 1/4 INCH. 3. EXTEND JACKET OF OUTDOOR INSULATION OUTSIDE WALL FLASHING AND OVERLAP WALL FLASHING AT PROJECTIONS INTO DUCT. SECURE COUPLINGS WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. INSTALL A. ENGAGE A FACTORY -AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO PERFORM STARTUP SERVICE. 4. NPS 1-1/4: MAXIMUM SPAN, 96 INCHES; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 3/8 INCH. LEAST 2 INCHES. SCREWS AT INTERVALS OF 12 INCHES, WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 SCREWS IN EACH COUPLING. 1. COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND STARTUP CHECKS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S 5. NPS 1-1/2: MAXIMUM SPAN, 96 INCHES; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 3/8 INCH. 4. SEAL JACKET TO WALL FLASHING WITH FLASHING SEALANT. F. INSTALL DUCTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 6. NPS 2: MAXIMUM SPAN, 96 INCHES; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 3/8 INCH. C. INSULATION INSTALLATION AT INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION PENETRATIONS (THAT ARE NOT FIRE AND PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES; AVOID DIAGONAL RUNS. 7. NPS 2-1/2: MAXIMUM SPAN, 108 INCHES; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 3/8 INCH. RATED): INSTALL INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH WALLS AND PARTITIONS. G. INSTALL DUCTS CLOSE TO WALLS, OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION, COLUMNS, AND OTHER 10.5 DEMONSTRATION & NPS 3: MAXIMUM SPAN, 10 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 3/8 INCH. STRUCTURAL AND PERMANENT ENCLOSURE ELEMENTS OF BUILDING. A. ENGAGE A FACTORY -AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S 9. NPS 4: MAXIMUM SPAN, 12 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 112 INCH. 14.5 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION H. INSTALL DUCTS WITH A CLEARANCE OF 1 INCH, PLUS ALLOWANCE FOR INSULATION MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN UNITS. A. SEAL LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END JOINTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE TO THICKNESS. 12.5 REFRIGERANT AND CONDENSATE PIPING INSULATION ELIMINATE OPENINGS IN INSULATION THAT ALLOW PASSAGE OF AIR TO SURFACE BEING INSULATED. I. CONCEAL DUCTS FROM VIEW IN FINISHED SPACES. DO NOT ENCASE HORIZONTAL SECTION 11 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. THE FIRST 5' OF ALL INDOOR CONDENSATE PIPING EXTENDING FROM RUNS IN SOLID PARTITIONS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. 11.1 PREPARATION REFRIGRATION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC 14.6 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION J. COORDINATE LAYOUT WITH SUSPENDED CEILING, FIRE- AND SMOKE -CONTROL A. CLEAN PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SURFACES OF SUBSTANCES THAT COULD IMPAIR BOND OF INSULATION 3/4" THICK. A. BLANKET INSULATION INSTALLATION ON DUCTS AND PLENUMS: SECURE WITH ADHESIVE AND INSULATION PINS. DAMPERS, LIGHTING LAYOUTS, AND SIMILAR FINISHED WORK. IDENTIFICATION DEVICES, INCLUDING DIRT, OIL, GREASE, RELEASE AGENTS, AND INCOMPATIBLE B. ALL INDOOR AND OUTDOOR REFRIGERANT SUCTION AND HOT GAS PIPING SHALL IN FIRST SUBPARAGRAPH BELOW, MANY MANUFACTURERS DO NOT RECOMMEND 100 PERCENT COVERAGE OF K. SEAL ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS. APPLY SEALANT TO MALE END CONNECTORS BEFORE PRIMERS, PAINTS, AND ENCAPSULANTS. BE INSULATED WITH FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION 1" THICK. ADHESIVE BECAUSE OF THE EFFECT ON THE OVERALL INSULATION SYSTEM'S FIRE -PERFORMANCE INSERTION, AND AFTERWARD TO COVER ENTIRE JOINT AND SHEET METAL C. ALL OUTDOOR REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE JACKETED WITH PVC JACKET, CHARACTERISTICS. VERIFY APPLICATION COVERAGE RECOMMENDATIONS WITH INSULATION MANUFACTURER. SCREWS. 11.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION OVERLAPPED AT MIN. OF V AND SEALED WITH 2 CONTINUOUS BEADS OF 1. APPLY ADHESIVES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED COVERAGE RATES PER UNIT L. ELECTRICAL E UIPMENT SPACES: ROUTE DUCTS TO AVOID PASSING THROUGH Q A. INSTALL OR PERMAN TL F T L N A EN Y AS EN IABE S 0 EACH M JOR ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. ADHESIVE AT ALL SEAMS AND JOINTS. AREA, FOR 100 PERCENT COVERAGE OF DUCT AND PLENUM SURFACES. TRANSFORMER VAULTS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SPACES AND ENCLOSURES. B. LOCATE EQUIPMENT LABELS WHERE ACCESSIBLE AND VISIBLE. REVISE FIRST SUBPARAGRAPH BELOW TO ALLOW ADHESIVE TO BE OMITTED FROM TOP SURFACE OF M. NON -FIRE -RATED PARTITION PENETRATIONS: WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH 12.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL HORIZONTAL RECTANGULAR DUCTS. INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND EXTERIOR WALLS AND ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW, 11.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. PERFORM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AND PREPARE TEST REPORTS. 2. APPLY ADHESIVE TO ENTIRE CIRCUMFERENCE OF DUCTS AND TO ALL SURFACES OF FITTINGS AND CONCEAL SPACES BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION OPENINGS AND DUCTS OR DUCT A. STENCILED PIPE LABEL OPTION: STENCILED LABELS MAY BE PROVIDED INSTEAD OF B. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: TRANSITIONS. INSULATION WITH SHEET METAL FLANGES OF SAME METAL THICKNESS AS DUCTS. MANUFACTURED PIPE LABELS, AT INSTALLER'S OPTION. INSTALL STENCILED PIPE LABELS {WITH 1. COMPLY WITH ASME B31.5, CHAPTER VI. 3. INSTALL EITHER CAPACITOR -DISCHARGE -WELD PINS AND SPEED WASHERS OR CUPPED -HEAD, OVERLAP OPENINGS ON 4 SIDES BY AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES. PAINTED, COLOR -CODED BANDS OR RECTANGLES}{COMPLYING WITH ASME A13.1,} ON EACH 2. TEST REFRIGERANT PIPING, SPECIALTIES, AND RECEIVERS. ISOLATE CAPACITOR -DISCHARGE -WELD PINS ON SIDES AND BOTTOM OF HORIZONTAL DUCTS AND SIDES OF VERTICAL N. PROTECT DUCT INTERIORS FROM THE ELEMENTS AND FOREIGN MATERIALS UNTIL PIPING SYSTEM. COMPRESSOR, CONDENSER, EVAPORATOR, AND SAFETY DEVICES FROM TEST DUCTS AS FOLLOWS: BUILDING IS ENCLOSED. FOLLOW SMACNA'S "DUCT CLEANLINESS FOR NEW 1. IDENTIFICATION PAINT: USE FOR CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. PRESSURE IF THEY ARE NOT RATED ABOVE THE TEST PRESSURE. A. ON DUCT SIDES WITH DIMENSIONS 18 INCHES AND SMALLER, PLACE PINS ALONG CONSTRUCTION." 2. STENCIL PAINT: USE FOR PIPE MARKING. 3. TEST PIPING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN LONGITUDINAL CENTERLINE OF DUCT. SPACE 3 INCHES MAXIMUM FROM INSULATION END JOINTS, AND 0. PAINT INTERIORS OF METAL DUCTS, THAT DO NOT HAVE DUCT LINER, FOR 24 INCHES REQUIREMENTS. 16 INCHES O.C. UPSTREAM OF REGISTERS AND GRILLES. APPLY ONE COAT OF FLAT BLACK LATEX FINISH , B. LOCATE PIPE LABELS WHERE PIPI I EXPO E R AB E A E IBLE I IN I H NG S S D 0 OV CC SS CE L GS N FINIS ED A. FILL SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN TO THE RE UIRED TEST Q N I B 0 DUCT S DES WITH DI EN I M S ONS LARGER THAN 18 IN E PLACE PIN 16 INCHES O.C. EACH CH S, S COAT OVER A COMPATIBLE GALVANIZED -STEEL PRIMER. SPACES; MACHINE ROOMS; ACCESSIBLE MAINTENANCE SPACES SUCH AS SHAFTS, TUNNELS, AND PRESSURE. WAY, AND 3 INCHES MAXIMUM FROM INSULATION JOINTS. INSTALL ADDITIONAL PINS TO HOLD PLENUMS; AND EXTERIOR EXPOSED LOCATIONS AS FOLLOWS: B. SYSTEM SHALL MAINTAIN TEST PRESSURE AT THE MANIFOLD INSULATION TIGHTLY AGAINST SURFACE AT CROSS BRACING. 6.8 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING 1. NEAR EACH VALVE AND CONTROL DEVICE. GAGE THROUGHOUT DURATION OF TEST. C. PINS MAY BE OMITTED FROM TOP SURFACE OF HORIZONTAL, RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND A. SEAL DUCT SEAMS AND JOINTS ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION 2. NEAR EACH BRANCH CONNECTION, EXCLUDING SHORT TAKEOFFS FOR FIXTURES AND C. TEST JOINTS AND FITTINGS WITH ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR PLENUMS. STANDARDS --METAL AND FLEXIBLE" FOR DUCT PRESSURE CLASS INDICATED. TERMINAL UNITS. WHERE FLOW PATTERN IS NOT OBVIOUS, MARK EACH PIPE AT BRANCH. OR BY BRUSHING A SMALL AMOUNT OF SOAP AND GLYCERIN SOLUTION D. DO NOT OVERCOMPRESS INSULATION DURING INSTALLATION. 1. FOR PRESSURE CLASSES LOWER THAN 2-INCH WG, SEAL TRANSVERSE JOINTS. 3. NEAR PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, AND INACCESSIBLE OVER JOINTS. E. IMPALE INSULATION OVER PINS AND ATTACH SPEED WASHERS. B. SEAL DUCTS BEFORE EXTERNAL INSULATION IS APPLIED. ENCLOSURES. D. REMAKE LEAKING JOINTS USING NEW MATERIALS, AND RETEST F. CUT EXCESS PORTION OF PINS EXTENDING BEYOND SPEED WASHERS OR BEND PARALLEL 4. AT ACCESS DOORS, MANHOLES, AND SIMILAR ACCESS POINTS THAT PERMIT VIEW OF UNTIL SATISFACTORY RESULTS ARE ACHIEVED. WITH INSULATION SURFACE. COVER EXPOSED PINS AND WASHERS WITH TAPE MATCH►NG INSULATION 6.9 HANGING AND SUPPORTING CONCEALED PIPING. FACING. A. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL DUCTS WITHIN 24 INCHES OF EACH ELBOW AND WITHIN 48 INCHES 5. NEAR MAJOR EQUIPMENT ITEMS AND OTHER POINTS OF ORIGINATION AND 12.7 SYSTEM CHARGING 4. FOR DUCTS AND PLENUMS WITH SURFACE TEMPERATURES BELOW AMBIENT, INSTALL A CONTINUOUS OF EACH BRANCH INTERSECTION. TERMINATION. A. CHARGE SYSTEM USING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES: UNBROKEN VAPOR BARRIER. CREATE A FACING LAP FOR LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END JOINTS WITH B. SUPPORT VERTICAL DUCTS AT MAXIMUM INTERVALS OF 16 FEET. 6. SPACED AT MAXIMUM INTERVALS OF ALONG EACH RUN. REDUCE INTERVALS TO IN 1. INSTALL CORE IN FILTER DRYERS AFTER LEAK TEST BUT BEFORE INSULATION BY REMOVING 2 INCHES FROM ONE EDGE AND ONE END OF INSULATION SEGMENT. SECURE C. INSTALL UPPER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES WITH AN ALLOWABLE LOAD NOT AREAS OF CONGESTED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT. EVACUATION. BARRIER CONSISTING OF FACTORY- OR FIELD-APPL►ED JACKET, ADHESIVE, VAPOR -BARRIER MAST►C, AND EXCEEDING ONE-FOURTH OF FAILURE (PROOF -TEST) LOAD. 7. ON PIPING ABOVE REMOVABLE ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS. OMIT INTERMEDIATELY SPACED 2. EVACUATE ENTIRE REFRIGERANT SYSTEM WITH A VACUUM PUMP TO 500 SEALANT AT JOINTS, SEAMS, AND PROTRUSIONS. LABELS. MICROMETERS. IF VACUUM HOLDS FOR 12 HOURS, SYSTEM IS READY A. REPAIR PUNCTURES, TEARS, AND PENETRATIONS WITH TAPE OR MASTIC TO MAINTAIN VAPOR- 6.10 CONNECTIONS D. REFRIGERANT PIPING: FOR CHARGING. BARRIER SEAL. A. MAKE CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. BACKGROUND COLOR: PER ANSI STANDARD 3. BREAK VACUUM WITH REFRIGERANT GAS, ALLOWING PRESSURE TO B. INSTALL VAPOR STOPS FOR DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS OPERATING BELOW 50 DEG F AT 18- B. COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS --METAL AND B. LETTER COLOR: PER ANSI STANDARD BUILD UP TO 2 PSIG. FOOT INTERVALS. VAPOR STOPS SHALL CONSIST OF VAPOR -BARRIER MASTIC APPLIED IN A Z-SHAPED FLEXIBLE" FOR BRANCH, OUTLET AND INLET, AND TERMINAL UNIT CONNECTIONS 4. CHARGE SYSTEM WITH A NEW FILTER -DRYER CORE IN CHARGING LINE. PATTERN OVER INSULATION FACE, ALONG BUTT END OF INSULATION, AND OVER THE SURFACE. COVER 11.4 VALVE -TAG INSTALLATION INSULATION FACE AND SURFACE TO BE INSULATED A WIDTH EQUAL TO TWO TIMES THE INSULATION SECTION 7: DUCT ACCESSORIES A. INSTALL TAGS ON VALVES AND CONTROL DEVICES IN PIPING SYSTEMS, EXCEPT CHECK VALVES; 12.8 ADJUSTING THICKNESS, BUT NOT LESS THAN 3 INCHES. 7.1 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION VALVES WITHIN FACTORY -FABRICATED EQUIPMENT UNITS; SHUTOFF VALVES; FAUCETS; A. ADJUST THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE TO OBTAIN PROPER EVAPORATOR 5. OVERLAP UNFACED BLANKETS A MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES ON LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END JOINTS. AT A. INSTALL DUCT ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO APPLICABLE DETAILS IN SMACNA'S "HVAC CONVENIENCE AND LAWN -WATERING HOSE CONNECTIONS; AND HVAC TERMINAL DEVICES AND SUPERHEAT. END JOINTS, SECURE WITH STEEL BANDS SPACED A MAXIMUM OF 18 INCHES O.C. DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS --METAL AND FLEXIBLE" FOR METAL DUCTS. SIMILAR ROUGHING -IN CONNECT►ONS OF END -USE FIXTURES AND UNITS. LIST TAGGED VALVES IN B. ADJUST HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH SETTINGS TO AVOID SHORT CYCLING 6. INSTALL INSULATION ON RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOWS AND TRANSITIONS WITH A FULL INSULATION B. INSTALL VOLUME DAMPERS IN DUCTS WITH LINER; AVOID DAMAGE TO AND EROSION OF A VALVE SCHEDULE. IN RESPONSE TO FLUCTUATING SUCTION PRESSURE. SECTION FOR EACH SURFACE. INSTALL INSULATION ON ROUND AND FLAT -OVAL DUCT ELBOWS WITH DUCT LINER. B. VALVE -TAG APPLICATION SCHEDULE: TAG VALVES ACCORDING TO SIZE, SHAPE, AND COLOR C. ADJUST SET -POINT TEMPERATURE OF AIR-CONDITIONING OR CHILLED -WATER INDIVIDUALLY MITERED GORES CUT TO FIT THE ELBOW. C. INSTALL DUCT ACCESS DOORS TO ALLOW FOR INSPECTING, ADJUSTING, AND MAINTAINING SCHEME AND WITH CAPTIONS SIMILAR TO THOSE INDICATED IN THE FOLLOWING CONTROLLERS TO THE SYSTEM DESIGN TEMPERATURE. 7. INSULATE DUCT STIFFENERS, HANGERS, AND FLANGES THAT PROTRUDE BEYOND INSULATION SURFACE ACCESSORIES. SUBPARAGRAPHS: D. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING ADJUSTMENTS BEFORE OPERATING THE WITH 6-INCH- WIDE STRIPS OF SAME MATERIAL USED TO INSULATE DUCT. SECURE ON ALTERNATING SIDES OF D. CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO METAL DUCTS WITH DRAW BANDS. 1. VALVE -TAG SIZE AND SHAPE: REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN STIFFENER, HANGER, AND FLANGE WITH PINS SPACED 6 INCHES O.C. E. INSTALL DUCT TEST HOLES WHERE REQUIRED FOR TESTING AND BALANCING PURPOSES. REFRIGERANT: 1-1/2 INCHES, ROUND. INSTRUCTIONS: B. BOARD INSULATION INSTALLATION ON DUCTS AND PLENUMS: SECURE WITH ADHESIVE AND INSULATION PINS. 2. VALVE -TAG COLOR: 1. OPEN SHUTOFF VALVES IN CONDENSER WATER CIRCUIT. IN FIRST SUBPARAGRAPH BELOW, MANY MANUFACTURERS DO NOT RECOMMEND 100 PERCENT COVERAGE OF 7.2 ADJUSTING A. REFRIGERANT: PER ANSI STANDARD 2. VERIFY THAT COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT. ADHESIVE BECAUSE OF THE EFFECT ON THE OVERALL INSULATION SYSTEM'S FIRE -PERFORMANCE A. ADJUST DUCT ACCESSORIES FOR PROPER SETTINGS. 3. LETTER COLOR: 3. OPEN COMPRESSOR SUCTION AND DISCHARGE VALVES. CHARACTERISTICS. VERIFY APPLICATION COVERAGE RECOMMENDATIONS WITH INSULATION MANUFACTURER. A. REFRIGERANT: PER ANSI STANDARD 4. OPEN REFRIGERANT VALVES EXCEPT BYPASS VALVES THAT ARE USED 1. APPLY ADHESIVES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED COVERAGE RATES PER UNIT SECTION 9 - DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS FOR OTHER PURPOSES. AREA, FOR 100 PERCENT COVERAGE OF DUCT AND PLENUM SURFACES. 9.1 INSTALLATION 11.5 WARNING -TAG INSTALLATION 5. CHECK OPEN COMPRESSOR -MOTOR ALIGNMENT AND VERIFY REVISE FIRST SUBPARAGRAPH BELOW TO ALLOW ADHESIVE TO BE OMITTED FROM TOP SURFACE OF A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RIGGING AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR A. WRITE REQUIRED MESSAGE ON, AND ATTACH WARNING TAGS TO, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ITEMS LUBRICATION FOR MOTORS AND BEARINGS. REPLACE CORE OF REPLACEABLE HORIZONTAL RECTANGULAR DUCTS. UNLOADING UNITS AND MOVING TO FINAL LOCATIONS. WHERE REQUIRED. FILTER DRYER AFTER SYSTEM HAS BEEN ADJUSTED AND AFTER DESIGN FLOW 2. APPLY ADHESIVE TO ENTIRE CIRCUMFERENCE OF DUCTS AND TO ALL SURFACES OF FITTINGS AND B. INSTALL WALL- AND DUCT -MOUNTED SENSORS FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER FOR FIELD RATES AND PRESSURES ARE ESTABLISHED. TRANSITIONS. INSTALLATION. INSTALL CONTROL WIRING AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO CONTROL SECTION 12 - RERIGERANT PIPING 3. INSTALL EITHER CAPACITOR -DISCHARGE -WELD PINS AND SPEED WASHERS OR CUPPED -HEAD, DEVICES AND UNIT CONTROL PANEL. 12.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-134A, R-407C, R-410A SECTION 13 - DIFFUSERS. REGISTERS. AND GRILLES CAPACITOR -DISCHARGE -WELD PINS ON SIDES AND BOTTOM OF HORIZONTAL DUCTS AND SIDES OF VERTICAL C. INSTALL NEW FILTERS AT COMPLETION OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND BEFORE A. SUCTION LINES: FOR CONVENTIONAL AIR-CONDITIONING AND HEAT -PUMP APPLICATION 13.1 EXAMINATION DUCTS AS FOLLOWS: TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. APPLICATIONS: COPPER, TYPE ACR, ANNEALED -TEMPER TUBING AND WROUGHT -COPPER A. EXAMINE AREAS WHERE DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES ARE TO BE A. ON DUCT SIDES WITH DIMENSIONS 18 INCHES AND SMALLER, PLACE PINS ALONG D. INSTALL DRAIN P►PES FROM UNIT DRAIN PANS TO ROOF DRAIN. FITTINGS WITH BRAZED JOINTS. INSTALLED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION LONGITUDINAL CENTERLINE OF DUCT. SPACE 3 INCHES MAXIMUM FROM INSULATION END JOINTS, AND 1. DRAIN PIPING: DRAWN -TEMPER COPPER WATER TUBING COMPLYING WITH B. INSTALL A CHECK VALVE AT THE COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE AND A LIQUID ACCUMULATOR AT THE TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF 16 INCHES O.C. ASTM B 88 COMPRESSOR SUCTION CONNECTION. EQUIPMENT. B. ON DUCT SIDES WITH DIMENSIONS LARGER THAN 18 INCHES, SPACE PINS 16 INCHES O.C. EACH 2. PIPE SIZE: SAME SIZE AS CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN CONNECTION. C. INSTALL A FULL-SIZED, THREE -VALVE BYPASS AROUND FILTER DRYERS. B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE WAY, AND 3 INCHES MAXIMUM FROM INSULATION JOINTS. INSTALL ADDITIONAL PINS TO HOLD D. INSTALL SOLENOID VALVES UPSTREAM FROM EACH EXPANSION VALVE AND HOT -GAS BYPASS BEEN CORRECTED. INSULATION TIGHTLY AGAINST SURFACE AT CROSS BRACING. 9.2 CONNECTIONS VALVE. INSTALL SOLENOID VALVES IN HORIZONTAL LINES WITH COIL AT TOP. C. PINS MAY BE OMITTED FROM TOP SURFACE OF HORIZONTAL, RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND A. WHERE INSTALLING PIPING ADJACENT TO UNITS, ALLOW SPACE FOR SERVICE AND E. INSTALL THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO DISTRIBUTORS ON 13.2 INSTALLATION PLENUMS. MAINTENANCE. EVAPORATORS. A. INSTALL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES LEVEL AND PLUMB. D. DO NOT OVERCOMPRESS INSULATION DURING INSTALLATION. B. DUCT CONNECTIONS: 1. INSTALL VALVE SO DIAPHRAGM CASE IS WARMER THAN BULB. B. CEILING -MOUNTED OUTLETS AND INLETS: DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL E. CUT EXCESS PORTION OF PINS EXTENDING BEYOND SPEED WASHERS OR BEND PARALLEL 1. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 6 "METAL DUCTS." 2. SECURE BULB TO CLEAN, STRAIGHT, HORIZONTAL SECTION OF SUCTION LINE USING TWO ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTS, FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES. AIR OUTLET AND INLET WITH INSULATION SURFACE. COVER EXPOSED PINS AND WASHERS WITH TAPE MATCHING INSULATION 2. DRAWINGS INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTS. BULB STRAPS. DO NOT MOUNT BULB IN A TRAP OR AT BOTTOM OF THE LINE. LOCATIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED TO ACHIEVE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR A►R FACING. C. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER WIRING, 3. IF EXTERNAL EQUALIZER LINES ARE REQUIRED, MAKE CONNECTION WHERE IT WILL VOLUME, NOISE CRITERIA, AIRFLOW PATTERN, THROW, AND PRESSURE DROP. 4. FOR DUCTS AND PLENUMS WITH SURFACE TEMPERATURES BELOW AMBIENT, INSTALL A CONTINUOUS SWITCHES, AND MOTOR CONTROLS IN ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. REFLECT SUCTION -LINE PRESSURE AT BULB LOCATION. MAKE FINAL LOCATIONS WHERE INDICATED, AS MUCH AS PRACTICAL. FOR UNITS UNBROKEN VAPOR BARRIER. CREATE A FACING LAP FOR LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END JOINTS WITH 1. INSTALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES FURNISHED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER BUT NOT F. INSTALL SAFETY RELIEF VALVES WHERE REQUIRED BY ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL INSTALLED IN LAY -IN CEILING PANELS, LOCATE UNITS IN THE CENTER OF PANEL. INSULATION BY REMOVING 2 INCHES FROM ONE EDGE AND ONE END OF INSULATION SEGMENT. SECURE LAPS TO FACTORY MOUNTED. CODE. PIPE SAFETY -RELIEF -VALVE DISCHARGE LINE TO OUTSIDE ACCORDING TO ASHRAE 15. WHERE ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES OR OTHER ITEMS CONFLICT WITH ADJACENT INSULATION SECTION WITH 1/2-INCH OUTWARD -CLINCHING STAPLES, 1 INCH O.C. INSTALL VAPOR G. INSTALL MOISTURE/LIQUID INDICATORS IN LIQUID LINE AT THE INLET OF THE THERMOSTATIC INSTALLATION, NOTIFY ARCHITECT FOR A DETERMINATION OF FINAL LOCATION. BARRIER CONSISTING OF FACTORY- OR FIELD -APPLIED JACKET, ADHESIVE, VAPOR -BARRIER MASTIC, AND 9.3 STARTUP SERVICE EXPANSION VALVE OR AT THE INLET OF THE EVAPORATOR COIL CAPILLARY TUBE. C. INSTALL DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES WITH AIRTIGHT CONNECTIONS TO SEALANT AT JOINTS, SEAMS, AND PROTRUSIONS. A. ENGAGE A FACTORY -AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO PERFORM STARTUP H. INSTALL STRAINERS UPSTREAM FROM AND ADJACENT TO THE FOLLOWING UNLESS THEY ARE DUCTS AND TO ALLOW SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE OF DAMPERS. A. REPAIR PUNCTURES, TEARS, AND PENETRATIONS WITH TAPE OR MASTIC TO MAINTAIN VAPOR - SERVICE. FURNISHED AS AN INTEGRAL ASSEMBLY FOR DEVICE BEING PROTECTED: BARRIER SEAL. 1. COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND STARTUP CHECKS ACCORDING TO 1. SOLENOID VALVES. 13.3 ADJUSTING B. INSTALL VAPOR STOPS FOR DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS OPERATING BELOW 50 DEG F AT 18- MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2. THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES. A. AFTER INSTALLATION, ADJUST DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES TO AIR FOOT INTERVALS. VAPOR STOPS SHALL CONSIST OF VAPOR -BARRIER MASTIC APPLIED IN A Z-SHAPED 2. VERIFY OPERATION OF REMOTE PANEL FAILURE MODES. VERIFY ALARMS. 3. HOT -GAS BYPASS VALVES. PATTERNS INDICATED, OR AS DIRECTED, BEFORE STARTING AIR BALANCING. PATTERN OVER INSULATION FACE, ALONG BUTT END OF INSULATION, AND OVER THE SURFACE. COVER 3. INSPECT UNITS FOR VISIBLE DAMAGE TO REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR, 4. COMPRESSOR. INSULATION FACE AND SURFACE TO BE INSULATED A WIDTH EQUAL TO TWO TIMES THE INSULATION CONDENSER AND EVAPORATOR COILS, AND FANS. 1. INSTALL FILTER DRYERS IN LIQUID LINE BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION SECTION 14 - DUCT INSULATION THICKNESS, BUT NOT LESS THAN 3 INCHES. 4. START REFRIGERATION SYSTEM WHEN OUTDOOR -AIR TEMPERATURE IS WITHIN VALVE AND IN THE SUCTION LINE AT THE COMPRESSOR. 14.1 EXAMINATION 5. INSTALL INSULATION ON RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOWS AND TRANSITIONS WITH A FULL INSULATION NORMAL OPERATING LIMITS AND MEASURE AND RECORD THE FOLLOWING: J. INSTALL RECEIVERS SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE PUMP -DOWN CHARGE. A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SECTION FOR EACH SURFACE. GROOVE AND SCORE INSULATION TO FIT AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE TO OUTSIDE A. COOLING COIL LEAVING -AIR, DRY- AND WET -BULB TEMPERATURES. K. INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS AT COMPRESSORS. FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING AND INSIDE RADIUS OF ELBOWS. INSTALL INSULATION ON ROUND AND FLAT -OVAL DUCT ELBOWS WITH B. COOLING COIL ENTERING -AIR, DRY- AND WET -BULB TEMPERATURES. PERFORMANCE OF INSULATION APPLICATION. INDIVIDUALLY MITERED GORES CUT TO FIT THE ELBOW. C. CONDENSER COIL ENTERING -AIR DRY-BULB TEMPERATURE. 12.2 PIPING INSTALLATION 1. VERIFY THAT SYSTEMS TO BE INSULATED HAVE BEEN TESTED AND ARE 6. INSULATE DUCT STIFFENERS, HANGERS, AND FLANGES THAT PROTRUDE BEYOND INSULATION SURFACE D. CONDENSER COIL LEAVING -AIR DRY-BULB TEMPERATURE. A. DRAWING SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS INDICATE GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF FREE OF DEFECTS. WITH 6-INCH- WIDE STRIPS OF SAME MATERIAL USED TO INSULATE DUCT. SECURE ON ALTERNATING SIDES OF 5. SIMULATE MAXIMUM COOLING DEMAND AND INSPECT THE FOLLOWING: PIPING SYSTEMS. INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS WERE USED TO SIZE PIPE AND 2. VERIFY THAT SURFACES TO BE INSULATED ARE CLEAN AND DRY. STIFFENER, HANGER, AND FLANGE WITH PINS SPACED 6 INCHES O.C. A. COMPRESSOR REFRIGERANT SUCTION AND HOT -GAS PRESSURES. CALCULATE FRICTION LOSS, EXPANSION, AND OTHER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS. INSTALL PIPING B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE B. SHORT-CIRCUITING OF AIR THROUGH OUTSIDE COIL OR FROM OUTSIDE AS INDICATED. PROVIDE UPDATED ESTIMATED EQUIVALENT LINE LENGTHS TO VENDOR PRIOR TO BEEN CORRECTED. 14.7 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION COIL TO OUTDOOR -AIR INTAKE. INSTALLATION. A. WHERE GLASS -CLOTH JACKETS ARE INDICATED, INSTALL DIRECTLY OVER BARE INSULATION OR INSULATION WITH 6. INSPECT CASING INSULATION FOR INTEGRITY, MOISTURE CONTENT, AND B. INSTALL REFRIGERANT PIPING ACCORDING TO ASHRAE 15. 14.2 PREPARATION FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS. ADHESION. C. INSTALL PIPING IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND EXCEPT IN A. SURFACE PREPARATION: CLEAN AND DRY SURFACES TO RECEIVE INSULATION. 1. DRAW JACKET SMOOTH AND TIGHT TO SURFACE WITH 2-INCH OVERLAP AT SEAMS AND JOINTS. 7. VERIFY THAT CLEARANCES HAVE BEEN PROVIDED FOR SERVICING. EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE AREAS. REMOVE MATERIALS THAT WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT INSULATION APPLICATION. 2. EMBED GLASS CLOTH BETWEEN TWO 0.062-INCH- THICK COATS OF LAGGING ADHESIVE. 8. VERIFY THAT CONTROLS ARE CONNECTED AND OPERABLE. D. INSTALL PIPING INDICATED TO BE EXPOSED AND PIPING IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE 3. COMPLETELY ENCAPSULATE INSULATION WITH COATING, LEAVING NO EXPOSED INSULATION. 9. VERIFY THAT FILTERS ARE INSTALLED. AREAS AT RIGHT ANGLES OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING WALLS. DIAGONAL RUNS ARE PROHIBITED 14.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS B. WHERE FSK JACKETS ARE INDICATED, INSTALL AS FOLLOWS: 10. CLEAN COILS AND INSPECT FOR CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. A. INSTALL INSULATION MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, AND FINISHES WITH SMOOTH, 1. DRAW JACKET MATERIAL SMOOTH AND TIGHT. 11. INSPECT AND ADJUST VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS. E. INSTALL PIPING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR CEILING PANEL STRAIGHT, AND EVEN SURFACES; FREE OF VOIDS THROUGHOUT THE LENGTH OF 2. INSTALL LAP OR JOINT STRIPS WITH SAME MATERIAL AS JACKET. 12. VERIFY BEARING LUBRICATION. REMOVAL. DUCTS AND FITTINGS. 3. SECURE JACKET TO INSULATION WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE. 13. CLEAN FANS AND INSPECT FAN -WHEEL ROTATION FOR MOVEMENT IN CORRECT F. INSTALL PIPING AT INDICATED SLOPES. B. INSTALL INSULATION MATERIALS, VAPOR BARRIERS OR RETARDERS, JACKETS, 4. INSTALL JACKET WITH 1-1/2-INCH LAPS AT LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND 3-INCH- WIDE JOINT STRIPS AT END DIRECTION WITHOUT VIBRATION AND BINDING. G. INSTALL PIPING FREE OF SAGS AND BENDS. AND THICKNESSES REQUIRED FOR EACH ITEM OF DUCT SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED JOINTS. 14. ADJUST FAN BELTS TO PROPER ALIGNMENT AND TENSION. H. INSTALL FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTION AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS. IN INSULATION SYSTEM SCHEDULES. 5. SEAL OPENINGS, PUNCTURES, AND BREAKS IN VAPOR -RETARDER JACKETS AND EXPOSED INSULATION 15. START UNIT. I. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW APPLICATION OF INSULATION. C. INSTALL ACCESSORIES COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION MATERIALS AND WITH VAPOR -BARRIER MASTIC. 16. INSPECT AND RECORD PERFORMANCE OF INTERLOCKS AND PROTECTIVE J. SELECT SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH PRESSURE RATING EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN SYSTEM SU►TABLE FOR THE SERVICE. INSTALL ACCESSORIES THAT DO NOT CORRODE, C. SEAL WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE. DEVICES INCLUDING RESPONSE TO SMOKE DETECTORS BY FAN CONTROLS AND FIRE OPERATING PRESSURE. SOFTEN, OR OTHERWISE ATTACK INSULATION OR JACKET IN EITHER WET OR DRY 1. APPLY TWO CONTINUOUS BEADS OF ADHESIVE TO SEAMS AND JOINTS, ONE BEAD UNDER LAP AND THE ALARM. K. INSTALL ESCUTCHEONS FOR PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS. STATE. FINISH BEAD ALONG SEAM AND JOINT EDGE. 17. OPERATE UNIT FOR RUN-IN PERIOD. L. INSTALL SLEEVES FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH CONCRETE AND MASONRY WALLS, D. INSTALL INSULATION WITH LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF D. WHERE METAL JACKETS ARE INDICATED, INSTALL WITH 2-INCH OVERLAP AT LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END 18. CALIBRATE CONTROLS. GYPSUM -BOARD PARTITIONS, AND CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF SLABS. HORIZONTAL RUNS. JOINTS. OVERLAP LONGITUDINAL SEAMS ARRANGED TO SHED WATER. SEAL END JOINTS WITH WEATHERPROOF 19. ADJUST AND INSPECT HIGH -TEMPERATURE LIMITS. M. VERIFY FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS FOR ROUGHING -IN. E. INSTALL MULTIPLE LAYERS OF INSULATION WITH LONGITUDINAL AND END SEAMS SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER. SECURE JACKET WITH STAINLESS -STEEL BANDS 12 20. INSPECT OUTDOOR -AIR DAMPERS FOR PROPER STROKE. N. REFER TO EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS FOR STAGGERED. INCHES O.C. AND AT END JOINTS. 21. VERIFY OPERATIONAL SEQUENCE OF CONTROLS. ROUGHING -IN REQUIREMENTS. F. KEEP INSULATION MATERIALS DRY DURING APPLICATION AND FINISHING. 22. MEASURE AND RECORD THE FOLLOWING AIRFLOWS. PLOT FAN VOLUMES ON FAN 0. REFER TO SECTION 5 "HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS" FOR SOLENOID VALVE G. INSTALL INSULATION WITH TIGHT LONGITUDINAL SEAMS AND END JOINTS. BOND 14.8 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL CURVE. CONTROLLERS, CONTROL WIRING, AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. SEAMS AND JOINTS WITH ADHESIVE RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MATERIAL A. PLENUMS AND DUCTS REQUIRING INSULATION: A. SUPPLY -AIR VOLUME. P. INSTALL PIPING AS SHORT AND DIRECT AS POSSIBLE, WITH A MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS, MANUFACTURER. 1. SUPPLY AIR B. OUTDOOR -AIR FLOW. ELBOWS, AND FITTINGS. H. INSTALL INSULATION WITH LEAST NUMBER OF JOINTS PRACTICAL. 2. OUTDOOR AIR B. AFTER STARTUP, CHANGE FILTERS, VERIFY BEARING LUBRICATION, AND ADJUST BELT Q. ARRANGE PIPING TO ALLOW INSPECTION AND SERVICE OF REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT. INSTALL 1. WHERE VAPOR BARRIER IS INDICATED, SEAL JOINTS, SEAMS, AND PENETRATIONS B. ITEMS NOT INSULATED: TENSION, VALVES AND SPECIALTIES IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS TO ALLOW FOR SERVICE AND INSPECTION. IN INSULATION AT HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND OTHER PROJECTIONS 1. FACTORY -INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS. C. REMOVE AND REPLACE COMPONENTS THAT DO NOT PROPERLY OPERATE AND REPEAT R. INSTALL REFRIGERANT PIPING IN RIGID OR FLEXIBLE CONDUIT IN LOCATIONS WHERE EXPOSED TO WITH VAPOR -BARRIER MASTIC. 4. FACTORY -INSULATED PLENUMS AND CASINGS. STARTUP PROCEDURES AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. MECHANICAL INJURY. 1. INSTALL INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH HANGERS AND AROUND 5. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. D. PREPARE WRITTEN REPORT OF THE RESULTS OF STARTUP SERVICES. S. SLOPE REFRIGERANT PIPING AS FOLLOWS: ANCHOR ATTACHMENTS. 6. VIBRATION -CONTROL DEVICES. 1. INSTALL HORIZONTAL HOT -GAS DISCHARGE PIPING WITH A UNIFORM SLOPE DOWNWARD 2. FOR INSULATION APPLICATION WHERE VAPOR BARRIERS ARE 7. FACTORY -INSULATED ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS. 9.4 ADJUSTING AWAY FROM COMPRESSOR. INDICATED, EXTEND INSULATION ON ANCHOR LEGS FROM POINT OF ATTACHMENT A. ADJUST INITIAL TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY SET POINTS. 2. INSTALL HORIZONTAL SUCTION LINES WITH A UNIFORM SLOPE DOWNWARD TO TO SUPPORTED ITEM TO POINT OF ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE. TAPER AND B. SET FIELD -ADJUSTABLE SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT -BREAKER TRIP RANGES AS INDICATED. COMPRESSOR. SEAL ENDS AT ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE WITH VAPOR -BARRIER MASTIC. 3. INSTALL TRAPS AND DOUBLE RISERS TO ENTRAIN OIL IN VERTICAL RUNS. 3. INSTALL INSERT MATERIALS AND INSTALL INSULATION TO TIGHTLY JOIN 4. LIQUID LINES MAY BE INSTALLED LEVEL. THE INSERT. SEAL INSULATION TO INSULATION INSERTS WITH ADHESIVE OR SEALING COMPOUND RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. J. APPLY ADHESIVES, MASTICS, AND SEALANTS AT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED COVERAGE RATE AND WET AND DRY FILM THICKNESSES. RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • 0 Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: SF . I r NO. 68h �� �* * • STA TE Of Jt' , •c`'•. at p R 10 P •' � FPS' . ... - c_��°a� ISSUE SCHEDULE: // // k _ I _ // REVISION SCHEDULE: �I NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE I ,. _ NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: WSC SHEET: SPECIFICATIONS BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.la_Prototype.rvt 11 /13/2020 12:03:01 PM I ■ C C I RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: ��CENS'• i No. 686 ' 1 *: � s STATE OF J rOR1�,, tl zp ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: WSC SHEET: MECHANICAL DUCTWORK M 10 1 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1 a_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 12:03:18 PM I A BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.� RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North. Building C • Bessemer. AL 35020 P 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP No. 686 G • 0 C STATE Of ' Q / py� c 2 �' ISSUE SCHEDULE. REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET. PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY WSC SHEET: MECHANICAL PIPING M102 11/13/2020 12:03:37 PM F F C G RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: \cEro :'�,SR'• ,•� • a No. 686 1 STATE Of ; .�`'•F� 0 R r ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: WSC SHEET: MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M103 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 12:03:45 PM I I If RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • 40Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: CENsF/��� • a 686 � � • 4 STATE Of ; Q ,��,• 10R1DP.•� i �Np`� I ► Z�t 1,a ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: WSC SHEET: DETAILS M501 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 12:03:47 PM I I I� 11 I . I AN C0 RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 zGASTUDIO.COM STAMP: 1s No. 686 1 � STATE OF ; c� OR IpP.;��` S � JV ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: WSC SHEET: SCHEDULES M601 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.la_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 12:03:52 PM I! _ 1--_ I__I_ 1 —__-- - i- 1 1 II 1 j1' i l! Y� __ — ___ _ --1 �L 7.1L01 11 —I L11 I_ 8 I 7 I 6 I 5 I 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 F LEGEND (n SMOKE DETECTOR ®® MOTORIZED DAMPER © PRESSURE SENSOR MT TEMPERATURE SENSOR [H HUMIDITY SENSOR ECM ELECTRONICALLY COMMUTATED MOTOR CT CURRENT SENSOR ® MOTOR E CLG COIL COI FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE DP SENSOR OFAN SPLIT SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL BI-OA DAMPER COMMAND (OPEN/CLOSED) BI- OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE BI-OUTSIDE AIR HUMIDITY BI -OUTSIDE AIR FLOW CFM BO-DIRTY FILTER SWITCH BI-DX COMPRESSOR STATUS BI & AI -DX COMPRESSORS LOAD/STAGE BI-SUPPLY FAN STATUS BI-EXHAUST FAN STATUS BI-ELECTRIC HEAT STATUS AO -SUPPLY FAN SPEED AO -HOT GAS REHEAT COMMAND AI -DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE AI -DUCT PRESSURE BO-DIRTY FILTER ALARM BO-HEAT WHEEL COMMAND ON/OFF BO-DIRTY FILTER ALARM BI-EXHAUST/RELIEF FAN STATUS CONTROLS CONTRACTOR SHALL MONITOR AND DISPLAY ON USER INTERFACE THE ABOVE PACKAGED SYSTEMS CONTROL POINTS. SYSTEM ALARMS SHALL ALSO BE DISPLAYED ALONG WITH PUBLISHED FAULT DEFINITIONS. SYSTEM GRAPHICS SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH ACTUAL UNIT CONFIGURATION AND RELEVANT POINTS DISPLAYED IN LOGICAL LOCATIONS. BI-FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE BO-HW COMMAND AO-EXHAUST/RELIEF FAN SPEED FCM GRAVITY DAMPER H M EA16 AI -OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE AI -OUTDOOR AIR HUMIDITY FINAL T H PRE FILTER FILTER OA DX COIL 0 M AI -AIRFLOW MONITORING STATION BO-OA DAMPER COMMAND HEI L BI-END SWITCH I CM AO -SUPPLY FAN SPEED BI-DIRTY FILTER SWITCH DOAS-1 CONTROL DIAGRAM 7 THE DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR UNIT IS PROVIDED WITH FACTORY INSTALLED SENSORS AND CONTROLS AND WILL OPERATE AS INDICATED IN THE SEQUENCES OF OPERATION PROVIDED BELOW: MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER: CONTROLLER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH REQUIRED SENSORS AND PROGRAMMING FOR DOAS UNIT. CONTROLLER SHALL BE FACTORY PROGRAMMED, MOUNTED, AND TESTED. CONTROLLER SHALL HAVE A LCD READOUT FOR CHANGING SETPOINTS AND MONITORING UNIT OPERATION. UNIT START COMMAND: • FACTORY MOUNTED AND WIRED OUTDOOR AIR DAMPERS ARE POWERED. • EXHAUST FAN STARTS AFTER A (ADJ.) DELAY. • SUPPLY FAN STARTS 15 SECONDS (ADJ.) AFTER THE EXHAUST FAN. • TEMPERING OPTIONS AND ENERGY WHEEL OPTION TO FUNCTION AS DESCRIBED BELOW. D UNIT STOP COMMAND: • SUPPLY FAN, EXHAUST FAN, ENERGY WHEEL AND TEMPERING OPTIONS DE -ENERGIZED. • OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR IS SPRING RETURN CLOSE. OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED MODES: BOTH OCCUPIED AND UNOCCUPIED MODES SHALL BE BASED ON A 7-DAY TIME CLOCK INTERNAL TO THE CONTROLLER. THE SCHEDULE SHALL BE SET BY THE END USER. WHEN A USER INITIATES AN OVERRIDE INPUT, THE CONTROLLER WILL SWITCH FROM UNOCCUPIED TO OCCUPIED MODE. THE CONTROLLER WILL RETURN TO THE SCHEDULED OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED MODE AFTER THE OVERRIDE TIME HAS EXPIRED. IF THE INTERNAL TIME CLOCK IS DISABLED, A REMOTE CONTACT OR A BMS CAN CONTROL THE OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED MODE. OCCUPIED MODE: • DAMPER CONTROL PER BELOW • ENERGY WHEEL CONTROL PER BELOW • EXHAUST FAN ON • SUPPLY FAN ON • HEATING PER BELOW • COOLING PER BELOW UNOCCUPIED MODE: • SUPPLY FAN OFF • EXHAUST FAN OFF • TEMPERING OFF • OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER CLOSED SUPPLY FAN: THE SUPPLY FAN IS PROVIDED WITH A FACTORY MOUNTED VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD). THE SUPPLY FAN SPEED WILL BE CONTROLLED WITH THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE: • CONSTANT VOLUME (ON/OFF): THE SUPPLY FAN WILL OPERATE AT A CONSTANT SPEED SET POINT (ADJ). DURING OPERATION. EXHAUST FAN: THE EXHAUST FAN IS PROVIDED WITH A FACTORY MOUNTED VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD). THE EXHAUST FAN SPEED WILL BE CONTROLLED WITH THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE: • CONSTANT VOLUME (ON/OFF): THE EXHAUST FAN WILL OPERATE AT A CONSTANT SPEED SET POINT (ADJ). DURING OPERATION. COOLING MODE: C THE COOLING IS CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN THE SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SET POINT. THE MECHANICAL COOLING WILL BE LOCKED OUT WHEN THE OUTSIDE AIR IS LESS THAN 55°F (ADJ.). • PACKAGED DX COOLING (DIGITAL SCROLL): THE CONTROLLER WILL PROVIDE A MODULATING SIGNAL FOR COOLING. THE DIGITAL SCROLL WILL BE CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE. HOT GAS REHEAT HEA RA AI -DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE POINTS LIST - DOAS UNIT WITH HEAT WHEEL POINT DESCRIPTION PHYSICAL POINTS VIRTUAL POINTS ANALOG INPUT BINARY INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT BINARY OUTPUT ALARM POINT DISPLAY ON USER INTERFACE CALC'D VALUE TREND SUPPLY FAN STATUS X X X SUPPLY FAN SPEED X X DISCHARGE AIR TEMP LVG COIL X X X X DISCHARGE AIR TEMP LVG HGR COIL X X X OUTSIDE AIR HUMIDITY X X X FILTER STATUS (3)X X X OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER X X OA DAMPER END SWITCH X RELIEF AIR DAMPER X X RELIEF DAMPER END SWITCH X OUTSIDE AIR FLOW CFM X X X X X RELIEF TEMP X X X RELIEF AIR HUMIDITY X X X RELIEF FAN STATUS X X RELIEF FAN SPEED X X X HEAT WHEEL ON/OFF X X X PHYSICAL POINTS TOTAL 7 8 2 2 • MODULATING HOT GAS REHEAT (HGRH) SEQUENCE: DURING DEHUMIDIFICATION, THE MODULATING HGRH IS CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN THE SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SET POINT. t STANDARD HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL: CONDENSING FAN WILL STAGE ON/OFF BASED UPON CONDENSER PRESSURE. DOAS-1 A BACNET INTERFACE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO COMMUNICATE UNIT POINTS TO THE BAS. DEHUMIDIFICATION MODE: THE COOLING IS CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN THE COOLING -COIL SET POINT. THE DEHUMIDIFICATION SEQUENCE WILL BE LOCKED OUT WHEN THE OA IS LESS THAN 10°F ABOVE THE COLD -COIL SET POINT. THE UNIT SHALL BE CAPABLE OF REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL. • COLD COIL SET POINT RESET FUNCTION: THE CONTROLLER WILL CONTROL THE COOLING TO MAINTAIN AN ACTIVE SET POINT. THE ACTIVE SETPOINT WILL SET TO LOCAL CONTROL (55°F ADJ.) FROM THE FACTORY AND CAN BE FIELD ADJUSTED TO THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE. IN ADDITION TO STATED SEQUENCES, CONTROLS CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT UNIT FUNCTIONALITY MEETS 2015 IECC "MANDATORY" PROVISIONS. REHEAT MODE: WHILE THE UNIT IS IN DEHUMIDIFICATION MODE, THE OA CAN BE REHEATED VIA PRIMARY HEAT SOURCE OR ON/OFF HGRH FOR SPACE NEUTRAL APPLICATIONS. 2015 IECC "MANDATORY" PROVISIONS ARE INCLUDED ON THIS SHEET. • MODULATING HGRH: THE CONTROLLER WILL MODULATE THE HGRH REHEAT VALVE WITH A 0-10 V SIGNAL TO MAINTAIN THE SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SET POINT (ADJ.) HEATING MODE: THE HEATING IS CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN THE SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SET POINT. THE HEATING WILL BE LOCKED OUT WHEN THE OA IS GREATER THAN 80°F. ,1 ELECTRIC HEATER: THE CONTROLLER WILL MODULATE AN ELECTRIC HEATER TO MAINTAIN THE SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SET POINT (ADJ.) 3 SUPPLY SET POINT RESET FUNCTION: _ THE CONTROLLER WILL MODULATE THE HEATING AND COOLING TO MAINTAIN AN ACTIVE SETPOINT. • OA RESET: THE CONTROLLER WILL MONITOR THE OA TEMPERATURE AND ADJUST THE DESIRED SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SETPOINT ACCORDINGLY. • LOCAL (SUPPLY TEMP CONTROL): THE SUPPLY SET POINT WILL BE A CONSTANT TEMPERATURE SET FROM THE CONTROLLER (ADJ.). BUILDING FREEZE PROTECTION: IF THE SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE DROPS BELOW 35°F (ADJ.) FOR 300 SECONDS (ADJ.), THE CONTROLLER WILL DE -ENERGIZE THE UNIT AND ACTIVATE THE ALARM OUTPUT AFTER A PRESET TIME DELAY. TEMPERATURE PROTECTION: THE CONTROLLER WILL ENABLE THE SUPPLY FAN TO MODULATE DOWN TO HELP THE UNIT KEEP UP WITH HEATING DEMAND IN THE EVENT OF WHEEL FAILURE OR THE UNIT OPERATING OUTSIDE DESIGN CONDITIONS. THIS CAN BE ENABLED UNDER THE MANUFACTURER MENU IN THE CONTROLLER. FROST CONTROL: .0^ B FROST CONTROL FOR THE ENERGY WHEEL IS ENABLED WHEN FROST IS PRESENT ON THE WHEEL; BASED ON THE OA TEMPERATURE AND THE PRESSURE DROP ACROSS THE WHEEL. IF THE OA TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 5°F (ADJ.) AND THE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ACROSS THE WHEEL IS ABOUT 1.5" (ADJ.), FROST CONTROL WILL ENABLE. WHEN FROSTING IS OCCURRING, THE VFD MODULATES THE WHEEL DOWN TO A SLOW ROTATIONAL SPEED TO DEFROST WHEEL. ONCE EITHER THE PRESSURE DROP DECREASES BELOW THE PRESSURE SWITCH SET POINT, OR THE OA TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE INCREASES ABOUT THE TEMPERATURE SET POINT, THE UNIT WILL RESUME NORMAL OPERATION. ENERGY RECOVERY WHEEL OPERATION: • A ENERGY RECOVERY WHEEL RELAY CAN BE CONFIGURED AND WILL BE ACTIVE ANYTIME THE SUPPLY FAN IS OPERATING. • THE ENERGY RECOVERY WHEEL WILL NOT OPERATE WHEN THE AMBIENT ENTHALPY IS IN A RANGE (USER ADJUSTABLE) THAT THAT IS ACCEPTABLE AND DOES NOT NEED TO BE CONDITIONED. FOR THIS PROJECT WHEEL SHALL BE IN "BYPASS" MODE WHEN OA ENTHALPY IS BETWEEN 23.2 AND 28.5 BTU/LB. WHEN UNIT IS IN "BYPASS" MODE, THE WHEEL SHALL BE OCCASSIONALLY ROTATED TO AVOID UNEQUAL WEAR ON THE MEDIA. THIS ABILITY IS NOT NATIVE TO THE UNIT SO THE CONTROLS CONTRACTOR WILL HAVE TO START/STOP THE UNIT WHEN UNIT IS IN "BYPASS" MODE. ALARMS: THE CONTROLLER WILL DISPLAY ALARMS AND HAVE ONE DIGITAL OUTPUT FOR REMOTE INDICATION OF AN ALARM CONDITION. POSSIBLE ALARMS INCLUDE: • DIRTY FILTER: A DIGITAL SIGNAL IS SENT TO THE CONTROLLER INDICATING AN INCREASED PRESSURE DROP ACROSS THE OUTDOOR, EXHAUST, OR SUPPLY AIR FILTERS (MUST BE ADJUSTED IN FIELD DURING START UP). THE CONTROLLER WILL THEN PROVIDE A DIRTY FILTER ALARM. • DIRTY WHEEL: THE CONTROLLER MONITORS PRESSURE ACROSS THE WHEEL AND SENDS AN ALARM IN THE CASE OF AN INCREASED PRESSURE DROP. SUPPLY AND EXHAUST AIR: THE CONTROLLER MONITORS THE PROVING SWITCH ON EACH FAN AND SENDS AN ALARM IN THE CASE OF EITHER FAN'S PROVING SWITCH NOT ENGAGING. � • DX: THE CONTROLLER MONITORS THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE. IN THE CASE OF LOW REFRIGERANT PRESSURE, THE COMPRESSORS WILL SHUT DOWN UNTIL REFRIGERANT PRESSURE RETURNS TO NORMAL VALUES AND THE CONTROLLER WILL SEND AN ALARM. IN THE CASE OF HIGH REFRIGERANT PRESSURE, THE COMPRESSORS WILL SHUT DOWN, REQUIRING A MANUAL RESET, AND THE CONTROLLER WILL SEND A ALARM. I • TEMPERATURE SENSOR: THE CONTROLLER SENDS AN ALARM IN THE CASE OF A FAILED AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. 0 RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 ***2015 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE "MANDATORY" PROVISIONS GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 DEMONSTRATION OF ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE FOR THIS PROJECT IS BY THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE (IECC). THE CONTROL SYSTEM AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL INCORPORATE THE FOLLOWING "MANDATORY" REQUIREMENTS: GIATTINA AYCOCK THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS: (C403.4.1) ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. THE SUPPLY OF HEATING AND COOLING ENERGY TO EACH ZONE SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY INDIVIDUAL 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C THERMOSTAIC CONTROLS CAPABLE OF RESPONDING TO TEMPERATURE WITHIN THE ZONE. • r Bessemer, AL 35020 P.- 205.933.9060 HEAT PUMP SUPPLEMENTARY HEAT: (C403.4.1.1) GASTUDIO.COM HEAT PUMPS HAVING SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRIC RESISTANCE HEAT SHALL HAVE CONTROLS THAT, EXCEPT DURING DEFROST, PREVENT SUPPLEMENTAL HEAT OPERATION WHERE THE HEAT PUMP CAN PROVIDE THE HEATING REQUIRED. DEADBAND: (C403.4.1.2) PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 5°F DEADBAND BETWEEN HEATING AND COOLING IN WHICH THE SUPPLY OF HEATING AND COOLING ENERGY TO THE ZONE IS REDUCED TO A MINIMUM. SETPOINT OVERLAP: (C403.4.1.3) WHERE HEATING AND COOLING TO A ZONE ARE CONTROLLED BY SEPARATE ZONE THERMOSTATS, THE CONTROLS SHALL PREVENT SETPOINTS FROM BEING OVERLAPPED AND PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE DEADBAND HEATING OR COOING IN VESTIBULES: (C403.4.1.4) HEATING SYSTEMS SERVING VESTIBULES SHALL HAVE THE T-STAT LOCATED IN THE VESTIBULE AND SHALL LIMIT THE TEMPERATURE TO 60°F. CONTROLS SHALL AUTOMATICALLY SHUT OFF HEATING SYSTEM WHEN THE OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 45°F. IF COOLING IS PROVIDED, SETPOINT SA SHALL BE LIMITED TO NO LESS THAN 85°F HOT WATER BOILER OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE SETBACK CONTROL: (C403.4.1.5) STAMP: HOT WATER BOILER SYSTEMS THAT SUPPLY HEAT TO THE BUILDING SHALL HAVE AN OUTDOOR�p1{illUffty��y SETBACK CONTROL THAT LOWERS THE BOILER WATER TEMPEARTURE BASED ON THE OUTDOOR �N TEMPERATURE. ,� C.EIV,S+F/ll �o /* of OFF -HOUR CONTROLS: (C403.4.2) EACH ZONE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THERMOSTATIC SETBACK CONTRLS THAT ARE CONTROLLED BY N0. 686 ') EITHER AN AUTOMATIC TIME CLOCK OR PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL SYSTEM.*�! SETBACK CONTROLS: (C403.4.2.1)'� STATE OF cry PROVIDE HEATING AND COOLING SETBACK CONTROLS TO AUTOMATICALLY CHANGE THE HEATING OR Q , ` 4"p COOLING SETPOINT TO A LESS DEMANDING SETTING DURING SCHEDULED UNOCCUPIED PERIODS TO �'�' •� 0 R I Q SAVE ENERGY. SETBACK TEMPS SHOULD BE CAPABLE OF REDUCING HEATING SETPOINT TO 55°F OR '�►� UP TO 85°F FOR COOLING OPERATION. N AUTOMATIC SETBACK AND SHUT DOWN: (C403.4.2.2) AN AUTOMATIC TIME CLOCK OR PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED THAT IS CAPABLE OF STARTING AND STOPPING THE SYTEM FOR SEVEN DIFFERENT DAILY SCHEDULES PER WEEK. ISSUE SCHEDULE: ADDITIONALLY, THE CONTROLS SHALL HAVE A MANUAL OVERRIDE THAT ALLOWS TEMPORARY OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM FOR UP TO 2 HOURS, A MANUALLY OPERATED TIMER CONFIGURED TO OPERATE THE SYSTEM FOR UP TO 2 HOURS, OR AN OCCUPANCY SENSOR THAT OPERATES THE SYSTEM WHEN SPACE IS OCCUPIED. AUTOMATIC START: (C403.4.2.3) AUTOMATIC START CONTROLS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH HVAC SYSTEM. THE CONTROLS SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO AUSTOMATICALLY ADJUST THE DAILY START TIME OF THE HVAC SYSTEM IN ORDER TO BRING EACH SPACE TO THE DESIRED TEMPERATURE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO SCHEDULED REVISION SCHEDULE: OCCUPANCY. NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE VENTILATION AIR HEATING CONTROL: (C403.7.3) UNITS THAT PROVIDE VENTILTION AIR TO MULTIPLE ZONES AND OPERATE IN CONJUNCTION WITH ZONE HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEMS SHALL NOT USED HEATING OR HEAT RECOVERY TO WARM SUPPLY AIR TO A TEMPERATURE GREATER THAN 60°F WHEN REPRESENTATIVE BUILDING LOADS OR OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURES INDICATE THAT THE MAJORITY OF ZONES REQUIRE COOLING. SHUTOFF DAMPERS: (C403.7.D OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST OPENINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CLASS I MOTORIZED DAMPERS. THE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE A LEAKAGE RATE NOT GREATER THAN 4 CFM/FTA2 OF DAMPER SURFACE AREA AT 1.0 INCH WATER GAUGE. OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST DAMPRES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH AUTOMATIC CONTROLS CONFIGURED TO CLOSE WHEN THE SYSTEMS OR SPACES SERVED ARE NOT IN USED OR DURING UNOCCUPIED PERIOD WARM-UP AND SETBACK OPERATION. (SEE CODE FOR EXCEPTIONS) MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEMS: (C403.11.2.2) DUCTS AND PLENUMS DESIGNED TO PERATE AT A STATIC PRESSURE GREATER THAN 2 INCHES WATER GAUGE BUT LESS THAN 3 INCHES WATER GUAGE SHALL BE INSULATED AND SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C403.11.1. HIGH PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEMS: (C403.11.2.3) NOTES & LEGEND DUCTS AND PLENUMS DESIGNED TO PERATE AT A STATIC PRESSURE GREATER THAN 3 INCHES WATER GAUGE SHALL BE INSULATED AND SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION C403.11.1. IN ADDITION, DUCTS AND PLENUMS SHALL BE LEAK TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SMACNA HVAC AIR DUCT LEAKAGE TEST MANUAL AND SHOWN TO HAVE A RATE OF AIR LEAKAGE (CL) LESS THAN 4.0 AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH EQUATION 4-8 IN THE CODE. GENERAL NOTES FOR THE CONTROLS SYSTEM 1. PROVIDE COMPLETE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS), INTERNET ACCESSIBLE WITH PASSWORD PROTECTION, INCLUDING ALL HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, AND PROGRAMMING AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE HVAC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. 2. THE BAS SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPRISED OF A HIGH SPEED ETHERNET NETWORK UTILIZING BACnet/IP COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN BUILDING SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND WORKSTATION(S). THE SYSTEM SHALL UTILIZE ENTERPRISE SERVER BASED WEB CONTROLLERS AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE DEDICATED SOFTWARE FOR WORKSTATIONS. THE BAS CONTRACTOR (OR OWNER) SHALL PROVIDE A DEDICATED SERVER FOR THIS FUNCTION. THE BAS SHALL INCLUDE COMPLETE BUILDING GRAPHICS WITH FLOOR PLANS AND HVAC SYSTEM LAYOUTS. 3. PROVIDE A DISTRIBUTED PROCESS CONTROL "SMART" PANEL LOCATED IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM, CONFIGURED IN ACCORDNACE WITH THE CONTOL DIAGRAMS POINTS LIST AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION NARRATIVES. 4. ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S UL-LISTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 5. COORDINATE WITH TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR AND ESTABLISH CALIBRATED READINGS FOR ALL AIR AND WATER MEASUREMENT DEVICES, TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY AND PRESSURE DEVICES AND VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES. 6. COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT VENDORS AND PROVIDE REQUIRED INTERFACING CONTROL DEVICES TO ACHIEVE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. 7. ALL SET -POINTS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE FROM THE USER INTERFACE. 8. ALL ANALOG OUTPUTS INVOLVED IN THE MODULATION OR VARYING OF SPEED SHALL BE DONE BY PROPORTIONAL -INTEGRAL -DIFFERENTIAL PROGRAM AND SET UP TO BE ABLE TO RESPOND QUICKLY AND IN A STABLE MANNER TO ACHIEVE THE DESIRED SET -POINT. 9. UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE, ALL SEQUENCES ARE TO DO THE OPPOSITE ACTION WHEN THE INPUT PARAMETER THAT CONTROLS THE DEVICE IS OPPOSITE OR REVERSED. (FOR EXAMPLE, A FAN THAT IS STATED TO TURN ON WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 80F, SHALL TURN OFF WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 80F). WHEN DOING THE OPPOSITE, THERE SHALL BE AN ADJUSTABLE DEADBAND OF THE INPUT PARAMETERS TO AVOID EXCESSIVE CYCLING. 10. ALL INPUT SIGNALS INDICATED ON THE SEQUENCES OF OPERATION SHALL BE ABLE TO BE OVERRIDDEN THROUGH THE USER INTERFACE AND DISPLAYED AS OVERRIDDEN WHEN THEY ARE. 11. ALL POINTS INDICATED IN THE POINTS LIST OR SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING TRENDED THROUGH THE USER INTERFACE. 12. FOR EACH SEQUENCE OF OPERATION INDICATED WITH A POINTS LIST, SET UP A TREND LOG REPORT IN GRAPHICAL FOR EACH POINT INDICATED TO BE TRENDED. CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: WSC SHEET: CONTROLS I M701 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/13/2020 12:03:54 PM III I F 1 L _t"j, N1_ o I'll i 1 1 •_111 _ 1 1 1 1111_ _, 8 7 6 5 1 4 1 3 2 F E IC Lf 1 0 (11) (12) (13) (14) ('15) � 'T'C11) (12) . (13 13.6 (14 15 I I I f I I I I I I I I I I I I (C I I 1 I I SEASONAL SHOP I I CIRCULATION SALES ( I FANS AND (1) I I GABLE FAN ETR - - - - - - - _ - - I I �I I III I I i I I I II II I II REMOVE (8) EXISTING I GLAZED I CIRCULATION FANS AND (1) CANOPY GABLE FAN. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR EXTENTS OF GARDEN I I CENTER DEMOLITION AREA. �i I GARDEN CENTER MECHANICAL PLAN 1 " = 20'-0" KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 12.20.13 1. GENERAL NOTES ARE APPLICABLE TO ALL 21. NOT USED. 15.401 CONNECT TO NEAREST DOMESTIC COLD WATER MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. PIPE OF EQUAL OR LARGER SIZE. VERIFY SIZE 22. EXISTING PIPE SIZES AND LOCATIONS HAVE NOT AND LOCATION AT SITE. PROVIDE SHUT-OFF 2. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS FOR A COMPLETE BEEN FIELD VERIFIED. CONTRACTOR IS VALVE IN NEW PIPE AT POINT OF CONNECTION. INSTALLATION IN ALL RESPECTS AND READY FOR RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZES 15.405 PROPERLY CAP, PLUG AND CONCEAL ANY INTENDED USE AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH OF ALL EXISTING PIPING THAT IS BEING CONNECTED PIPING LEFT IN PLACE. CAP ABANDONED SEWER STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND MANUFACTURERS TO OR MODIFIED, AND TO VERIFY THAT PROPER PIPING A MINIMUM OF 8" BELOW FINISHED RECOMMENDATIONS. SLOPES AND ELEVATIONS ARE AVAILABLE. MAINTAIN FLOOR. MATCH EXISTING FLOOR MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/8" PER FOOT FOR SAN SEWER CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES. RE: 3. STORE MUST BE KEPT IN OPERATION.ARRANGE ALL PIPING 3" OR LARGER. MAINTAIN MINIMUM SLOPE OF ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. REMOVE UNUSED WORK TO KEEP DISRUPTIONS TO STORE 1/4" PER FOOT FOR SAN SEWER PIPING SMALLER 7631 GAIL BLVD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 WATER AND VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING AND OPERATIONS TO A MINIMUM. COORDINATE WITH THAN 3". REF ARCH. FOR TRENCHING CAP REMAINING PIPE. EXISTING AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. PAY ALL REQUIREMENTS. 15.422 EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN (VERIFY LOCATION NECESSARY FEES AND PERMITS. IN FIELD). 23. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING GA PROJECT No: 2200532 4. IF NEW CONSTRUCTION DISRUPTS EXISTING SEWER AND VENT PIPE SIZE AND ELEVATION AND UNDERGROUND SERVICES (GAS, SEWER, DOMESTIC SHALL VERIFY THAT PROPER SLOPES ARE AVAILABLE WATER, FIRE SPRINKLER, ETC.), PROVIDE ALL BEFORE CUTTING FLOOR SLAB FOR NEW SEWER GIATTINA AYCOCK MATERIALS AND LABOR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN PIPING_ THEIR PROPER OPERATION. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 24. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS TO NEW WATER VALVES 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C 5. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR UTILIZING AND CLEANOUTS AS NECESSARY WHEN INSTALLED • r Bessemer, AL 35020 OWNER APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTORS FOR IN INACCESSIBLE AREAS. P: 205.933.9060 CUTTING AND PATCHING ROOF. GASTUDIO.COM 25. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ONE YEAR 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL WARRANTY FOR PROPER SEWER SYSTEM EXHAUST FANS AND EXHAUST FAN CURBS. OPERATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR FANS. REFERENCE 26. SANITARY DRAINAGE LINES AND FITTINGS (DRAIN, ARCH ITECTURAUSTRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR WASTE AND VENT) SHALL BE CAST IRON, COATED DETAILS. INSIDE AND OUTSIDE. WHERE PERMITTED BY LOCAL 1925 Prospect Ave. CODES, PVC-DWV PLASTIC SCHEDULE 40 MAY BE Orlando, FL 32814 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED USED IN LIEU OF CAST IRON. ALL PHOTOLAB P (407) 661-9100 RTU CURB AND TEMPORARY COVER CURB PER ARCH PLUMBING SHALL BE PVC. F (407) 661-9101 DETAIL (IF USED). RTU'S SHALL BE FURNISHED BY "L." L Chi/ C/ & re�s'QjZ mmo.c�p,caft OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CURB 27. WATER PIPING ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE TYPE Architects Engineers Planners Florida Cap Cmif-4"COM26 - ADAPTOR (IF USED) SHALL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER HARD DRAWN COPPER JOINED WITH WROUGHT AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. RTU SHALL BE COPPER FITTINGS. MAKE JOINTS USING LEAD-FREE SET ON ROOF CURB. DO NOT SET RTU DIRECTLY ON SOLDER AND A NON -CORROSIVE, PASTE -TYPE FLUX. ROOF. COORDINATE RTU INSTALLATION WITH MAKE PIPING CONNECTIONS TO A FIXTURE WITH WALMART CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND AES AS CHROME -PLATED SEAMLESS BRASS TUBE. INSULATE REQUIRED FOR RTU/AHU CURB ADAPTERS. HOT & COLD WATER PIPING WITH RIGID GLASS FIBER A MINIMUM OF 1/2" THICK WITH WHITE ALL -SERVICE 8 REPLACE FILTERS ON NEW RTU NO MORE THAN ONE JACKET (VAPOR RETARDER) STAMP: DAY PRIOR TO STARTING TEST & BALANCE PROCEDURES. FILTERS SHALL BE 2" THICK EQUAL TO 28. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMERS ON FLOOR FARR 30/30. DRAINS IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL PLUMBING CODES.EN SIP REMOVE ALL EXISTING 9. LABEL RTU WITH 6" BLACK PERMANENT PAINT 29. ALL FLOOR CLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH 2" CW DOWN TO 11' AFF. SALES OVERHEAD RAINBIRD STENCIL AND LABEL SENSOR WITH 2" HIGH BLACK WITH FLOOR FINISH MATERIAL OR FLUSH WITH No. 78474 = COORDINATE WITH FINAL LOCATION IRRIGATION PIPING AND 2„ PERMANENT PAINT STENCIL. NUMBER THE SENSOR CONCRETE SLAB IF NO FLOOR FINISH MATERIAL IS = yt yk ; yt OF HEALTH & WELLNESS OPENING. FIXTURES PAST THIS POINT. TO CORRESPOND WITH RTU IT CONTROLS. LOCATE CALLED OUT FOR ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. -p -``J 1Y CAP OPEN PIPE END. SEASONAL IRRIGATION LABEL FOR UNIT NEAR ITS DISCONNECT SO IT IS �/� SHOP ENTRY ETR READABLE FROM ROOF HATCH. 30. LOCATE ALL FLOOR CLEAN -OUTS OUT OF TRAFFIC ' O of tv; 2 1/2" "WRWAYS, WHILE MAINTAINING ACCESSIBILITY. LOCATE ...... P.•�G�1�1 CW ETR 10. IF RTUS ARE INSTALLED BEFORE ROOFING IS PER DIMENSIONS IF SHOWN ON PLANS. S�ONAL`E��`�� 15.422 COMPLETED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE WHICH OCCURS 31. FLOOR CUTS SHALL BE STRAIGHT AND CLEAN, DURING THE ROOFING PROCESS, INCLUDING TAR ON REPLACE REMOVED SLAB WITH CONCRETE FLUSH 15.401 COILS. AND SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT FLOOR SLAB. MAINTAIN TD IN REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS. COORDINATE EXISTING I CAP AT ACTIVE I 11. ROOFTOP UNIT CONDENSATE SHALL BE ROUTED TO WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ISSUE SCHEDULE: CANOPY. CAP END IRRIGATION EXISTING OVERHEAD DRAIN WITH THE SLOPE OF THE ROOF. AND INSTALL NEW WATER MAIN RAINBIRD IRRIGATION 32. CAP ALL PIPING OPENINGS DURING CONSTRUCTION 4" STORM DRAIN PIPING EXISTING TO 12. MECHANICAL FAILURE OF NEW ROOFTOP UNITS UNTIL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND - CB - - - � - - REMAIN.- - PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER, SHALL BE ACCESSORIES ARE MADE. 15.422 REPAIRED OR REPLACED BY CONTRACTOR DEMO I THROUGH WARRANTY AGREEMENT WITH 33. CUT AND PATCH EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB HOSE REEL MANUFACTURER. FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW UNDERGROUND 4" ST � 15.4 5 PLUMBING PIPE. MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 13. IF APPLICABLE, COORDINATE ALL NEW GAS PIPING REVISION SCHEDULE: DEMO j I EXISTING OVERHEAD AND ROOF EQUIPMENT WITH EXISTING GAS PIPING, 34. DO NOT INSTALL PIPING WITHIN COOLER PANELS. TRENCH TRENCH IRRIGATION WATER TO SKYLIGHTS, AND ROOF EQUIPMENT. FIELD VERIFY INSTALL EXPOSED PIPING IN PREP AREAS A MINIMUM NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE DEMO DRAIN DRAIN HOSE REELS EXISTING TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. OF 1" FROM PANEL WALL AND 6" ABOVE FINISHED HOSE REEL (APPROX ETR REMAIN. FLOOR TO ALLOW FOR CLEANING. USE ONLY NON- 15.405 I 15.422 14. 4 STRUCTURE SHALL BE INSTALLED ED WHENEXISTINGROOF UANCHORS. TO ONITS CORROSIVE MATERIALS FOR SPACERS AND 45 FT.) ARRIVE AT THE JOB SITE. REFERENCE ARCH ITECTURAUSTRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR 35. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON PLATES FOR PLUMBING ST GLAZED DETAILS. PENETRATIONS THROUGH GROCERY CEILINGS AND CANOPY 8" ST ETR WALLS. ^" ST 1 _ 15. INSTALL VTR'S A MINIMUM OF 24" AND FLUES A A ETR MINIMUM OF 36" FROM ROOF EDGE AND/OR PARAPET 36. PROVIDE AIR TIGHT SEAL AROUND PIPING -� WALLS. INSTALL VTR'S, FLUES AND EXHAUST FANS A PENETRATIONS THROUGH COOLER/FREEZER WALLS MINIMUM OF 10 FT FROM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OF AND CEILINGS. FINISH WITH ESCUTCHEON PLATE. DEMO ROOF ROOF TOP UNITS. INSTALL EXHAUST FANS AND DRAIN LEADER) _ ROOF DRAIN LEADER ETR - - ROOF TOP UNITS A MINIMUM OF 10 FT FROM ROOF 37. PROVIDE HEAT TAPE AND INSULATION ON ALL WATER A.0 15.405 YARD CLEANOUT ETR EDGE OR A MINIMUM OF 60" FROM PARAPET WALLS AND DRAIN PIPING EXPOSED TO FREEZING. THAT ARE AT LEAST 42" HIGH. 38. INSTALL CONTINUOUS SEALANT JOINT AT ALL 16. COORDINATE LOCATION OF DUCTWORK AND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS. GARDEN CENTER PLUMBING PLAN DIFFUSERS WITH LIGHT FIXTURES TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE SHADOWING OF THE SALES OR STOCK 39. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION (U.N.0), IN LIEU OF NCITFG R I FC�FNf) 1 " = 20'-0" 1 ( 2 ( 3 '4 5 (6 '7' � 8) 9 ) (10) (11 (12) 1 '3) ('1) (15') I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . e a^^ I I I I I I I I I I I I f I I I CF 2 3 MP1 MP1 - 1 �D� a CSEASONAL SHOP a SALES I � I I ' GLAZE I CANOPY I MECHANICAL & PLUMBING PLAN 1 " = 50'-0" FLOORS. LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE. FIELD VERIFY STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS BEFORE FABRICATION OF DUCTWORK. 17. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO NEW OR RELOCATED DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES ARE PROHIBITED. INSPECT CONDITION OF EXISTING DUCT AND REPLACE DAMAGED DUCT WITH EQUIVALENT TYPE OF DUCT AS REQUIRED. 18. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE NET FREE AREA. CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, ROUND DUCTWORK OF EQUIVALENT FREE AREA MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF RECTANGULAR. INCREASE RECTANGULAR SHEET METAL SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR LINER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INSULATION THICKNESS. 19. DUCT SUPPORT AND GRILLE DETAIL IS APPLICABLE THROUGHOUT THE STORE. DO NOT USE FASTENERS THAT PENETRATE ROOF DECK. 20. TYPICAL BRANCH DUCT FITTING DETAIL IS APPLICABLE THROUGHOUT THE STORE. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. COPPER WATER PIPING, PEX OR AQUATHERM PIPING MAY BE USED. REFER TO EQUIVALENT NOMINAL PIPE SIZES SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS. 40. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING BASED ON APPROPRIATE SEISMIC ZONE REQUIREMENTS PER SMACNA PUBLISHED SEISMIC DETAILS, LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY INCLUDES STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION ON DETAILS SUBMITTED FOR PERMITTING. 41. BUILDING COMPONENTS ABANDONED BY THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE SECURED TO PREVENT FALLING, LOOSENING, OR CREATING DAMAGE OF ANY KIND IN THE FUTURE. 42. INSTALL ASSET TAGS ON ALL NEW RTU'S AND AHU'S AND COMPLETE THE DATA COLLECTION INFORMATION. DELETE DEMOED ASSETS FROM ASSET TAGGING APPLICATION. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. CURRENT DRAWING SET: 11 /06/20 ISSUE DATE: 11/06/20 DRAWN BY: JWD SHEET: MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING PLAN KAP1 C:\Users\JoseM\Documents\0706_ZEPHYRHILLS_FL_192_R_MEP_V20Josem.rvt 11/19/2020 1:30:16 PM EACH SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A THOROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IN THEIR RELATED FIELD. THE FAILURE TO ACQUAINT THEMSELF WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF PERFORMING THE WORK PROPERLY. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF CONDITIONS THAT OCCUR DUE TO FAILURE TO FAMILIARIZE WORKERS WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE. 8 1 7 191 5 CI L -u rl I 1 11 3 I 2 —1 lA ' _ 1 1' 1 F E LE 9 0 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES DEFINITIONS A. FURNISH: PURCHASE AND DELIVER TO THE JOBSITE. B. INSTALL: MOUNT, CONNECT, COMPLETE AND LEAVE READY FOR OPERATION. C. PROVIDE: FURNISH AND INSTALL IN COMPLETE WORKING ORDER. 1. DEVIATIONS FROM THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE REQUESTED IN WRITING BY THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR AND SHALL REQUIRE WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM BLOX. NO CLAIMS FOR DELAYS WILL BE APPROVED BECAUSE OF ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR REQUESTED DEVIATIONS. 2. THE NOTES BELOW AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS DRAWING SET SHALL ALSO APPLY TO LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS INSTALLATION, IF CONTROLS INSTALLATION IS PERFORMED BY A SEPARATE CONTRACTOR THAN POWER, "ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR" LISTED BELOW SHALL REFER TO BOTH PARTIES. 3. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED ONLY WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM BLOX. WHERE ITEMS HAVE BEEN SUBSTITUTED, THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT IMPACTS TO OTHER TRADES, AS WELL AS CORRECTIONS SHOULD FAILURES OCCUR. 4. MEANS AND METHODS NOT DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND REPLACEMENT WITH MEANS AND METHODS DIRECTED BY BLOX IN THE EVENT OF A FAILURE. THE SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THIS RESPONSIBILITY. 5. INSTALL MATERIALS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND PARALLEL WITH WALLS AND CEILINGS TO PRESENT A NEAT AND WORKMAN -LIKE APPEARANCE. 6. ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE SIZE OF FUSES AND MOTOR STARTER OVERLOAD HEATERS, OR THEIR ELECTRONIC EQUIVELANT. DETERMINE CORRECT SETTINGS ON VFD'S AND ELECTRONIC STARTERS BASED ON NAMEPLATE INFORMATION OF LOAD SERVED. PERFORM ADJUSTMENTS AS NECESSARY DURING STARTUP AND/OR COMMISSIONING AS FACILITY REACHES FULL OPERATIONAL STATUS TO ENSURE PROPER STARTUP SEQUENCE AND RUNTIME PROTECTION OF MOTORS. 7. SEAL ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED PARTITIONS INCLUDING THOSE LEFT FROM DEMOLITION. SEAL WITH FIRE RATED MATERIAL. BASE MATERIAL SELECTION ON RATING OF PARTITION OR WALL PENETRATED. USE UL APPROVED SEALING MATERIAL. 8. PROVIDE KNOCKOUT COVERS OR PLUGS ON PANELS, EQUIPMENT, AND OUTLET BOX OPENINGS CREATED BY THE REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF EXISTING RACEWAYS. 9. REFER TO THE FACILITY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE LOCATED ON THE PLANS FOR WIRING OF MECHANICAL & MEDICAL EQUIPMENT. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE FIELD BY THE TRADE SUBCONTRACTOR &/OR EQUIPMENT VENDOR. 10. PROVIDE EXPANSION COUPLINGS PER NEC AT ALL EXPANSION JOINTS. 11. PERSONNEL SAFETY IS OF PRIME IMPORTANCE. WORKING IN HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS IS NOT ALLOWED. TAKE CARE TO PROTECT CONSTRUCTION AND PERSONNEL. 12. WEAR PROPER PPE WHEN WORKING ON LIVE ELECTRICAL PARTS AND FOLLOW ALL NFPA 70E SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. 13. COORDINATE CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES. 14. PROVIDE A GREEN COLORED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ALL CONDUITS AND CABLES FOR CONTINUITY TO BOXES, DEVICES AND FIXTURES. SIZE HOME RUN CONDUCTORS AS NOTED ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS AND/OR FEEDER SCHEDULES. SIZE CONDUIT BASED ON USE OF THHN/THWN INSULATION, COMMON NEUTRALS AND NEC REQUIREMENTS. 15. SEE SPECIFICATIONS (DRAWING TYPE) FOR FURTHER PROJECT RELATED INFORMATION. 16. WALL PLATES FOR LIGHTING SWITCHES, POWER OUTLETS, AND DATA OUTLETS SHALL MATCH THE DEVICE COLOR. BASIS OF DESIGN SHALL BE WHITE NYLON. 17. INSTALL NAMEPLATES, CIRCUIT LABELS, AND WARNING / SAFETY LABELS INCLUDING ARC FLASH HAZARD LABELS. ON ALL PANELS, TRANSFORMERS, SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES, ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS, & PORTABLE EQUIPMENT DOCKING / CONNECTOR BOXES, INSTALL FINISH WALL PLATES FOR ALL WIRING DEVICES. 9 �'I 1 0 s � s �6 14 Z 15 16 17 �4 5) � / 9 El 11 El C)® 19 3 00 co co n 6" 7 6" 18" MIN 6" 6" 3 Of GENERAL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION 1. WIRE SHALL BE 600V RATED COPPER. WIRE SIZE #14 THRU #3/0 SHALL BE TYPE THHN OR THWN, #4/0 AND LARGER SHALL BE TYPE THHN OR XHHW. GROUND CONDUCTORS SHALL BE GREEN. USE `BOY" COLORS FOR ALL INSULATION (BLACK, RED, BLUE FOR 208 VOLTS; BROWN, ORANGE, YELLOW FOR 480 VOLTS). a. WIRE SIZE: 1. WHEN WIRE SIZE IS NOT SHOWN REFER TO THE FEEDER SCHEDULE. INCREASE WIRE SIZES TO ACCOMMODATE VOLTAGE DROP. b. BRANCH CIRCUITS - USE HCF CABLE; #12 AWG MIN. (15 & 20A CIRCUITS) 2. REFER TO BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRE SIZING CHART TO ACCOMMODATE INCREASED WIRE AND FEEDER SIZES FOR VARIOUS CIRCUIT DISTANCES ACCOUNTING FOR VOLTAGE DROP. 3. CURRENT CARRYING MATERIAL SHOWN ON PLANS IS BASED ON COPPER UNLESS SHOWN SPECIFICALLY TO BE ALUMINUM. 4. NEW RACEWAY SHALL BE METALLIC OF SIZE AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS DICTATED BY THE CODES IN EFFECT. WHERE NOT SUSCEPTIBLE TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE, USE HCF / MC CABLE. EMT MAY BE USED FOR EXPOSED BRANCH CIRCUITS AS NOTED IN OTHER SECTIONS. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4". a. WIRE PATHWAYS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. WIRING WITHIN ELECTRICAL ROOMS — CONDUIT AND CABLE TRAY. 2. WIRING AT EXTERIOR — CONDUIT. 3. WIRING IN PATIENT CARE AREAS — CONDUIT CABLE TRAY OR HCF / MC CABLE TRAINED ON RACK STRUCTURE. 4. UNDERGROUND — PVC 5. CONDUIT: a. UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE PVC WITH WIDE RADIUS SWEEP TYPE ELBOWS. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE IS 3/4" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. b. CONCEALED CONDUIT SHALL BE EMT. C. EXTERIOR CONDUIT OR CONDUIT IN WET/DAMP LOCATIONS SHALL USE RAIN -TIGHT COMPRESSION FITTINGS. d. EMT CONDUIT IN NEMA 1 AREAS MAY HAVE SET SCREW FITTINGS e. EXTERIOR LOCATION CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT -USE "CARFLEX" FLEXIBLE WATERTIGHT PVC. 6. MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND UL APPROVED/LABELED. 7. PROVIDE GROUNDING/BONDING BUSHINGS ONTO METAL CONDUIT AT SERVICE LOCATIONS AND WHERE APPLICABLE PER NEC. 8. PROVIDE LUGS FOR REQUIRED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT.JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE SIZED BY THE CONTRACTOR PER NEC REQUIREMENTS AND BE OF THE PROPER NEMA CLASSIFICATIONS FOR THE LOCATIONS WHERE INSTALLED. WHERE BOXES OCCUR ABOVE OTHER THAN LIFT -OUT CEILING, ACCESS PANELS MUST BE PROVIDED. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. 9. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PIGTAILED TO RECEPTACLES SO THAT A RECEPTACLE CAN BE REMOVED FOR REPLACEMENT WITHOUT THE CONNECTION TO OTHER RECEPTACLES ON THE CIRCUIT BEING DISCONNECTED. USE "PLUGTAIL" STYLE HOSPITAL GRADE RECEPTACLES AND WIRING DEVICES, BY LEGRAND / PASS & SEYMOUR. 10. LABEL JUNCTION BOX COVERS WITH A PERMANENT "MAGIC" MARKER OR OTHER MEANS TO IDENTIFY THE CIRCUITS WITHIN. FOR EXAMPLE, A JUNCTION BOX CONTAINING LIGHTING CIRCUITS 21, 23, 25 FROM PANEL P1 WOULD BE LABELED "P1-21, 23, 25". 11. CONDUIT AND BOXES PASSING THROUGH OR INSTALLED WITHIN FIREWALLS AND SMOKE WALLS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE WALL THROUGH WHICH IT PASSES. 12. PROVIDE SELF-ADHESIVE PHENOLIC NAMEPLATES FOR NEW PANELS, SWITCHES AND STARTERS INVOLVED WITH PROJECT. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE BLACK WITH WHITE LETTERING. INFORMATION ON NAMEPLATES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. EQUIPMENT 3/4" LETTER HEIGHT. 2. VOLTAGE/AMPS 1/4" LETTER HEIGHT. 3. HP OR WATTS 1/4" LETTER HEIGHT. 13. ENCLOSURES - PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING ENCLOSURE RATINGS: a. NEMA 1 FOR OFFICE AREA, ELECTRICAL ROOMS AND OTHER FINISHED CONDITIONED SPACES. b. NEMA 1 FOR PATIENT CARE AREAS. C. NEMA 3R FOR EXTERIOR SPACES d. FINISHED AREAS — FLUSH MOUNTING. 14. ADJUST THE FOLLOWING TO COMPLY WITH PROJECT INTENT a. OCCUPANCY SENSOR b. MOTION SENSOR C. EMERGENCY LIGHT HEADS d. PHOTO CELLS e. TIME CLOCKS 15. BOXES AND FITTINGS — SHOULD BE RATED ACCORDING TO THE RATING OF THE AREA. EXIT --�) 3 HPANELBOARDS, 6" CABINETS, AND 12 20 (13 LATCH DISCONNECTS 6„ SIDE 6Ell 1 19� NK FINISHED FLOOR REFERENCE NOTES: C1 1 OR MULTI -GANG LIGHT SWITCH(E). ( $) WALL MOUNTED PHONE (ONLY) OVER CABINETS, COUNTERS, _ (15) FIRE ALARM STROBE DEVICES, AND STROBES, DIMENSION TO O ALL FIRE ALARM PULL STATION, DIMMERS, THERMOSTAT, CARD ETC. WITH BACKSPLASH BOTTOM OF DEVICE. READER, ETC. POWER AND/OR DATA OUTLETS 4" ABOVE COUNTER WITH (6) FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED ANNUNCIATION DEVICES SHALL 6" O.C. BETWEEN CENTER LINES OF NEAREST GANGS, BLOCK BACKSPLASH. BE THE SAME ELEVATIONS AS REFERENCE NOTE 15 WALL PROVIDE 8" O.C. ^ (* CENTERED ON DOOR, TYPICAL LOCATION FOR WALL MOUNT EXIT (1_7) VERTICAL MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS 4" MINIMUM AND 12" U WALL MOUNTED PHONE (ONLY) OVER CABINETS, COUNTERS, SIGNS, NURSE CALL DOME LIGHTS, ETC. MAXIMUM FROM TOP OF DETECTOR TO CEILING ETC. W/O BACKSPLASHES n,10ENTERLINE OF GRIP OF THE OPERATING HANDLE IN ITS HIGHEST'�8) TV POWER AND CATV DEVICES, COORDINATE LOCATION AND ( 5 POWER AND/OR DATA OUTLETS 6" ABOVE COUNTER FOR UP POSITION. MOUNTING BRACKET WITH ARCHANTERIOR DESIGNER FOR COUNTERS W/O BACKSPLASHES (12 BUTTON OR HIGHEST OPERABLE POINT ON PAY PHONE EXACT LOCATION (63 CABINETS, COUNTERS (13) WALL PHONE; CODE BLUE STATION, STAFF STATION, AND DUTY (19) MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM VERTICAL CORNER OF WALL, OR �?) SYSTEMS AND POWER DEVICES IN COMMON LOCATION STATION (1 ) WALL MOUNT DEVICE WHEN DEPTH IS 4" OR GREATER, MINIMUM �� PERMANENT OBJECT TO DEVICE OR CABINET DEVICE LOCATED IN NON -FINISHED AREA OR ON STEEL HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF LOWEST PART (UON) COLUMN (I.E. WAREHOUSE, PROCESS, ETC), (UON). ELECTRICAL DEVICE ELEVATIONS LIGHTING Al LUMINAIRE a SUPERSCRIPT- Al = LUMINAIRE TYPE ID SUBSCRIPT- a = SWITCHING UNSW = UNSWITCHED LUMINAIRE, RECESSED LUMINAIRE, SURFACE O LUMINAIRE, CEILING MOUNTED (1 LUMINAIRE, WALL MOUNTED ® LUMINAIRE/ LIFE SAFETY AND/OR NIGHTLIGHT, SURFACE MOUNTED ® LUMINAIRE/ STANDBY AND/OR NIGHTLIGHT, RECESSED MOUNTED LUMINAIRE EXIT - PROVIDE FACES AND ARROWS AS REQUIRED a LOW VOLTAGE SINGLE POLE SWITCH D SUPERSCRIPT- a,b,c,d = SWITCHING ASSIGNMENT SUBSCRIPT- D = DIMMER OCC = WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR SENSORS os CEILING MOUNTED PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR �► CEILING-MTD OCCUPANCY SENSOR, 2-POLE, DUAL -TECHNOLOGY, 2000 SF 360 DEGREE COVERAGE CEILING-MTD OCCUPANCY SENSOR, 2-POLE, DUAL -TECHNOLOGY, 2000 SF CORRIDOR COVERAGE POWER PACK/RELAY PACK, OCCUPANCY CONTROLLED WITH DIMMING Pc PHOTO -CELL SENSOR (EXTERIOR) O DAYLIGHT SENSOR - CEILING PE PHOTOELECTRIC SENSOR FACILITY EQUIPMENT FECS-1 EQUIPMENT TAG, SEE FACILITY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE • BOND • f GROUND BAR (SEE DETAIL) 11�0 GROUND ROD, 3/4" X 10' LOW -VOLTAGE SYSTEMS C APPLIES TO ALL SUPERSCRIPT: C = CEILING D = DESK F = FLUSH H = HIDDEN M = MULLION P = PEDESTAL R = RACK S = SURFACE T = TURNSTILE W = WALL VIDEO CAMERA WITH LENS �PTZ SUPERSCRIPT- PTZ = PAN/TILT/ZOOM PZ = PAN/ZOOM J OQ POWER/DATA/TELEPHONE COMBINATION FLOOR BOX (3 DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AND 4 DATA JACKS) R RECEPTACLE DUPLEX WALL EMERGENCY POWER RECEPTACLE DUPLEX WALL W/GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER ® D q) s RECEPTACLE SINGLE WALL SUPERSCRIPT- S = SWITCHED SIMPLEX D RECEPTACLE DUPLEX WALL SUPERSCRIPT - AUDIO DEVICE SUPERSCRIPT- B = BELL C = CHIME D = BI-DIRECTIONAL SPEAKER H = HORN K = KLAXON L = LISTEN -IN M = MICROPHONE P = PIEZO HORN S = SPEAKER Z = BUZZER CARD ACCESS READER SUPERSCRIPT- B = BARCODE F = ELEVATOR FLOOR CALL H = ELEVATOR HALL CALL M = MAG STRIP P = PROXIMITY S = SMART CARD T = TOKEN W = WEIGAND CARD ACCESS READER WITH TOUCH PAD CONTROLPANEL SUPERSCRIPT- B = BURGLAR D = DOOR P = PERIMETER DOOR POSITION SWITCH KEYPAD DEVICE MOTION DETECTOR SUPERSCRIPT- D = DUAL TECHNOLOGY IR = INFRARED M = MICROWAVE U = ULTRSONIC X = REQUEST FOR EXIT GFI - GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER NURSE CALL/EMERGENCY CALL - BATH PULL STATION IG = ISOLATED GROUND, ORANGE S = SWITCHED DUPLEX (TOP HALF TO BE SWITCHED) ,ON NURSE CALL/EMERGENCY CALL - DOME LIGHT TR = TAMPER RESISTANT WP = WEATHER PROOF IN -USE COVER WITH GFI RECEPTACLE FN "M NURSE CALL/EMERGENCY CALL - NURSE MASTER STATION RECEPTACLE SPECIAL PURPOSE WALL 7 DATA WORK OUTLET SUPERSCRIPT- # = NEMA CONFIGURATION A=120V,1 P, 30 AMP - L5-30R WALL TELEPHONE OUTLET B = 208V, 3P, 30 AMP - L11-30R W C = 480V, 3P, 30 AMP - L12-30R COMBINATION PHONE/DATA WORK OUTLET D = 277V, 1 P, 20 AMP - L7-20R RECEPTACLE DOUBLE DUPLEX WALL RECEPTACLE DOUBLE DUPLEX FLOOR RECEPTACLE DUPLEX FLOOR ® FIRE ALARM JUNCTION/ OUTLET BOX OA SUPERSCRIPT- A = AUDIO OUTLET, 2 GANG, BLANK PLATE D = DOOR OPERATOR CONNECTION E = MODULAR FURNITURE WHIP CONNECTION FAAP F = CEILING FAN G = GARBAGE DISPOSAL FRCP M = MICROPHONE OUTLET, 1 GANG, BLANK PLATE R = RANGE HOOD NACP V = VIDEO OUTLET,1 GANG, BLANK PLATE W = DISHWASHER K F ❑ SWITCH WITH APPROPRIATE VOLTAGE RATING SUPERSCRIPT- F = CEILING FAN 0 M = MANUAL MOTOR TE = THERMAL ELEMENT FH_Sj A T = TIMER 2 = TWO -POLE 3 = THREE POLE xnux DISCONNECT SWITCH SUPERSCRIPT- #/#/# = SIZE/# POLES/ENCLOSURE A HS wx/x CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH CB SUPERSCRIPT- #/#/# = SIZE/# POLES/ENCLOSURE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER m SUPERSCRIPT- #/#/# = # POLES/STARTER/ENCLOSURE A COMBINATION STARTER SUPERSCRIPT- #/#/#/#/# = SIZE/# POLES/FUSE/STARTER/ENCLOSURE TRANSFORMER TA SUPERSCRIPT- TA = PANEL DESIGNATION O A Z PANELBOARD LA SUPERSCRIPT- LA = PANEL DESIGNATION 0 PUSHBUTTON 0 D SUPERSCRIPT- D = PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES PUSHBUTTON E = EMERGENCY POWER OFF PUSHBUTTON P = PATIENT FOLLOWING S = FIREMANS BREAK GLASS STATION FOR SHUNT -TRIP OPERATION CONTACTOR �S M METER O A RELAY ER-1 ABBREVIATIONS AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH BFG BELOW FINISHED GRADE EQ EQUAL ESS ENERGY SELECTION SYSTEM EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER IG ISOLATED GROUND LSIG CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPES "LONG TIME", "SHORT TIME", "INSTANTANEOUS", "GROUND FAULT" NL NIGHTLIGHT RF RADIO FREQUENCY RFRG REFRIGERATOR UNSW UNSWITCHED UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UPS UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY W WALL MOUNTED WP WEATHER PROOF WAP WIRELESS ACCESS POINT FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL REMOTE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY FIRE ALARM PULL STATION SUPERSCRIPT- K = FIRE ALARM KEY STATION FIRE DEPARTMENT KEY BOX (KNOX BOX) FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNTED HORN/STROBE MULTI -CANDELA SUPERSCRIPT- NONE = UL 1971, 15cd STROBE A = UL 1971, 30cd STROBE B = UL 1971, 60cd STROBE C = UL 1971,110cd STROBE FIRE ALARM CEILING MOUNTED HORN/STROBE MULTI -CANDELA SUPERSCRIPT- NONE = UL 1971,15cd STROBE A = UL 1971, 30cd STROBE B = UL 1971, 60cd STROBE C = UL 1971,110cd STROBE FIRE ALARM CEILING MOUNTED STROBE MULTI -CANDELA SUPERSCRIPT- NONE = UL 1971, 15cd STROBE A = UL 1971, 30cd STROBE B = UL 1971, 60cd STROBE C = UL 1971,110cd STROBE FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR SUPERSCRIPT- A = FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR WITH AUXILIARY CONTACTS D = FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR DUCT MOUNT R = FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR WITH REMOTE STATUS INDICATOR AND KEY TEST SWITCH C = CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR 120 =120V POWERED FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR SMOKE DAMPER CONNECTION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER CONNECTION FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR SUPERSCRIPT- A = FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR WITH AUXILIARY CONTACTS F = FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR FIXED TEMPERATURE R = FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR RATE OF RISE R/C = FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR RATE COMPENSATION R/T = FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR COMBINATION SHEET INDEX - ELECTRICAL SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME E001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND E002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E101 LIGHTING PLAN E102 POWER PLAN E103 SYSTEMS PLAN E501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E601 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM E701 PANEL SCHEDULES E702 FACILITY EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: • ,\C E NSF • '� No. 686 •+ 9 ; STATE OF 0R►oA,�" ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: JG SHEET: ELECTRICAL LEGEND I E001 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/16/2020 3:48:43 PM rA 5 `l K 1 I ELECTRICAL, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION 1.1 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. GENERAL: SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT. B. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL AND REFERENCED OTHER DIVISION SPECIFICATIONS. C. CONFORM TO FOLLOWING PROCEDURE FOR MAKING POWER CONNECTIONS TO ALL F MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING AND DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING. 1. ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR: MAKE ALL CONNECTIONS AND PROVIDE AND/OR INSTALL STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES WHERE INDICATED. 2. MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR: PROVIDE MOTOR STARTERS (WHERE NOT INDICATED AS BEING PROVIDED UNDER THIS DIVISION), DISCONNECT SWITCHES (WHERE NOT INDICATED AS BEING PROVIDED UNDER THIS DIVISION), CONTROL POWER LESS THAN 120V FROM PANELBOARD (EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AS PROVIDED UNDER THIS DIVISION), WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SUPERVISE ALL CONNECTIONS. D. COORDINATE THE WIRING LUGS OF ALL EQUIPMENT WITH THE CONDUCTORS CONNECTED TO THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY EITHER ELECTRICAL DIVISIONS OR OTHER DIVISIONS. E. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL 120V POWER FOR CONTROL SUPPLY, WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, FOR ALL MECHANICAL CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND DAMPERS. F. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL TESTING OF ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS, SO EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS THAT ARE FUNCTIONALLY INTERDEPENDENT ARE TESTED TO DEMONSTRATE SUCCESSFUL INTEROPERABILITY. 1.2 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1. 1. MEASURE INDICATED MOUNTING HEIGHTS TO BOTTOM OF UNIT FOR SUSPENDED ITEMS AND TO CENTER OF UNIT FOR WALL -MOUNTING ITEMS. 2. HEADROOM MAINTENANCE: IF MOUNTING HEIGHTS OR OTHER LOCATION CRITERIA ARE NOT INDICATED, ARRANGE AND INSTALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE E MAXIMUM POSSIBLE HEADROOM CONSISTENT WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS. 3. EQUIPMENT: INSTALL TO FACILITATE SERVICE, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS OF BOTH ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND OTHER NEARBY INSTALLATIONS. CONNECT IN SUCH A WAY AS TO FACILITATE FUTURE DISCONNECTING WITH MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER ITEMS IN THE VICINITY. INSTALL RACEWAYS, WIREWAYS, CABLE TRAYS, BUSWAYS AND CABLES IN A MANNER TO MAINTAIN WORKING AREAS AND ACCESS AREAS AROUND EQUIPMENT CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS. 4. RIGHT OF WAY: GIVE TO RACEWAYS AND PIPING SYSTEMS INSTALLED AT A REQUIRED SLOPE. 1.3 ROUGH -IN A. VERIFY FINAL LOCATIONS FOR ROUGH -INS WITH FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT TO BE CONNECTED. B. ARRANGE FOR CHASES, SLOTS, AND OPENINGS IN OTHER BUILDING COMPONENTS DURING PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION, TO ALLOW FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS. C. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF REQUIRED SUPPORTING DEVICES AND SET SLEEVES IN POURED -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, MASONRY AND OTHER STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS, AS THEY ARE CONSTRUCTED, D. SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE INSTALLATIONS OF ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR EFFICIENT FLOW OF THE WORK. GIVE PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO LARGE EQUIPMENT REQUIRING POSITIONING PRIOR TO CLOSING IN THE BUILDING. E. COORDINATE CONNECTION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS WITH EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND AND OVERHEAD UTILITIES AND SERVICES. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNING D REGULATIONS, FRANCHISED SERVICE COMPANIES, AND CONTROLLING AGENCIES. PROVIDE REQUIRED CONNECTION FOR EACH SERVICE. F. INSTALL SYSTEMS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT TO CONFORM WITH APPROVED SUBMITTAL DATA, INCLUDING COORDINATION DRAWINGS, TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. CONFORM TO ARRANGEMENTS INDICATED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, RECOGNIZING THAT PORTIONS OF THE WORK ARE SHOWN ONLY IN DIAGRAMMATIC FORM. WHERE COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT WITH INDIVIDUAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS, REFER CONFLICT TO THE ENGINEER. G. INSTALL SYSTEMS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT LEVEL AND PLUMB, PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS, WHERE INSTALLED EXPOSED IN FINISHED AREAS. H. INSTALL SYSTEMS, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT GIVING A RIGHT-OF-WAY PRIORITY TO SYSTEMS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED AT A SPECIFIED SLOPE. 1.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. GENERAL: 1. PERFORMING CUTTING, FITTING, AND PATCHING OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO: a. UNCOVER WORK TO PROVIDE FOR INSTALLATION ILL-TIMED WORK. b. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK. C. REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK NOT CONFORMING TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. d. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN EXISTING STRUCTURES. e. UPON WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE ENGINEER, UNCOVER AND C RESTORE WORK TO PROVIDE FOR ENGINEER OBSERVATION OF CONCEALED WORK. 2. CUT, REMOVE, AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF SELECTED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, COMPONENTS, AND MATERIALS AS INDICATED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AND ITEMS MADE OBSOLETE BY THE NEW WORK. B. PROTECT THE STRUCTURE, FURNISHING, FINISHES, AND ADJACENT MATERIALS NOT INDICATED OR SCHEDULED TO BE REMOVED. C. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY PARTITIONS OR DUST BARRIERS ADEQUATE TO PREVENT THE SPREAD OF DUST AND DIRT TO ADJACENT AREAS. D. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK: DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING OPERATIONS, PROTECT ADJACENT INSTALLATIONS. E. PATCH EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES AND BUILDING COMPONENTS USING NEW MATERIALS MATCHING EXISTING MATERIALS AND USING EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. INSTALLERS' QUALIFICATIONS REFER TO THE MATERIALS AND METHODS REQUIRED FOR THE SURFACE AND BUILDING COMPONENTS BEING PATCHED. 1.5 SUBSTANTIAL AND FINAL COMPLETION A. SUBMIT RECORD DOCUMENTS. B. SUBMIT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. C. CLEAN ALL ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC ITEMS/COMPONENTS/EQUIPMENT/DEVICES INSIDE AND OUTSIDE PRIOR TO INSPECTION. D. CERTIFY THAT ALL PUNCH LIST ITEMS ARE COMPLETE. B E. CERTIFY THAT ALL TESTING REQUIREMENTS ARE COMPLETE. ELECTRICAL TESTING 1. PROVIDE A MEGGER TEST ON ALL 600 VOLT FEEDERS AND SERVICE CONDUCTORS 2. GROUNDS: TEST GROUNDS TO ENSURE A MAXIMUM OF 25 OHMS. 3. GROUND TO NEUTRAL: CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THIS TEST TWO TIMES. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE A SOUND BASED CONTINUITY TESTER TO PERFORM THIS TEST (NOT A MEGGER): a. PRIOR TO ENERGTIZING THE UTILITY TRANSFORMER 1. TEST FOR PINCHED NEUTRAL BY LIFTING THE NEUTRAL BONDING JUMPER AT THE SERVICE AND MEASURING THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN THE LOAD SIDE GROUND AND NEUTRAL. RESISTANCE SHALL BE INFINITE. IF A SHORT CIRCUIT IS MEASURED CONTRACTOR SHALL LIFT ONE NEUTRAL AT A TIME UNTIL THE SHORTED NEUTRAL IS FOUND. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIX THE SHORT AND RETEST WITH ALL NEUTRALS LANDED. b. AFTER ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS HAVE BEEN TERMINATED 1. TEST FOR PINCHED NEUTRAL BY LIFTING THE NEUTRAL BONDING JUMPER AT THE SERVICE AND MEASURING THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN THE LOAD SIDE GROUND AND NEUTRAL. RESISTANCE SHALL BE INFINITE. IF A SHORT CIRCUIT IS MEASURED CONTRACTOR SHALL LIFT ONE NEUTRAL AT A TIME UNTIL THE SHORTED NEUTRAL IS FOUND. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIX THE SHORT AND RETEST WITH ALL NEUTRALS LANDED. 4. BRANCH CIRCUITS: PERFORM A CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE TEST OF BRANCH CIRCUITS PRIOR TO A ENERGIZING. 5. RECEPTACLES: TEST ALL THE RECEPTACLES LOOKING FOR CORRECT WIRING, OPERATING GFI AND AFCI FUNCTIONS. 6. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTS: TEST THE NEW EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS BY SHUTTING OFF THE MAIN TO INSURE THE NEW EMERGENCY LIGHTS OPERATE AS DESIGNED. 7. OCCUPANY SENSORS: TEST THE OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND ADJUST AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. 8. MOTORS: BUMP -TEST ALL MOTORS TO DETERMINE PROPER PHASE ROTATION. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES EXECUTION 1.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. FEEDERS: COPPER FOR FEEDERS SMALLER THAN NO.4/0 AWG; COPPER OR ALUMINUM FOR FEEDERS NO.4/0 AWG AND LARGER. B. BRANCH CIRCUITS: COPPER. SOLID FOR NO.10 AWG AND SMALLER; STRANDED FOR NO.8 AWG AND LARGER. 1.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. SERVICE ENTRANCE: TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY. B. EXPOSED FEEDERS: TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY OR METAL - CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC, AS DENOTED ON DRAWINGS. C. FEEDERS CONCEALED IN CEILINGS: TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY. D. FEEDERS CONCEALED IN CONCRETE, BELOW SLABS -ON -GRADE, AND UNDERGROUND: TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY. E. EXPOSED BRANCH CIRCUITS: TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY. F. BRANCH CIRCUITS CONCEALED IN CONCRETE, BELOW SLABS -ON -GRADE, AND UNDERGROUND: TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY. G. BRANCH CIRCUITS: TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY OR METAL -CLAD CABLE, TYPE HCF, AS DENOTED ON DRAWINGS. H. CORD DROPS AND PORTABLE APPLIANCE CONNECTIONS: TYPE SO, HARD SERVICE CORD WITH STAINLESS -STEEL, WIRE -MESH, STRAIN -RELIEF DEVICE AT TERMINATIONS TO SUIT APPLICATION. I. CLASS 1 CONTROL CIRCUITS: TYPE THHN-THWN, IN RACEWAY. J. CLASS 2 CONTROL CIRCUITS: TYPE THHN-THWN, IN RACEWAY OR POWER -LIMITED CABLE, CONCEALED IN BUILDING FINISHES. 1.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. CONCEAL CABLES IN FINISHED WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. USE MANUFACTURER -APPROVED PULLING COMPOUND OR LUBRICANT WHERE NECESSARY; COMPOUND USED MUST NOT DETERIORATE CONDUCTOR OR INSULATION. DO NOT EXCEED MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM PULLING TENSIONS AND SIDEWALL PRESSURE VALUES. C. USE PULLING MEANS, INCLUDING FISH TAPE, CABLE, ROPE, AND BASKET -WEAVE WIRE/CABLE GRIPS, THAT WILL NOT DAMAGE CABLES OR RACEWAY. D. INSTALL EXPOSED CABLES PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACES OF EXPOSED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND FOLLOW SURFACE CONTOURS WHERE POSSIBLE. E. IDENTIFY AND COLOR -CODE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ACCORDING TO SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." 1.4 CONNECTIONS A. TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE -TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A AND UL 486B. B. MAKE SPLICES AND TAPS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUCTOR MATERIAL AND THAT POSSESS EQUIVALENT OR BETTER MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND INSULATION RATINGS THAN UNSPLICED CONDUCTORS. 1. USE OXIDE INHIBITOR IN EACH SPLICE AND TAP CONDUCTOR FOR ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS. C. WIRING AT OUTLETS: INSTALL CONDUCTOR AT EACH OUTLET, WITH AT LEAST 6 INCHES (150 MM) OF SLACK. METAL CLAD & HEALTHCARE FACILITY (HCF) CABLE EXECUTION 1.1 CABLE CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS: COPPER. SOLID FOR NO.10 AWG AND SMALLER; STRANDED FOR NO.8 AWG AND LARGER. 1.2 INSTALLATION OF CABLES A. CONCEAL CABLES IN FINISHED WALLS, AND CEILINGS OF INDOOR DRY LOCATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. EXPOSED CABLES ARE NOT ALLOWED IN ANY LOCATION, EXCEPT IN ELECTRICAL & DEDICATED EQUIPMENT ROOMS. C. SECURE AND SUPPORT CABLES ACCORDING TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 1. SECURE WITHIN 12 INCHES (CABLE LENGTH) OF EVERY ENCLOSURE, BOX, CABINET AND OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT IT IS CONNECTED, EXCEPT LIGHTING FIXTURES WHICH SHALL BE SECURED WITHIN 6 FEET. 2. SECURE AT INTERVALS NOT OVER 6 FEET (CABLE LENGTH) ON CENTER, EXCEPT WHERE CABLES ARE RUN HORIZONTALLY THROUGH OPENINGS IN METAL STUDS. 3. WHEN INSTALLED PARALLEL TO FRAMING, STUDS, JOIST, ETC, CABLE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 % INCH BACK FROM SHEETROCK SURFACE OR PROTECTED BY A 1/16 INCH THICK STEEL PLATE. D. SUPPORT CABLES ACCORDING TO "HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." E. IDENTIFY AND COLOR -CODE CONDUCTORS ACCORDING TO "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." F. MORE THAN 5, #12, 2 AND 3 CONDUCTOR PLUS GROUND, CABLES SHALL NOT BE BUNDLED (NOT SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM OF ONE OUTSIDE DIAMETER) FOR 24 INCHES OR MORE WITHOUT APPLYING THE NEC TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(A) ADJUSTMENT FACTORS. G. OTHER THAN #12, 2 AND 3 CONDUCTOR PLUS GROUND CABLES SHALL NOT BE BUNDLED (NOT SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM OF ONE OUTSIDE DIAMETER) FOR 24 INCHES OR MORE WITHOUT APPLYING THE NEC TABLE 310.15(B)(2)(A) ADJUSTMENT FACTORS. 1.3 CONNECTIONS A. TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE -TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A AND UL 486B. B. MAKE SPLICES AND TAPS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUCTOR MATERIAL AND THAT POSSESS EQUIVALENT OR BETTER MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND INSULATION RATINGS THAN UNSPLICED CONDUCTORS. C. WIRING AT OUTLETS: INSTALL CONDUCTOR AT EACH OUTLET, WITH AT LEAST 12 INCHES OF SLACK WIRE IN BOX. 1.4 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. INSTALL SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS AT PENETRATIONS OF EXTERIOR FLOOR AND WALL ASSEMBLIES. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS EXECUTION 1.1 APPLICATIONS A. CONDUCTORS: INSTALL SOLID CONDUCTOR FOR NO. 8 AWG AND SMALLER, AND STRANDED CONDUCTORS FOR NO.6 AWG AND LARGER UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: GREEN -COLORED INSULATION WITH CONTINUOUS YELLOW STRIPE. ON FEEDERS WITH ISOLATED GROUND, IDENTIFY GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WHERE VISIBLE TO NORMAL INSPECTION, WITH ALTERNATING BANDS OF GREEN AND YELLOW TAPE, WITH AT LEAST THREE BANDS OF GREEN AND TWO BANDS OF YELLOW. C. CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS AND CONNECTIONS: A. 1. PIPE AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS: BOLTED CONNECTORS. B. 2. UNDERGROUND CONNECTIONS: WELDED CONNECTORS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. 3. CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL: TAP AND THREADED BOLT LUG CONNECTORS 1.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. INSTALL INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS WITH ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS. B. SIGNAL AND COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT: IN ADDITION TO GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, PROVIDE A SEPARATE GROUNDING SYSTEM COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS IN TIA/ATIS J-STD-607-A. 1. SERVICE AND CENTRAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AND WIRING CLOSETS: TERMINATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR ON A 1/4-BY-4-BY-12-INCH GROUNDING BUS. 1.3 INSTALLATION A. GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: ROUTE ALONG SHORTEST AND STRAIGHTEST PATHS POSSIBLE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY CODE. AVOID OBSTRUCTING ACCESS OR PLACING CONDUCTORS WHERE THEY MAY BE SUBJECTED TO STRAIN, IMPACT, OR DAMAGE. B. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR PIPING: 1. METAL FLUID PIPING ENTERING THE BUILDING: INSTALL INSULATED COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, IN CONDUIT, FROM BUILDING'S MAIN SERVICE EQUIPMENT, OR GROUNDING BUS, TO MAIN METAL WATER SERVICE ENTRANCES TO BUILDING. CONNECT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS TO MAIN METAL WATER SERVICE PIPES; USE A BOLTED CLAMP CONNECTOR OR BOLT A LUG -TYPE CONNECTOR TO A PIPE FLANGE BY USING ONE OF THE LUG BOLTS OF THE FLANGE. WHERE A DIELECTRIC MAIN WATER FITTING IS INSTALLED AND THERE IS AT LEAST 10' OF METAL PIPE IN CONTACT WITH EARTH, CONNECT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR ON STREET SIDE OF FITTING. BOND METAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR CONDUIT OR SLEEVE TO CONDUCTOR AT EACH END. C. GROUNDING FOR STEEL BUILDING STRUCTURE WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS: 1. BOND BUILDING STEEL TO SERVICE ENTRANCE BOND POINT AND TO EACH SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM. 2. BOND EACH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATE PORTION OF BUILDING STEEL TOGETHER. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS EXECUTION 1.1 APPLICATION A. RACEWAY AND CABLE SUPPORTS SHALL PREVENT MOVEMENT OF CABLE OR RACEWAY IN ANY DIRECTION WHEN FORCE IS APPLIED WITHOUT DEPENDING ON BOXES OR FITTINGS. B. COMPLY WITH NECA 1 AND NECA 101 FOR APPLICATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS EXCEPT IF REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION ARE STRICTER. C. MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACING AND MINIMUM HANGER ROD SIZE FOR RACEWAY: SPACE SUPPORTS FOR EMT, IMC, AND RMC AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70. MINIMUM ROD SIZE SHALL BE 1/4 INCH IN DIAMETER. D. MULTIPLE RACEWAYS OR CABLES: INSTALL TRAPEZE -TYPE SUPPORTS FABRICATED WITH STEEL SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEM, SIZED SO CAPACITY CAN BE INCREASED BY AT LEAST 25 PERCENT IN FUTURE WITHOUT EXCEEDING SPECIFIED DESIGN LOAD LIMITS. 1. SECURE RACEWAYS AND CABLES TO THESE SUPPORTS WITH TWO -BOLT CONDUIT CLAMPS. E. SPRING -STEEL CLAMPS DESIGNED FOR SUPPORTING SINGLE CONDUITS WITHOUT BOLTS MAY BE USED FOR 1-1/2-INCH AND SMALLER RACEWAYS SERVING BRANCH CIRCUITS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND FOR FASTENING RACEWAYS TO TRAPEZE SUPPORTS. F. SUPPORTS ATTACHED TO STEEL ROOF DECK SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 300.4(E) OF THE NEC SO THAT RACEWAY OR CABLE IS NO LESS THAN 1-1/2" BELOW THE DECK. G. MC/HCF BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE SUPPORT METHODS: 1. INDIVIDUAL CABLES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING MAY BE SUPPORTED FROM SUPPORT WIRES/RODS WITH SPRING STEEL CLIP ATTACHMENT ('BATWING") 2. MULTIPLE CABLES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING MAY BE SUPPORTED BY WIRE/ROD WITH RATED BRACKET (ERICO/CADDY MCS OR EQUAL) OR BRIDLE RING. 3. SUPPORT WIRES SHALL BE FASTENED AT ROOF DECK AT ONE END AND CEILING SYSTEM AT OTHER END. IDENTIFY WIRES WITH COLOR MARKING TO IDENTIFY THEM UNIQUELY FROM CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. 4. CABLES WITHIN 12" OF JUNCTION AND OUTLET BOXES ABOVE CEILINGS SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH COMBINATION BOX/CABLE-CONDUIT HANGERS. H. FEEDER MC CABLES (#8 AWG OR LARGER) SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH CABLE TRAY OR SECURE ATTACHMENT TO HORIZONTAL SUPPORT STRUCTURE(S) (E.G. STEEL FRAME OR CHANNEL STRUT) WITH SPRING STEEL CLAMPS OR STRAPS. 1.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1 AND NECA 101 FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE. B. RACEWAY SUPPORT METHODS: IN ADDITION TO METHODS DESCRIBED IN NECA 1, EMT, IMC, AND RMC MAY BE SUPPORTED BY OPENINGS THROUGH STRUCTURE MEMBERS, AS PERMITTED IN NFPA 70. C. STRENGTH OF SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES: WHERE NOT INDICATED, SELECT SIZES OF COMPONENTS SO STRENGTH WILL BE ADEQUATE TO CARRY PRESENT AND FUTURE STATIC LOADS WITHIN SPECIFIED LOADING LIMITS. MINIMUM STATIC DESIGN LOAD USED FOR STRENGTH DETERMINATION SHALL BE WEIGHT OF SUPPORTED COMPONENTS PLUS 200 LB. D. MOUNTING AND ANCHORAGE OF SURFACE -MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS: ANCHOR AND FASTEN ELECTRICAL ITEMS AND THEIR SUPPORTS TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS BY THE FOLLOWING METHODS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED BY CODE: 1. TO NEW CONCRETE: BOLT TO CONCRETE INSERTS. 2. TO EXISTING CONCRETE: EXPANSION ANCHOR FASTENERS, 3. INSTEAD OF EXPANSION ANCHORS, POWDER -ACTUATED DRIVEN THREADED STUDS PROVIDED WITH LOCK WASHERS AND NUTS MAY BE USED IN EXISTING STANDARD - WEIGHT CONCRETE 4 INCHES THICK OR GREATER. DO NOT USE FOR ANCHORAGE TO LIGHTWEIGHT -AGGREGATE CONCRETE OR FOR SLABS LESS THAN 4 INCHES THICK. 4. TO STEEL: BEAM CLAMPS (MSS TYPE 19, 21, 23, 25, OR 27) COMPLYING WITH MSS SP-69. 5. TO LIGHT STEEL: SHEET METAL SCREWS. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS EXECUTION 1.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. OUTDOORS: APPLY RACEWAY PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED: 1. EXPOSED CONDUIT: RMC, IMC. 2. CONCEALED CONDUIT, ABOVEGROUND: RMC, IMC, EMT. 3. UNDERGROUND CONDUIT: PVC OR RMC, DIRECT BURIED OR CONCRETE ENCASED WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4. CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING TRANSFORMERS AND HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRIC SOLENOID, OR MOTOR -DRIVEN EQUIPMENT): LFMC. 5. BOXES AND ENCLOSURES, ABOVEGROUND: NEMA 250, TYPE 3R. B. INDOORS: APPLY RACEWAY PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED: 1. EXPOSED: EMT 2. CONCEALED IN CEILINGS AND INTERIOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: EMT. 3. CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING TRANSFORMERS AND HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRIC SOLENOID, OR MOTOR -DRIVEN EQUIPMENT): FMC, EXCEPT USE LFMC IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS. 4. DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS: RMC, IMC. 5. BOXES AND ENCLOSURES: NEMA 250, TYPE 1, EXCEPT USE NEMA 250, TYPE 4 STAINLESS STEEL IN COMMERCIAL KITCHENS AND DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS. C. MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 3/4-INCH TRADE SIZE FOR POWER. D. RACEWAY FITTINGS: COMPATIBLE WITH RACEWAYS AND SUITABLE FOR USE AND LOCATION. 1. RIGID AND INTERMEDIATE STEEL CONDUIT: USE THREADED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT FITTINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 2.10, 2. PVC EXTERNALLY COATED, RIGID STEEL CONDUITS: USE ONLY FITTINGS LISTED FOR USE WITH THIS TYPE OF CONDUIT. PATCH AND SEAL ALL JOINTS, NICKS, AND SCRAPES IN PVC COATING AFTER INSTALLING CONDUITS AND FITTINGS. USE SEALANT RECOMMENDED BY FITTING MANUFACTURER AND APPLY IN THICKNESS AND NUMBER OF COATS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 3. EMT: USE SETSCREW FITTINGS. COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 2.10, USE RAUNTIGHT COMPRESSION FITTING WHERE INSTALLED OUTDOORS/WET LOCATIONS. 4. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT: USE ONLY FITTINGS LISTED FOR USE WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 2.20. E. INSTALL SURFACE RACEWAYS ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. F. DO NOT INSTALL NONMETALLIC CONDUIT WHERE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 120 DEG F. 1.2 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1 AND NECA 101 FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS EXCEPT WHERE REQUIREMENTS ON DRAWINGS OR IN THIS ARTICLE ARE STRICTER. COMPLY WITH NECA 102 FOR ALUMINUM CONDUITS. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70 LIMITATIONS FOR TYPES OF RACEWAYS ALLOWED IN SPECIFIC OCCUPANCIES. B. COMPLETE RACEWAY INSTALLATION BEFORE STARTING CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION. C. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN "HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS" FOR HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. D. ARRANGE STUB -UPS SO CURVED PORTIONS OF BENDS ARE NOT VISIBLE ABOVE FINISHED SLAB. E. INSTALL NO MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF THREE 90-DEGREE BENDS IN ANY CONDUIT RUN EXCEPT FOR CONTROL WIRING CONDUITS, FOR WHICH FEWER BENDS ARE ALLOWED. SUPPORT WITHIN 12 INCHES OF CHANGES IN DIRECTION. F. CONCEAL CONDUIT AND EMT WITHIN FINISHED WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. INSTALL CONDUITS PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES. G. SUPPORT CONDUIT WITHIN 12 INCHES OF ENCLOSURES TO WHICH ATTACHED. H. RACEWAYS EMBEDDED IN SLABS: 1. RUN CONDUIT LARGER THAN 1-INCH TRADE SIZE, PARALLEL OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO MAIN REINFORCEMENT. WHERE AT RIGHT ANGLES TO REINFORCEMENT, PLACE CONDUIT CLOSE TO SLAB SUPPORT. SECURE RACEWAYS TO REINFORCEMENT AT MAXIMUM 10-FOOT INTERVALS. 2. ARRANGE RACEWAYS TO KEEP A MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES OF CONCRETE COVER IN ALL DIRECTIONS. 3. DO NOT EMBED THREADLESS FITTINGS IN CONCRETE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY ENGINEER FOR EACH SPECIFIC LOCATION. I. STUB -UPS TO ABOVE RECESSED CEILINGS: 1. USE EMT FOR RACEWAYS. 2. USE A CONDUIT BUSHING OR INSULATED FITTING TO TERMINATE STUB - UPS NOT TERMINATED IN HUBS OR IN AN ENCLOSURE. J. THREADED CONDUIT JOINTS, EXPOSED TO WET, DAMP, CORROSIVE, OR OUTDOOR CONDITIONS: APPLY LISTED COMPOUND TO THREADS OF RACEWAY AND FITTINGS BEFORE MAKING UP JOINTS. FOLLOW COMPOUND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. K. COAT FIELD -CUT THREADS ON PVC -COATED RACEWAY WITH A CORROSION - PREVENTING CONDUCTIVE COMPOUND PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY. L. RACEWAY TERMINATIONS AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO MOISTURE OR VIBRATION: USE INSULATING BUSHINGS TO PROTECT ALL SIZE CONDUCTORS (INCLUDING CONDUCTORS SMALLER THAN NO.4 AWG). M. TERMINATE THREADED CONDUITS INTO THREADED HUBS OR WITH LOCKNUTS ON INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF BOXES OR CABINETS. INSTALL BUSHINGS ON CONDUITS UP TO 1-1/4-INCH TRADE SIZE AND INSULATED THROAT METAL BUSHINGS ON 1-1/2-INCH TRADE SIZE AND LARGER CONDUITS TERMINATED WITH LOCKNUTS. INSTALL INSULATED THROAT METAL GROUNDING BUSHINGS ON SERVICE CONDUITS. N. INSTALL RACEWAYS SQUARE TO THE ENCLOSURE AND TERMINATE AT ENCLOSURES WITH LOCKNUTS. INSTALL LOCKNUTS HAND TIGHT PLUS 1/4 TURN MORE. 0. DO NOT RELY ON LOCKNUTS TO PENETRATE NONCONDUCTIVE COATINGS ON ENCLOSURES. REMOVE COATINGS IN THE LOCKNUT AREA PRIOR TO ASSEMBLING CONDUIT TO ENCLOSURE TO ASSURE A CONTINUOUS GROUND PATH. P. CUT CONDUIT PERPENDICULAR TO THE LENGTH. FOR CONDUITS 2-INCH TRADE SIZE AND LARGER, USE ROLL CUTTER OR A GUIDE TO MAKE CUT STRAIGHT AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE LENGTH. Q. INSTALL PULL WIRES IN EMPTY RACEWAYS, USE POLYPROPYLENE OR MONOFILAMENT PLASTIC LINE WITH NOT LESS THAN 200-LB TENSILE STRENGTH. LEAVE AT LEAST 12 INCHES OF SLACK AT EACH END OF PULL WIRE. CAP UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS DESIGNATED AS SPARE ABOVE GRADE ALONGSIDE RACEWAYS IN USE. R. USE STAMPED STEEL BRIDGES TO FASTEN FLUSH MOUNTED OUTLET BOX(ES) BETWEEN STUDS OF SHEETROCK WALLS. STEEL BRIDGES TO BE CADDY RBS 16/24 OR B-LINE BB7 -16/24 OR APPROVED EQUAL. S. SURFACE RACEWAYS: 1. INSTALL SURFACE RACEWAY WITH A MINIMUM 2-INCH RADIUS CONTROL AT BEND POINTS. 2. SECURE SURFACE RACEWAY WITH SCREWS OR OTHER ANCHOR -TYPE DEVICES AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 48 INCHES AND WITH NO LESS THAN TWO SUPPORTS PER STRAIGHT RACEWAY SECTION. SUPPORT SURFACE RACEWAY ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. TAPE AND GLUE ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE SUPPORT METHODS. T. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS: COMPLY WITH NEMA RV 3. USE A MAXIMUM OF 72 INCHES OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR RECESSED AND SEMIRECESSED LUMINAIRES, EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION, NOISE TRANSMISSION, OR MOVEMENT; AND FOR TRANSFORMERS AND MOTORS. 1. USE LFMC IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO SEVERE PHYSICAL DAMAGE. 2. USE LFMC OR LFNC IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS NOT SUBJECT TO SEVERE PHYSICAL DAMAGE. U. MOUNT BOXES AT HEIGHTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. IF MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF BOXES ARE NOT INDIVIDUALLY INDICATED, GIVE PRIORITY TO ADA REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL BOXES WITH HEIGHT MEASURED TO CENTER OF BOX UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. V. HORIZONTALLY SEPARATE BOXES MOUNTED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF WALLS, SO THEY ARE NOT IN THE SAME VERTICAL CHANNEL. W. LOCATE BOXES SO THAT COVER OR PLATE WILL NOT SPAN DIFFERENT BUILDING FINISHES. X. SUPPORT BOXES OF THREE GANGS OR MORE FROM MORE THAN ONE SIDE BY SPANNING TWO FRAMING MEMBERS OR MOUNTING ON BRACKETS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE PURPOSE. Y. SET METAL FLOOR BOXES LEVEL AND FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR SURFACE. 1.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. DIRECT -BURIED CONDUIT: 1. EXCAVATE TRENCH BOTTOM TO PROVIDE FIRM AND UNIFORM SUPPORT FOR CONDUIT. 2. AFTER INSTALLING CONDUIT, BACKFILL AND COMPACT. START AT TIE-IN POINT, AND WORK TOWARD END OF CONDUIT RUN, LEAVING CONDUIT AT END OF RUN FREE TO MOVE WITH EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION AS TEMPERATURE CHANGES DURING THIS PROCESS. FIRMLY HAND TAMP BACKFILL AROUND CONDUIT TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM SUPPORTING STRENGTH. AFTER PLACING CONTROLLED BACKFILL TO WITHIN 12 INCHES OF FINISHED GRADE, MAKE FINAL CONDUIT CONNECTION AT END OF RUN AND COMPLETE BACKFILLING WITH NORMAL COMPACTION. 3. INSTALL MANUFACTURED DUCT ELBOWS FOR STUB -UPS AT POLES AND EQUIPMENT AND AT BUILDING ENTRANCES THROUGH FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ENCASE ELBOWS FOR STUB -UP DUCTS THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF ELBOW. 4. UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." 1.4 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. INSTALL SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS AT PENETRATIONS OF EXTERIOR FLOOR AND WALL ASSEMBLIES. 1.5 PROTECTION A. PROTECT COATINGS, FINISHES, AND CABINETS FROM DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION. 1. REPAIR DAMAGE TO GALVANIZED FINISHES WITH ZINC -RICH PAINT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 2. REPAIR DAMAGE TO PVC COATINGS OR PAINT FINISHES WITH MATCHING TOUCHUP COATING RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: �I'ilttn `041i41/ s No. 686 STATE OF ,' c .101310.1, Y[I(Z�l� ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: JG SHEET: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DATE r 4r I E002 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/16/2020 3:48:45 PM 1 f - - - - -- - - 8 I 7 I 6 I 5 I 4 I 3 2 1 RETAIL CLINIC E ❑c C 41 U IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS EXECUTION 1.1 INSTALLATION A. VERIFY IDENTITY OF EACH ITEM BEFORE INSTALLING IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS. B. LOCATION: INSTALL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES AT LOCATIONS FOR MOST CONVENIENT VIEWING WITHOUT INTERFERENCE WITH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. C. APPLY IDENTIFICATION DEVICES TO SURFACES THAT REQUIRE FINISH AFTER COMPLETING FINISH WORK. D. SELF-ADHESIVE IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: CLEAN SURFACES BEFORE APPLICATION, USING MATERIALS AND METHODS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF IDENTIFICATION DEVICE. E. ATTACH SIGNS AND PLASTIC LABELS THAT ARE NOT SELF-ADHESIVE TYPE WITH MECHANICAL FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO THE LOCATION AND SUBSTRATE. F. PAINTED IDENTIFICATION: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN PAINTING SECTIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINT APPLICATION. 1.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. ACCESSIBLE RACEWAYS, ARMORED AND METAL -CLAD CABLES, MORE THAN 600 V: SNAP -AROUND LABELS. INSTALL LABELS AT 10-FOOT MAXIMUM INTERVALS. B. ACCESSIBLE RACEWAYS AND METAL -CLAD CABLES, 600 V OR LESS, FOR SERVICE, FEEDER, AND BRANCH CIRCUITS MORE THAN 30 A, AND 120 V TO GROUND: IDENTIFY WITH SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL TAPE APPLIED IN BANDS. INSTALL LABELS AT 10-FOOT MAXIMUM INTERVALS. C. ACCESSIBLE RACEWAYS AND CABLES WITHIN BUILDINGS: IDENTIFY THE COVERS OF EACH JUNCTION AND PULL BOX OF THE FOLLOWING SYSTEMS WITH SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL LABELS WITH THE WIRING SYSTEM LEGEND AND SYSTEM VOLTAGE. SYSTEM LEGENDS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. POWER. D. POWER -CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION, 600 V OR LESS: USE COLOR -CODING CONDUCTOR TAPE INTEGRAL COLOR INSULATION OR COLOR CONDUCTOR MARKER TO IDENTIFY THE PHASE. 1. COLOR -CODING FOR PHASE AND VOLTAGE LEVEL IDENTIFICATION, 600 V OR LESS: USE COLORS LISTED BELOW FOR UNGROUNDED SERVICE FEEDER AND BRANCH - CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS. a. COLORS FOR 208/120-V CIRCUITS: 1. PHASE A: BLACK. 2. PHASE B: RED. 3. PHASE C: BLUE. b. COLORS FOR 480/277-V CIRCUITS: 1. PHASE A: BROWN, 2. PHASE B: ORANGE. 3. PHASE C: YELLOW. E. CONDUCTORS TO BE EXTENDED IN THE FUTURE: ATTACH MARKER TAPE TO CONDUCTORS AND LIST SOURCE. F. LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND LINES: IDENTIFY WITH UNDERGROUND - LINE WARNING TAPE FOR POWER, LIGHTING, COMMUNICATION, AND CONTROL WIRING AND OPTICAL FIBER CABLE. 1. INSTALL UNDERGROUND -LINE WARNING TAPE FOR BOTH DIRECT -BURIED CABLES AND CABLES IN RACEWAYS OUTSIDE OF BUILDING FOOTPRINT. G. ARC FLASH WARNING LABELS: PROVIDE LABELS IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS PER NFPA 70 AND 70E. 1. SWITCHBOARDS 2. PANELBOARDS H. WARNING LABELS FOR INDOOR CABINETS, BOXES, AND ENCLOSURES FOR POWER AND LIGHTING: BAKED -ENAMEL WARNING SIGNS. 1. COMPLY WITH 29 CFR 1910,145. 2. IDENTIFY SYSTEM VOLTAGE WITH BLACK LETTERS ON AN ORANGE BACKGROUND. 3. APPLY TO EXTERIOR OF DOOR, COVER, OR OTHER ACCESS. 4. FOR EQUIPMENT WITH MULTIPLE POWER OR CONTROL SOURCES, APPLY TO DOOR OR COVER OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: a. POWER TRANSFER SWITCHES. b. CONTROLS WITH EXTERNAL CONTROL POWER CONNECTIONS. 1. OPERATING INSTRUCTION SIGNS: INSTALL INSTRUCTION SIGNS TO FACILITATE PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND ITEMS TO WHICH THEY CONNECT. INSTALL INSTRUCTION SIGNS WITH APPROVED LEGEND WHERE INSTRUCTIONS ARE NEEDED FOR SYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT OPERATION. J. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS: ON EACH UNIT OF EQUIPMENT, INSTALL UNIQUE DESIGNATION LABEL THAT IS CONSISTENT WITH WIRING DIAGRAMS, SCHEDULES, AND THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. APPLY LABELS TO DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND PROTECTION EQUIPMENT, CENTRAL OR MASTER UNITS, CONTROL PANELS, CONTROL STATIONS, TERMINAL CABINETS, AND RACKS OF EACH SYSTEM. SYSTEMS INCLUDE POWER, LIGHTING, CONTROL, UNLESS EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED WITH ITS OWN IDENTIFICATION. 1. LABELING INSTRUCTIONS: a. INDOOR EQUIPMENT: SELF-ADHESIVE, ENGRAVED, LAMINATED ACRYLIC OR MELAMINE LABEL. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE A SINGLE LINE OF TEXT WITH 1/2-INCH HIGH LETTERS ON 1-1/2-INCH HIGH LABEL; WHERE TWO LINES OF TEXT ARE REQUIRED, USE LABELS 2 INCHES HIGH. b. OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT: ENGRAVED, LAMINATED ACRYLIC OR MELAMINE LABEL. C. UNLESS PROVIDED WITH SELF-ADHESIVE MEANS OF ATTACHMENT, FASTEN LABELS WITH APPROPRIATE MECHANICAL FASTENERS THAT DO NOT CHANGE THE NEMA OR NRTL RATING OF THE ENCLOSURE. 2. EQUIPMENT TO BE LABELED: K. IDENTIFICATION LABELING OF SOME ITEMS LISTED BELOW MAY BE REQUIRED BY INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OR BY NFPA 70. a. PANELBOARDS: TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY OF CIRCUITS IN THE LOCATION PROVIDED BY PANELBOARD MANUFACTURER. PANELBOARD IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE SELF-ADHESIVE, ENGRAVED, LAMINATED ACRYLIC OR MELAMINE LABEL. b. TRANSFORMERS: LABEL THAT INCLUDES TAG DESIGNATION SHOWN ON DRAWINGS FOR THE TRANSFORMER, FEEDER, AND PANELBOARDS OR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE SECONDARY. C. ENCLOSED SWITCHES. d. ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS. e. CONTACTORS. f. BATTERY -INVERTER UNITS. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES EXECUTION 1.1 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES BEFORE INSTALLATION. REJECT LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES THAT ARE WET, MOISTURE DAMAGED, OR MOLD DAMAGED. B. EXAMINE WALLS AND CEILINGS FOR SUITABLE CONDITIONS WHERE LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES WILL BE INSTALLED. C. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 1.2 SENSOR INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1. B. COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF CEILING -MOUNTED DEVICES WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION THAT PENETRATES CEILINGS OR IS SUPPORTED BY THEM, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, SMOKE DETECTORS, FIRE -SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS, AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES, C. WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, INSTALL AND AIM SENSORS IN LOCATIONS TO ACHIEVE NOT LESS THAN 90-PERCENT COVERAGE OF AREAS INDICATED. DO NOT EXCEED COVERAGE LIMITS SPECIFIED IN MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.4 WIRING INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1. B. WIRING WITHIN ENCLOSURES: COMPLY WITH NECA 1. SEPARATE POWER - LIMITED AND NONPOWER-LIMITED CONDUCTORS ACCORDING TO CONDUCTOR MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. C. SIZE CONDUCTORS ACCORDING TO LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. D. SPLICES, TAPS, AND TERMINATIONS: MAKE CONNECTIONS ONLY ON NUMBERED TERMINAL STRIPS IN JUNCTION, PULL, AND OUTLET BOXES; TERMINAL CABINETS; AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES. 1.5 IDENTIFICATION A. IDENTIFY COMPONENTS AND POWER AND CONTROL WIRING ACCORDING TO "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." 1. IDENTIFY CONTROLLED CIRCUITS IN LIGHTING CONTACTORS. 2. IDENTIFY CIRCUITS OR LUMINAIRES CONTROLLED BY PHOTOELECTRIC AND OCCUPANCY SENSORS AT EACH SENSOR, B. LABEL TIME SWITCHES AND CONTACTORS WITH A UNIQUE DESIGNATION. 1.6 ADJUSTING A. OCCUPANCY ADJUSTMENTS: WHEN REQUESTED AND BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, PROVIDE ON -SITE ASSISTANCE IN ADJUSTING LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES TO SUIT ACTUAL OCCUPIED CONDITIONS, WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS: a. FOR OCCUPANCY AND MOTION SENSORS, VERIFY OPERATION AT OUTER LIMITS OF DETECTOR RANGE. SET TIME DELAY TO SUIT OWNER'S OPERATIONS. 1. FOR DAYLIGHTING CONTROLS, ADJUST SET POINTS AND DEADBAND CONTROLS TO SUIT OPERATIONS. 1.8 DEMONSTRATION A. COORDINATE DEMONSTRATION OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH DEMONSTRATION REQUIREMENTS FOR LOW -VOLTAGE, PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS. B. TRAIN OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES. PANELBOARDS EXECUTION 1.3 IDENTIFICATION A. IDENTIFY FIELD -INSTALLED CONDUCTORS, INTERCONNECTING WIRING, AND COMPONENTS; PROVIDE WARNING SIGNS COMPLYING WITH "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." B. CREATE A DIRECTORY TO INDICATE INSTALLED CIRCUIT LOADS; INCORPORATE OWNER'S FINAL ROOM DESIGNATIONS. PROVIDE CIRCUIT LOAD DESIGNATIONS UNIQUE TO EACH BREAKER WITH ROOM OR ZONE OR AREA DESCRIBED. OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE INSTALLING. USE A COMPUTER OR TYPEWRITER TO CREATE DIRECTORY; HANDWRITTEN DIRECTORIES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. C. PANELBOARD NAMEPLATES: LABEL EACH PANELBOARD WITH A NAMEPLATE COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." D. DEVICE NAMEPLATES: IN THE ABSENCE OF A DOOR MOUNTED PANEL DIRECTORY, LABEL EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICE IN DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS WITH A NAMEPLATE COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." WIRING DEVICES EXECUTION 1.1 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1, INCLUDING MOUNTING HEIGHTS LISTED IN THAT STANDARD, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES: 1. PROTECT INSTALLED DEVICES AND THEIR BOXES. DO NOT PLACE WALL FINISH MATERIALS OVER DEVICE BOXES AND DO NOT CUT HOLES FOR BOXES WITH ROUTERS THAT ARE GUIDED BY RIDING AGAINST OUTSIDE OF BOXES. 2. KEEP OUTLET BOXES FREE OF PLASTER, DRYWALL JOINT COMPOUND, MORTAR, CEMENT, CONCRETE, DUST, PAINT, AND OTHER MATERIAL THAT MAY CONTAMINATE THE RACEWAY SYSTEM, CONDUCTORS, AND CABLES. 3. INSTALL WIRING DEVICES AFTER ALL WALL PREPARATION, INCLUDING PAINTING, IS COMPLETE. C. CONDUCTORS: 1. DO NOT STRIP INSULATION FROM CONDUCTORS UNTIL RIGHT BEFORE THEY ARE SPLICED OR TERMINATED ON DEVICES. 2. STRIP INSULATION EVENLY AROUND THE CONDUCTOR USING TOOLS DESIGNED FOR THE PURPOSE. AVOID SCORING OR NICKING OF SOLID WIRE OR CUTTING STRANDS FROM STRANDED WIRE. 3. THE LENGTH OF FREE CONDUCTORS AT OUTLETS FOR DEVICES SHALL MEET PROVISIONS OF NFPA 70, ARTICLE 300, WITHOUT PIGTAILS. D. DEVICE INSTALLATION: 1. KEEP EACH WIRING DEVICE IN ITS PACKAGE OR OTHERWISE PROTECTED UNTIL IT IS TIME TO CONNECT CONDUCTORS. 2. DO NOT REMOVE SURFACE PROTECTION, SUCH AS PLASTIC FILM AND SMUDGE COVERS, UNTIL THE LAST POSSIBLE MOMENT. 3. CONNECT DEVICES TO BRANCH CIRCUITS USING PIGTAILS THAT ARE NOT LESS THAN 6 INCHES IN LENGTH. 4. FIRST PREFERENCE IS USE DEVICES WITH PRE -WIRED PIGTAIL ASSEMBLIES (LEGRAND/PASS & SEYMOUR PLUGTAIL SERIES); WHERE THIS STYLE IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE BACK -WIRED CONNECTION POSITION BEHIND TERMINAL CLAMP SCREW PRESSURE PLATE. WHEN THERE IS A CHOICE, USE SIDE WIRING WITH BINDING -HEAD SCREW TERMINALS. WRAP SOLID CONDUCTOR TIGHTLY CLOCKWISE, TWO-THIRDS TO THREE -FOURTHS OF THE WAY AROUND TERMINAL SCREW. 5. USE A TORQUE SCREWDRIVER WHEN A TORQUE IS RECOMMENDED OR REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. 6. WHEN CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN NO.12 AWG ARE INSTALLED ON 15- OR 20-A CIRCUITS, SPLICE NO.12 AWG PIGTAILS FOR DEVICE CONNECTIONS. 7. TIGHTEN UNUSED TERMINAL SCREWS ON THE DEVICE. 8. WHEN MOUNTING INTO METAL BOXES, REMOVE THE FIBER OR PLASTIC WASHERS USED TO HOLD DEVICE -MOUNTING SCREWS IN YOKES, ALLOWING METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT. E. RECEPTACLE ORIENTATION: 1. INSTALL GROUND PIN OF VERTICALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES DOWN, AND ON HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES TO THE RIGHT. F. DEVICE PLATES: DO NOT USE OVERSIZED OR EXTRA -DEEP PLATES. REPAIR WALL FINISHES AND REMOUNT OUTLET BOXES WHEN STANDARD DEVICE PLATES DO NOT FIT FLUSH OR DO NOT COVER ROUGH WALL OPENING. G. ARRANGEMENT OF DEVICES: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, MOUNT FLUSH, WITH LONG DIMENSION VERTICAL AND WITH GROUNDING TERMINAL OF RECEPTACLES ON BOTTOM. GROUP ADJACENT SWITCHES UNDER SINGLE, MULTIGANG WALL PLATES. H. ADJUST LOCATIONS OF FLOOR SERVICE OUTLETS TO SUIT ARRANGEMENT OF PARTITIONS AND FURNISHINGS. 1.2 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. INSTALL NON -FEED -THROUGH -TYPE GFCI RECEPTACLES WHERE PROTECTION OF DOWNSTREAM RECEPTACLES IS NOT REQUIRED. 1.3 IDENTIFICATION A. COMPLY WITH SECTION 260553 "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." B. IDENTIFY EACH RECEPTACLE WITH PANELBOARD IDENTIFICATION AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. USE HOT, STAMPED, OR ENGRAVED MACHINE PRINTING WITH BLACK - FILLED LETTERING ON FACE OF PLATE, AND DURABLE WIRE MARKERS OR TAGS INSIDE OUTLET BOXES. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS EXECUTION 1.1 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE ELEMENTS AND SURFACES TO RECEIVE ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 1.2 CONCRETE BASES (WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS) A. COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION OF CONCRETE BASES. VERIFY STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 1.3 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL INDIVIDUAL WALL -MOUNTED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH TOPS AT UNIFORM HEIGHT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. TEMPORARY LIFTING PROVISIONS: REMOVE TEMPORARY LIFTING EYES, CHANNELS, AND BRACKETS AND TEMPORARY BLOCKING OF MOVING PARTS FROM ENCLOSURES AND COMPONENTS. C. INSTALL FUSES IN FUSIBLE DEVICES. D. COMPLY WITH NECA 1. 1.4 IDENTIFICATION A. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." 1. IDENTIFY FIELD -INSTALLED CONDUCTORS, INTERCONNECTING WIRING, AND COMPONENTS; PROVIDE WARNING SIGNS. 2. LABEL EACH ENCLOSURE WITH ENGRAVED METAL OR LAMINATED -PLASTIC NAMEPLATE. 1.5 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST MOVING PARTS AND OPERABLE COMPONENTS TO FUNCTION SMOOTHLY AND LUBRICATE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. B. SET FIELD -ADJUSTABLE CIRCUIT -BREAKER TRIP RANGES AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. 1.6 CLEANING A. ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, VACUUM DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM INTERIORS; DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR TO ASSIST IN CLEANING. B. INSPECT EXPOSED SURFACES AND REPAIR DAMAGED FINISHES. LED INTERIOR LIGHTING ADDITION TO EXECUTION ZEPHYRHILLS 1.1 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR WALMART 706 PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION (• TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. B. EXAMINE ROUGHING -IN FOR LUMINAIRE TO VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF LUMINAIRE AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BEFORE LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION. Zep Gall Blvd. ephyrhills, FL 33541 C. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 1.2 INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1. GIATTINA AYCOCK B. INSTALL LUMINAIRES LEVEL, PLUMB, AND SQUARE WITH CEILINGS AND WALLS ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C C. INSTALL LED ASSEMBLIES IN EACH LUMINAIRE IF NOT FACTORY INSTALLED. r Bessemer, AL 35020 D. SUPPORTS: P:205.933.9060 1. SIZED AND RATED FOR LUMINAIRE WEIGHT. GASTUDIO.COM 2. ABLE TO MAINTAIN LUMINAIRE POSITION AFTER CLEANING AND RELAMPING. 3. PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR LUMINAIRE WITHOUT CAUSING DEFLECTION OF CEILING OR WALL. 4. LUMINAIRE-MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING A HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 100 PERCENT OF LUMINAIRE WEIGHT AND A VERTICAL FORCE OF 400 PERCENT OF LUMINAIRE WEIGHT. E. FLUSH -MOUNTED LUMINAIRES: 1. SECURED TO OUTLET BOX. 2. ATTACHED TO CEILING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AT FOUR POINTS EQUALLY SPACED AROUND CIRCUMFERENCE OF LUMINAIRE. f 3. TRIM RING FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACE. F. WALL -MOUNTED LUMINAIRES: STAMP: 1. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IN WALLS OR ATTACHED TO STRUCTURALNIMUM 20 GAUGE MEMBERS.MEMBERS.CKING PLATE ATTACHED TO WALLW'f 2. DO NOT ATTACH LUMINAIRES DIRECTLY TO GYPSUM BOARD. ��CEN&,6 -. G. SUSPENDED LUMINAIRES: 1. CEILING MOUNT: No. 686 1 a. AS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS.*� �r 2. PENDANTS AND RODS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS: WHERE-o STATE OF ,'� LONGER THAN 48 INCHES, BRACE TO LIMIT SWINGING. 90 '•,!�� 0 R I'D ,,- I . 3. STEM -MOUNTED, SINGLE -UNIT LUMINAIRES WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS: SUSPEND WITH TWIN -STEM HANGERS. SUPPORT WITH t �0 APPROVED OUTLET BOX AND ACCESSORIES THAT HOLD STEM AND PROVIDE DAMPING OF LUMINAIRE OSCILLATIONS. SUPPORT OUTLET BOX VERTICALLY TO BUILDING STRUCTURE USING APPROVED DEVICES. ISSUE SCHEDULE: 4. CONTINUOUS ROWS OF LUMINAIRES WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS: USE TUBING OR STEM FOR WIRING AT ONE POINT AND WIRE SUPPORT FOR SUSPENSION FOR EACH UNIT LENGTH OF LUMINAIRE CHASSIS, INCLUDING ONE AT EACH END. 5. DO NOT USE CEILING GRID AS SUPPORT FOR PENDANT LUMINAIRES. CONNECT SUPPORT WIRES OR RODS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. REVISION SCHEDULE: H. CEILING -GRID -MOUNTED LUMINAIRES: 1. SECURE TO ANY REQUIRED OUTLET BOX. NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE 2. SECURE LUMINAIRE TO THE LUMINAIRE OPENING USING APPROVED FASTENERS IN A MINIMUM OF FOUR LOCATIONS, SPACED NEAR CORNERS OF LUMINAIRE. i 1.3 IDENTIFICATION A. IDENTIFY SYSTEM COMPONENTS, WIRING, CABLING, AND TERMINALS. COMPLY I WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." i LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING EXECUTION 1.1 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION l TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE NOTES & LEGEND WORK. B. EXAMINE ROUGHING -IN FOR LUMINAIRE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT TO VERIFY ACTUAL I LOCATIONS OF CONDUIT CONNECTIONS BEFORE LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION. C. EXAMINE WALLS, ROOFS, AND CANOPY CEILINGS AND OVERHANG CEILINGS FOR SUITABLE CONDITIONS WHERE LUMINAIRES WILL BE INSTALLED. D. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 1.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. IF APPROVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, USE SELECTED PERMANENT LUMINAIRES I FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTING. WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE, CLEAN LUMINAIRES USED FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND INSTALL NEW LAMPS. �I 1.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. COMPLY WITH NECA 1. B. INSTALL LAMPS IN EACH LUMINAIRE. C. FASTEN LUMINAIRE TO STRUCTURAL SUPPORT. D. SUPPORTS: 1. SIZED AND RATED FOR LUMINAIRE WEIGHT. 2. ABLE TO MAINTAIN LUMINAIRE POSITION AFTER CLEANING AND RELAMPING. 3. SUPPORT LUMINAIRES WITHOUT CAUSING DEFLECTION OF FINISHED SURFACE. 4. LUMINAIRE-MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING A HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 100 PERCENT OF LUMINAIRE WEIGHT AND A VERTICAL FORCE OF 400 PERCENT OF LUMINAIRE WEIGHT. E. WALL -MOUNTED LUMINAIRE SUPPORT: 1. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IN WALLS OR ATTACHED TO A MINIMUM 1/8 INCH BACKING PLATE ATTACHED TO WALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. F. WIRING METHOD: INSTALL CABLES IN RACEWAYS. CONCEAL RACEWAYS AND CABLES. G. INSTALL LUMINAIRES LEVEL, PLUMB, AND SQUARE WITH FINISHED GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. INSTALL LUMINAIRES AT HEIGHT AND AIMING ANGLE WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. H. COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION. I. ADJUST LUMINAIRES THAT REQUIRE FIELD ADJUSTMENT OR AIMING. INCLUDE ADJUSTMENT OF PHOTOELECTRIC DEVICE TO PREVENT FALSE OPERATION OF RELAY BY ARTIFICIAL LIGHT SOURCES, FAVORING A NORTH ORIENTATION. 1.4 INSTALLATION OF INDIVIDUAL GROUND -MOUNTED LUMINAIRES (WHEN PROVIDED ON PROJECT): A. INSTALL ON CONCRETE BASE WITH TOP 4 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED GRADE OR SURFACE AT LUMINAIRE LOCATION. CAST CONDUIT INTO BASE, AND FINISH BY TROWELING AND RUBBING SMOOTH. CURRENT DRAWING SET: 1.5 CORROSION PREVENTION PERMIT SET A. ALUMINUM: DO NOT USE IN CONTACT WITH EARTH OR CONCRETE. WHEN IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH A DISSIMILAR METAL, PROTECT ALUMINUM BY INSULATING FITTINGS OR TREATMENT. B. STEEL CONDUITS: COMPLY WITH "RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." 1.6 IDENTIFICATION ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 A. IDENTIFY SYSTEM COMPONENTS, WIRING, CABLING, AND TERMINALS. COMPLY DRAWN BY: JG WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION SPECIFIED IN "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS." SHEET: 1.7 DEMONSTRATION ELECTRICAL A. TRAIN OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN SPECIFICATIONS LUMINAIRES AND PHOTOCELL RELAYS. I E003 BIM 360:/NVMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/16/2020 3:48:47 PM 4 ED Ef A ►A' _ I I II p 1111 _ l'li Ilr l l 1 I --- —�— -- 1' "!1r•r! "L -- — — — RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: `'CENs� • NIt o. 686 `a • A,p STATE OF ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND KEY NOTES 10 LOBBY LIGHTING CIRCUIT BY TIME SCHEDULE VIA CONTROLS. CIRCUIT FIXTURES INDICATED BY'EM' FROM REMOTE EMERGENCY LIGHTING INVERTER. CCORRIDOR LIGHTING CIRCUIT BY TIME SCHEDULE VIA CONTROLS. CIRCUIT FIXTURES INDICATED BY'EM' FROM REMOTE EMERGENCY LIGHTING INVERTER. WALL MOUNT EXTERIOR LIGHTING CIRCUIT BY INTEGRAL PHOTOCELL. CIRCUIT FROM REMOTE EMERGENCY LIGHTING INVERTER. O375W BATTERY LIGHTING INVERTER ON CIRCUIT U1-14. ROUTE UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT TO FIXTURES IDENTIFIED AS'EM' ,EXIT SIGNS, AND EXTERIOR EGRESS LIGHTS. CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: JG SHEET: LIGHTING PLAN El 01 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1 a_Prototype.rvt 11/16/2020 3:49:03 PM A Ed G BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: JG SHEET: POWER PLAN El 02 11/16/2020 3:49:20 PM I I A- Lf G RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO � ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. I Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM I' STAMP: ` rNo.EN68 =-09 STATE OFof .r ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE ti i 2 I NOTES & LEGEND I I CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: JG SHEET: SYSTEMS PLAN E103 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/16/2020 3:49:35 PM . • C F1 14 ►, I II T I I i I till I II1 li II I I I I I T RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO i ZEPHYRHILLS f WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd. Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C 184 Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: l�.= CEMS''��v� F' ' No. 086.1 A �9+•• STATE OF ; �� Off•• 10R►D, ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: JG SHEET: i ELECTRICAL DETAILS ' i E501 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Prototype.rvt 11/16/2020 3:49:39 PM I F1 r I I it iIIIJ I I I L, til 1 111 1 11 all 1i " 1, ii 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 I �iaT— 6 11 11 1 11 I RETAIL CLINIC ADDITION TO ZEPHYRHILLS WALMART 706 7631 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, FL 33541 GA PROJECT No: 20CE14 GIATTINA AYCOCK ARCHITECTURE STUDIO INC. 2625 5th Avenue North, Building C • Bessemer, AL 35020 P: 205.933.9060 GASTUDIO.COM STAMP: No. 686 '11 • STATE OF ISSUE SCHEDULE: REVISION SCHEDULE: NUM. DESCRIPTION DATE NOTES & LEGEND CURRENT DRAWING SET: PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11/13/2020 DRAWN BY: JG SHEET: SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM E601 BIM 360://WMT-Clinic-20WM00 - Prototype/6500R-Clinic-V3.1a_Site-0706_Zephyrhills.rvt 11/16/2020 10:11:45 AM it --